13 .uno%3AClosePreview 3f Untuk keluar dari pratinjau cetak, klik tombol Tutup Pratinjau.
13 .uno%3APrintPreview 4a Menampilkan pratampil dari halaman yang dicetak atau menutup pratampilnya.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fdocuments 29 Displays the names of all open documents.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fcontentbox 26 Displays all objects in your document.
26 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdropmenu%2Fcopy 55 Generates a copy when you drag-and-drop an object from the Navigator into a document.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdropmenu%2Fhyperlink 58 Inserts a hyperlink when you drag-and-drop an object from the Navigator into a document.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fdragmode ff Opens a submenu for selecting the drag mode. You decide which action is performed when dragging and dropping an object from the Navigator into a document. Depending on the mode you select, the icon indicates whether a hyperlink, link or a copy is created.
26 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdropmenu%2Flink 53 Creates a link when you drag-and-drop an object from the Navigator into a document.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fcolumn 6b Enter the column letter. Press Enter to reposition the cell cursor to the specified column in the same row.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fscenarios 4d Displays all available scenarios. Double-click a name to apply that scenario.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Frow 66 Enter a row number. Press Enter to reposition the cell cursor to the specified row in the same column.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fdatarange 60 Toggles the content view. Only the selected Navigator element and its subelements are displayed.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fend 6c Moves to the cell at the end of the current data range, which you can highlight using the Data Range button.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fstart 72 Moves to the cell at the beginning of the current data range, which you can highlight using the Data Range button.
10 .uno%3ANavigator 29 Mengaktifkan dan menonaktifkan Navigator.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Ftoggle 25 Allows you to hide/show the contents.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscenariomenu%2Fedit 4b Opens the Edit scenario dialog, where you can edit the scenario properties.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscenariomenu%2Fdelete 1e Deletes the selected scenario.
1a .uno%3AEditHeaderAndFooter 3e Memungkinkan Anda mendefinisikan dan memformat tajuk dan kaki.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FbuttonBTN_DATE aa Menyisipkan suatu tanda tempat dalam area kepala/kaki yang dipilih, yang digantikan oleh tanggal saat ini yang akan diulang dalam kepala/kaki pada setiap halaman dokumen.
40 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FHeaderFooterContent 3a Memberikan atau membentuk kop atau kaki bagi Gaya Halaman.
3e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FtextviewWND_RIGHT 40 Memasukkan teks untuk ditempatkan pada sisi kanan kop atau kaki.
3f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FtextviewWND_CENTER 3e Masukkan teks yang akan ditampilkan di tengah tajuk atau kaki.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FbuttonBTN_FILE 46 Menyisipkan suatu tanda tempat nama berkas di dalam area yang dipilih.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FbuttonBTN_PAGE b1 Menyisipkan suatu tanda tempat dalam area kepala/kaki yang dipilih, yang digantikan oleh penomoran halaman. Ini memungkinkan penomoran halaman berkelanjutan dalam suatu dokumen.
3c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FcomboLB_DEFINED 43 Memilih kop atau kaki yang sebelumnya telah ditentukan dari daftar.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FbuttonBTN_TEXT 4c Membuka suatu dialog untuk menugaskan format ke teks baru atau yang dipilih.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FbuttonBTN_TIME 96 Menyisipkan suatu tanda tempat dalam area kepala/kaki yang dipilih, yang digantikan oleh waktu saat ini dalam kepala/kaki pada setiap halaman dokumen.
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FtextviewWND_LEFT 3f Memasukkan teks untuk ditempatkan pada sisi kiri kop atau kaki.
3c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FbuttonBTN_TABLE 91 Menyisipkan suatu tanda tempat dalam area kepala/kaki yang dipilih, yang digantikan oleh nama lembaran dalam kepala/kaki dari dokumen sebenarnya.
3c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FbuttonBTN_PAGES 7b Menyisipkan suatu tanda tempat dalam area kepala/kaki yang dipilih, yang digantikan oleh cacah total halaman dalam dokumen.
11 .uno%3ADataSelect 4e Suatu kotak daftar yang memuat semua teks yang ditemukan dalam kolom saat ini.
14 .uno%3AFillCellsMenu 1c Mengisi sel secara otomatis.
f .uno%3AFillDown 6f Memenuhi suatu rentang yang paling tidak tediri dari dua baris yang dipilih dengan isi dari sel puncak rentang.
10 .uno%3AFillRight 6d Memenuhi suatu rentang yang paling tidak terdiri dari dua kolom yang dipilih dengan isi dari sel paling kiri.
d .uno%3AFillUp 69 Mengisi rentang yang dipilih, yang terdiri dari paling tidak dua baris, dengan isi dari sel paling bawah.
f .uno%3AFillLeft 69 Mengisi rentang yang dipilih, yang terdiri dari paling tidak dua baris, dengan isi dari sel paling kanan.
10 .uno%3AFillTable 76 Specifies the options for transferring sheets or ranges of a certain sheet to the same cells on other selected sheets.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2FendValue 1c Menentukan nilai akhir seri.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2FstartValue 1b Menentukan nilai awal seri.
25 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fyear 47 Gunakan tipe seri Tanggal dan opsi ini untuk membuat sebuah seri tahun.
26 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fmonth 65 Gunakan tipe seri Tanggal dan opsi ini untuk membuat sebuah seri dari nama atau singkatan nama bulan.
25 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fweek 57 Gunakan tipe seri Tanggal dan opsi ini untuk membuat sebuah seri memakai set lima hari.
11 .uno%3AFillSeries 73 Secara otomatis menghasilkan seri dengan opsi dalam dialog ini. Tentukan arah, kenaikan, unit waktu, dan tipe seri.
25 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fleft 7a Membuat suatu seri dari kanan ke kiri dalam rentang sel yang dipilih memakai penambahan yang didefinisikan ke nilai akhir.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fautofill 38 Membentuk suatu seri secara langsung dalam lembar kerja.
26 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fright 7a Membuat suatu seri dari kiri ke kanan dalam rentang sel yang dipilih memakai penambahan yang didefinisikan ke nilai akhir.
23 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fup 71 Membuat suatu seri arah atas dalam rentang sel yang dipilih memakai penambahan yang didefinisikan ke nilai akhir.
25 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fdate 50 Membuat suatu seri tanggal memakai penambahan dan tanggal akhir yang ditentukan.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Flinear 57 Membuat sebuah seri bilangan linier memakai penambahan dan nilai akhir yang ditentukan.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fincrement 55 Determines the value by which the series of the selected type increases by each step.
25 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fdown 7d Membuat suatu seri arah bawah dalam rentang sel yang dipilih bagi kolom memakai penambahan yang didefinisikan ke nilai akhir.
24 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fday 54 Gunakan tipe seri Tanggal dan opsi ini untuk membuat sebuah seri memakai tujuh hari.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fgrowth 53 Membuat sebuah seri pertumbuhan memakai penambahan dan nilai akhir yang ditentukan.
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frandomnumbergenerator%2Fdecimal-places-spin 32 Number of decimal places of the numbers generated.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frandomnumbergenerator%2Fseed-spin 14b Value set to initiate the random number generator algorithm. It is used to initialize (seed) the random number generator in order to reproduce the same sequence of pseudorandom numbers. Specify a positive integer number (1, 2, ...) to produce a specific sequence, or leave the field blank if you don't need this particular feature.
40 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frandomnumbergenerator%2Fenable-seed-check 4b Set the initial value of the random number generator to a known value Seed.
41 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frandomnumbergenerator%2Fdistribution-combo 30 Fungsi distribusi bagi pembangkit bilangan acak.
44 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frandomnumbergenerator%2Fenable-rounding-check 38 Truncate the number to a given number of Decimal Places.
3e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frandomnumbergenerator%2Fcell-range-edit 7a Define the range of cells to fill with random numbers. If you have previously selected a range, it will be displayed here.
4a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frandomnumbergenerator%2FRandomNumberGeneratorDialog 84 Populate a cell range with automatically generated pseudo random numbers with the selected distribution function and its parameters.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdeletecontents%2Fobjects 34 Deletes objects. All cell content remains unchanged.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdeletecontents%2Fformats 4f Deletes format attributes applied to cells. All cell content remains unchanged.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdeletecontents%2Fdatetime 53 Deletes date and time values. Formats, text, numbers and formulas remain unchanged.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdeletecontents%2Fnumbers 3c Deletes numbers only. Formats and formulas remain unchanged.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdeletecontents%2Fdeleteall 31 Deletes all content from the selected cell range.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdeletecontents%2Fcomments 45 Deletes comments added to cells. All other elements remain unchanged.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdeletecontents%2Fformulas 4b Deletes formulas. Text, numbers, formats, dates and times remain unchanged.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdeletecontents%2Ftext 49 Deletes text only. Formats, formulas, numbers and dates are not affected.
d .uno%3ADelete 58 Specifies the contents to be deleted from the active cell or from a selected cell range.
14 .uno%3ADeleteColumns 4c After selecting at least one cell, deletes the entire column from the sheet.
11 .uno%3ADeleteRows 49 After selecting at least one cell, deletes the entire row from the sheet.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdeletecells%2Fleft 49 Fills the resulting space by the cells to the right of the deleted cells.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdeletecells%2Fup 4b Fills the space produced by the deleted cells with the cells underneath it.
11 .uno%3ADeleteCell 7d Completely deletes selected cells, columns or rows. The cells below or to the right of the deleted cells will fill the space.
d .uno%3ARemove 33 Deletes the current sheet after query confirmation.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmovecopysheet%2Fcopy 58 Specifies that the sheet is to be copied. If the option is unmarked, the sheet is moved.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmovecopysheet%2FinsertBefore 44 The current sheet is moved or copied in front of the selected sheet.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmovecopysheet%2FtoDocument 3e Indicates where the current sheet is to be moved or copied to.
b .uno%3AMove 55 Moves or copies a sheet to a new location in the document or to a different document.
13 .uno%3ADelBreakMenu 36 Choose the type of page break that you want to delete.
15 .uno%3ADeleteRowbreak 35 Membuang pemutus baris manual di atas sel yang aktif.
18 .uno%3ADeleteColumnbreak 35 Membuang pemutus kolom manual di kiri sel yang aktif.
14 .uno%3AEditSheetMenu 20 Edit commands for entire sheets.
10 HID_SELECTTABLES 12a Lists the sheets in the current document. To select a sheet, press the up or down arrow keys to move to a sheet in the list. To add a sheet to the selection, hold down Ctrl while pressing the arrow keys and then press Spacebar. To select a range of sheets, hold down Shift and press the arrow keys.
13 .uno%3ASelectTables 1c Memilih banyak lembar kerja.
1b .uno%3AViewRowColumnHeaders 25 Shows column headers and row headers.
1c .uno%3AViewValueHighlighting 3e Displays cell contents in different colors, depending on type.
17 .uno%3AInputLineVisible 9b Shows or hides the Formula Bar, which is used for entering and editing formulas. The Formula Bar is the most important tool when working with spreadsheets.
16 .uno%3ADeleteAllBreaks 2f Deletes all manual breaks in the current sheet.
14 .uno%3APagebreakMode 36 Display the page breaks and print ranges in the sheet.
16 .uno%3AInsertBreakMenu c2 This command inserts manual row or column breaks to ensure that your data prints properly. You can insert a horizontal page break above, or a vertical page break to the left of, the active cell.
15 .uno%3AInsertRowBreak 44 Inserts a row break (horizontal page break) above the selected cell.
18 .uno%3AInsertColumnBreak 4c Inserts a column break (vertical page break) to the left of the active cell.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertcells%2Frows 4e Menyisipkan seluruh baris. Posisi baris ditentukan oleh seleksi pada lembaran.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertcells%2Fright 43 Memindah isi jangkauan yang dipilih ke kanan ketika sel disisipkan.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertcells%2Fcols 68 Menyisipkan seluruh kolom. Cacah kolom yang disisipkan bergantung pada berapa banyak kolom yang dipilih.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertcells%2Fdown 43 Memindah isi jangkauan yang dipilih ke bawah ketika sel disisipkan.
11 .uno%3AInsertCell 64 Buka dialog Sisip Sel, dimana Anda dapat menyisipkan sel baru sesuai dengan opsi yang Anda nyatakan.
16 .uno%3AInsertRowsAfter 28 Inserts a new row below the active cell.
17 .uno%3AInsertRowsBefore 28 Inserts a new row above the active cell.
19 .uno%3AInsertColumnsAfter 35 Inserts a new column to the right of the active cell.
1a .uno%3AInsertColumnsBefore 34 Inserts a new column to the left of the active cell.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertsheet%2Fbrowse 24 Opens a dialog for selecting a file.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertsheet%2Ftables ca If you selected a file by using the Browse button, the sheets contained in it are displayed in the list box. The file path is displayed below this box. Select the sheet to be inserted from the list box.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertsheet%2Fcountnf 2d Specifies the number of sheets to be created.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertsheet%2Fnew 88 Creates a new sheet. Enter a sheet name in the Name field. Allowed characters are letters, numbers, spaces, and the underline character.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertsheet%2Ffromfile 40 Inserts a sheet from an existing file into the current document.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertsheet%2Fafter 35 Inserts a new sheet directly after the current sheet.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertsheet%2Fnameed 24 Specifies the name of the new sheet.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertsheet%2Fbefore 36 Inserts a new sheet directly before the current sheet.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertsheet%2Flink 6e Select to insert the sheet as a link instead as a copy. The links can be updated to show the current contents.
d .uno%3AInsert 35 Defines the options to be used to insert a new sheet.
1a .uno%3AInsertSheetFromFile 32 Inserts a sheet from a different spreadsheet file.
22 formula%2Fui%2Fstructpage%2Fstruct 3f Displays a hierarchical representation of the current function.
25 formula%2Fui%2Fformuladialog%2Fcancel 33 Closes the dialog without implementing the formula.
2d formula%2Fui%2Fformuladialog%2Fformula_result 34 Displays the calculation result or an error message.
23 formula%2Fui%2Fformuladialog%2Fback 50 Moves the focus back through the formula components, marking them as it does so.
29 formula%2Fui%2Fformuladialog%2Fed_formula 61 Displays the created formula. Type your entries directly, or create the formula using the wizard.
1e formula%2Fui%2Fparameter%2FFX4 97 Allows you to access a subordinate level of the Function Wizard in order to nest another function within the function, instead of a value or reference.
1e formula%2Fui%2Fparameter%2FFX3 97 Allows you to access a subordinate level of the Function Wizard in order to nest another function within the function, instead of a value or reference.
2a formula%2Fui%2Ffunctionpage%2FFunctionPage 4c Opens the Function Wizard, which helps you to interactively create formulas.
1e formula%2Fui%2Fparameter%2FFX1 97 Allows you to access a subordinate level of the Function Wizard in order to nest another function within the function, instead of a value or reference.
1e formula%2Fui%2Fparameter%2FFX2 97 Allows you to access a subordinate level of the Function Wizard in order to nest another function within the function, instead of a value or reference.
12 SC_HID_INSWIN_CALC 4c Opens the Function Wizard, which helps you to interactively create formulas.
21 formula%2Fui%2Fformuladialog%2Fok 4a Ends the Function Wizard, and transfers the formula to the selected cells.
24 formula%2Fui%2Fformuladialog%2Farray 62 Specifies that the selected function is inserted into the selected cell range as an array formula.
26 formula%2Fui%2Ffunctionpage%2Ffunction 5c Displays the functions found under the selected category. Double-click to select a function.
23 formula%2Fui%2Fformuladialog%2Fnext 43 Moves forward through the formula components in the formula window.
24 formula%2Fui%2Ffunctionpage%2Fsearch 27 Search for a part of the function name.
26 formula%2Fui%2Ffunctionpage%2Fcategory 94 Lists all the categories to which the different functions are assigned. Select a category to view the appropriate functions in the list field below.
15 .uno%3AFunctionDialog 4c Opens the Function Wizard, which helps you to interactively create formulas.
25 formula%2Fui%2Fformuladialog%2Fresult 97 Allows you to access a subordinate level of the Function Wizard in order to nest another function within the function, instead of a value or reference.
14 HID_FUNC_DBVARIANZEN 7d DVARP calculates the variance of all cell values in a database field in all records that match the specified search criteria.
12 HID_FUNC_DBVARIANZ 73 DVAR returns the variance of all cells of a database field in all records that match the specified search criteria.
11 HID_FUNC_DBANZAHL 9b DCOUNT counts the number of rows (records) in a database that match the specified search criteria and contain numerical values in the DatabaseField column.
12 HID_FUNC_DBANZAHL2 91 DCOUNTA counts the number of rows (records) in a database that match the specified search conditions, and contain numeric or alphanumeric values.
e HID_FUNC_DBMAX 7c DMAX returns the maximum content of a cell (field) in a database (all records) that matches the specified search conditions.
e HID_FUNC_DBMIN 6c DMIN returns the minimum content of a cell (field) in a database that matches the specified search criteria.
15 HID_FUNC_DBMITTELWERT 89 DAVERAGE returns the average of the values of all cells (fields) in all rows (database records) that match the specified search criteria.
12 HID_FUNC_DBPRODUKT 60 DPRODUCT multiplies all cells of a data range where the cell contents match the search criteria.
11 HID_FUNC_DBAUSZUG 6b DGET returns the contents of the referenced cell in a database which matches the specified search criteria.
12 HID_FUNC_DBSTDABWN 7d DSTDEVP calculates the standard deviation of a population based on all cells of a data range which match the search criteria.
11 HID_FUNC_DBSTDABW 93 DSTDEV calculates the standard deviation of a population based on a sample, using the numbers in a database column that match the given conditions.
10 HID_FUNC_DBSUMME 77 DSUM returns the total of all cells in a database field in all rows (records) that match the specified search criteria.
e HID_FUNC_ISPMT 49 Calculates the level of interest for unchanged amortization installments.
c HID_FUNC_IKV 39 Calculates the internal rate of return for an investment.
d HID_FUNC_GDA2 65 Returns the depreciation of an asset for a specified period using the fixed-declining balance method.
c HID_FUNC_GDA 62 Returns the depreciation of an asset for a specified period using the arithmetic-declining method.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_AMORDEGRC 59 Calculates the amount of depreciation for a settlement period as degressive amortization.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_AMORLINC cc Calculates the amount of depreciation for a settlement period as linear amortization. If the capital asset is purchased during the settlement period, the proportional amount of depreciation is considered.
11 HID_FUNC_EFFEKTIV 41 Returns the net annual interest rate for a nominal interest rate.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_ACCRINT 4f Calculates the accrued interest of a security in the case of periodic payments.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_ACCRINTM 64 Calculates the accrued interest of a security in the case of one-off payment at the settlement date.
11 HID_AAI_FUNC_DISC 42 Calculates the allowance (discount) of a security as a percentage.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_RECEIVED 63 Calculates the amount received that is paid for a fixed-interest security at a given point in time.
13 HID_AAI_FUNC_EFFECT 89 Calculates the effective annual rate of interest on the basis of the nominal interest rate and the number of interest payments per annum.
b HID_FUNC_BW 57 Returns the present value of an investment resulting from a series of regular payments.
c HID_FUNC_DIA 33 Returns the arithmetic-declining depreciation rate.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_DURATION 3e Calculates the duration of a fixed interest security in years.
e HID_FUNC_ZELLE 41 Returns information on address, formatting or contents of a cell.
a HID_FUNC_N 5a Returns the numeric value of the given parameter. Returns 0 if parameter is text or FALSE.
10 HID_FUNC_ISTZAHL 2d Returns TRUE if the value refers to a number.
12 HID_AAI_FUNC_ISODD 50 Returns TRUE (1) if the number does not return a whole number when divided by 2.
14 HID_FUNC_ISTUNGERADE 41 Returns TRUE if the value is odd, or FALSE if the number is even.
10 HID_FUNC_ISTTEXT 30 Returns TRUE if the cell contents refer to text.
f HID_FUNC_ISTLOG 2a Tests for a logical value (TRUE or FALSE).
10 HID_FUNC_AKTUELL 10d This function returns the result to date of evaluating the formula of which it is a part (in other words the result as far as that evaluation has got). Its main use is together with the STYLE() function to apply selected styles to a cell depending on the cell contents.
e HID_FUNC_ISTNV 4b Returns TRUE if a cell contains the #N/A (value not available) error value.
11 HID_FUNC_ISTKTEXT 5b Tests if the cell contents are text or numbers, and returns FALSE if the contents are text.
10 HID_FUNC_ISTLEER 31 Returns TRUE if the reference to a cell is blank.
f HID_FUNC_FORMEL 38 Displays the formula of a formula cell as a text string.
11 HID_FUNC_ISTBEZUG 25 Tests if the argument is a reference.
c HID_FUNC_TYP 74 Returns the type of value, where 1 = number, 2 = text, 4 = Boolean value, 8 = formula, 16 = error value, 64 = array.
10 HID_FUNC_ISTFEHL 53 Tests for error conditions, except the #N/A error value, and returns TRUE or FALSE.
b HID_FUNC_NV 1f Mengembalikan nilai galat #N/A.
12 HID_FUNC_ISTFEHLER 56 Tests for error conditions, including the #N/A error value, and returns TRUE or FALSE.
10 HID_FUNC_IFERROR 64 Returns the value if the cell does not contains an error value, or the alternative value if it does.
12 HID_FUNC_ISTFORMEL 29 Returns TRUE if a cell is a formula cell.
12 HID_FUNC_ISTGERADE 4b Returns TRUE if the value is an even integer, or FALSE if the value is odd.
d HID_FUNC_IFNA 80 Returns the value if the cell does not contains the #N/A (value not available) error value, or the alternative value if it does.
13 HID_AAI_FUNC_ISEVEN 54 Tests for even numbers. Returns 1 if the number divided by 2 returns a whole number.
e HID_FUNC_NICHT 26 Complements (inverts) a logical value.
d HID_FUNC_WAHR 21 The logical value is set to TRUE.
d HID_FUNC_ODER 2e Returns TRUE if at least one argument is TRUE.
d HID_FUNC_WENN 29 Specifies a logical test to be performed.
f HID_FUNC_FALSCH 20 Returns the logical value FALSE.
c HID_FUNC_XOR 3d Returns true if an odd number of arguments evaluates to TRUE.
c HID_FUNC_UND 27 Returns TRUE if all arguments are TRUE.
13 HID_AAI_FUNC_SQRTPI 2f Returns the square root of (PI times a number).
f HID_FUNC_WURZEL 2d Returns the positive square root of a number.
11 HID_FUNC_FLOOR_MS 60 Rounds a number down to the nearest multiple of Significance, regardless of sign of Significance
11 HID_FUNC_UNGERADE 6d Rounds a positive number up to the nearest odd integer and a negative number down to the nearest odd integer.
15 SC_HID_FUNC_UMRECHNEN 8e Converts a value from one unit of measurement to another unit of measurement. The conversion factors are given in a list in the configuration.
f HID_FUNC_TANHYP 33 Mengembalikan tangen hiperbola dari suatu bilangan.
15 HID_FUNC_TEILERGEBNIS 15 Calculates subtotals.
c HID_FUNC_TAN 34 Returns the tangent of the given angle (in radians).
12 HID_FUNC_SUMMEWENN 2d Adds the cells specified by a given criteria.
12 HID_FUNC_SECANTHYP 33 Mengembalikan sekan hiperbolik dari suatu bilangan.
f HID_FUNC_SECANT 81 Returns the secant of the given angle (in radians). The secant of an angle is equivalent to 1 divided by the cosine of that angle
f HID_FUNC_ARCCOS 3e Mengembalikan kosinus trigonometri invers dari suatu bilangan.
18 HID_AAI_FUNC_RANDBETWEEN 36 Returns an integer random number in a specified range.
13 HID_AAI_FUNC_MROUND 43 Returns a number rounded to the nearest multiple of another number.
c HID_FUNC_EXP 2a Returns e raised to the power of a number.
f HID_FUNC_COTHYP 45 Mengembalikan kotangen hiperbolik dari suatu bilangan yang diberikan.
e HID_FUNC_LOG10 2a Returns the base-10 logarithm of a number.
12 HID_FUNC_FAKULTAET 22 Returns the factorial of a number.
11 HID_FUNC_COSECANT 83 Returns the cosecant of the given angle (in radians). The cosecant of an angle is equivalent to 1 divided by the sine of that angle
11 HID_FUNC_GANZZAHL 2c Rounds a number down to the nearest integer.
11 HID_FUNC_ABRUNDEN 3a Rounds a number down, toward zero, to a certain precision.
14 HID_FUNC_ZUFALLSZAHL 28 Returns a random number between 0 and 1.
f HID_FUNC_COSHYP 35 Mengembalikan kosinus hiperbolik dari suatu bilangan.
f HID_FUNC_SINHYP 32 Mengembalikan sinus hiperbola dari suatu bilangan.
11 HID_FUNC_ARCOSHYP 3b Mengembalikan kosinus hiperbola invers dari suatu bilangan.
16 HID_FUNC_QUADRATESUMME 8b If you want to calculate the sum of the squares of numbers (totaling up of the squares of the arguments), enter these into the text fields.
11 HID_FUNC_CEIL_ISO 5e Rounds a number up to the nearest multiple of Significance, regardless of sign of Significance
e HID_FUNC_SUMME 29 Adds all the numbers in a range of cells.
11 HID_FUNC_ARSINHYP 3a Mengembalikan sinus hiperbolik invers dari suatu bilangan.
f HID_FUNC_POTENZ 2a Returns a number raised to another number.
f HID_FUNC_ARCTAN 3d Mengembalikan tangen trigonometri invers dari suatu bilangan.
11 HID_FUNC_ARTANHYP 3c Mengembalikan tangen hiperbolik inverse dari suatu bilangan.
d HID_FUNC_REST 3d Returns the remainder when one integer is divided by another.
11 HID_FUNC_ARCOTHYP 45 Mengembalikan kotangen hiperbola invers dari bilangan yang diberikan.
c HID_FUNC_COT 36 Returns the cotangent of the given angle (in radians).
f HID_FUNC_ARCCOT 49 Mengembalikan kotangen invers (arckotangen) dari bilangan yang diberikan.
b HID_FUNC_LN 42 Returns the natural logarithm based on the constant e of a number.
12 HID_FUNC_UMRECHNEN 46 Converts between old European national currency and to and from Euros.
f HID_FUNC_ARCSIN 45 Mengembalikan sinus trigonometri invers dari bilangan yang diberikan.
c HID_FUNC_DEG 1b Konversi radian ke derajat.
10 HID_FUNC_ARCTAN2 4f Returns the inverse trigonometric tangent of the specified x and y coordinates.
f HID_FUNC_GERADE 69 Rounds a positive number up to the next even integer and a negative number down to the next even integer.
10 HID_FUNC_PRODUKT 46 Multiplies all the numbers given as arguments and returns the product.
c HID_FUNC_SIN 31 Returns the sine of the given angle (in radians).
12 HID_FUNC_AUFRUNDEN 3b Rounds a number up, away from zero, to a certain precision.
c HID_FUNC_GGT 3c Returns the greatest common divisor of two or more integers.
10 HID_AAI_FUNC_GCD 3f The result is the greatest common divisor of a list of numbers.
c HID_FUNC_KGV 3a Returns the least common multiple of one or more integers.
f HID_FUNC_RUNDEN 36 Rounds a number to a certain number of decimal places.
10 HID_AAI_FUNC_LCM 3e The result is the lowest common multiple of a list of numbers.
10 HID_FUNC_CEIL_MS 5e Rounds a number up to the nearest multiple of Significance, regardless of sign of Significance
16 HID_FUNC_KOMBINATIONEN 43 Returns the number of combinations for elements without repetition.
17 HID_FUNC_KOMBINATIONEN2 4e Returns the number of combinations of a subset of items including repetitions.
14 HID_FUNC_UNTERGRENZE 3d Rounds a number down to the nearest multiple of Significance.
13 HID_FUNC_OBERGRENZE 3b Rounds a number up to the nearest multiple of Significance.
b HID_FUNC_PI 59 Returns 3.14159265358979, the value of the mathematical constant PI to 14 decimal places.
10 HID_FUNC_KUERZEN 2e Truncates a number by removing decimal places.
c HID_FUNC_LOG 38 Returns the logarithm of a number to the specified base.
14 HID_FUNC_COSECANTHYP 35 Mengembalikan kosekan hiperbolik dari suatu bilangan.
18 HID_AAI_FUNC_MULTINOMIAL 6c Returns the factorial of the sum of the arguments divided by the product of the factorials of the arguments.
c HID_FUNC_ABS 30 Mengembalikan nilai mutlak dari sebuah bilangan.
c HID_FUNC_RAD 1b Konversi derajat ke radian.
19 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_SERIESSUM 27 Sums the first terms of a power series.
13 HID_FUNC_VORZEICHEN 60 Returns the sign of a number. Returns 1 if the number is positive, -1 if negative and 0 if zero.
c HID_FUNC_COS 33 Returns the cosine of the given angle (in radians).
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_QUOTIENT 31 Returns the integer part of a division operation.
12 HID_FUNC_VARIATION 3a Calculates the points of an exponential trend in an array.
12 HID_FUNC_SUMMEXMY2 4c Adds the squares of the variance between corresponding values in two arrays.
17 HID_FUNC_EINHEITSMATRIX 33 Returns the unitary square array of a certain size.
13 HID_FUNC_SUMMEX2MY2 53 Returns the sum of the difference of squares of corresponding values in two arrays.
13 HID_FUNC_SUMMEX2PY2 4c Returns the sum of the sum of squares of corresponding values in two arrays.
d HID_FUNC_MDET 2a Returns the array determinant of an array.
14 HID_FUNC_HAEUFIGKEIT 3b Indicates the frequency distribution in a one-column-array.
d HID_FUNC_MINV 2c Menghasilkan kebalikan dari susunan (array).
e HID_FUNC_MMULT 2b Calculates the array product of two arrays.
f HID_FUNC_MTRANS 2c Transposes the rows and columns of an array.
e HID_FUNC_TREND 24 Returns values along a linear trend.
c HID_FUNC_RKP 69 This function calculates the adjustment of the entered data as an exponential regression curve (y=b*m^x).
c HID_FUNC_RGP 4c Returns a table of statistics for a straight line that best fits a data set.
16 HID_FUNC_SUMMENPRODUKT 5d Multiplies corresponding elements in the given arrays, and returns the sum of those products.
12 HID_FUNC_HYPERLINK 50 When you click a cell that contains the HYPERLINK function, the hyperlink opens.
d HID_FUNC_WAHL 3f Uses an index to return a value from a list of up to 30 values.
10 HID_FUNC_VORLAGE 33 Applies a style to the cell containing the formula.
11 HID_FUNC_TABELLEN 2f Determines the number of sheets in a reference.
15 HID_FUNC_VERSCHIEBUNG 68 Returns the value of a cell offset by a certain number of rows and columns from a given reference point.
10 HID_FUNC_ADRESSE 5e Returns a cell address (reference) as text, according to the specified row and column numbers.
11 HID_FUNC_BEREICHE 48 Returns the number of individual ranges that belong to a multiple range.
11 HID_FUNC_WVERWEIS 48 Searches for a value and reference to the cells below the selected area.
c HID_FUNC_DDE 27 Returns the result of a DDE-based link.
12 HID_FUNC_FEHLERTYP 51 Returns the number corresponding to an error value occurring in a different cell.
e HID_FUNC_ZEILE 2b Returns the row number of a cell reference.
11 HID_FUNC_SVERWEIS 3e Vertical search with reference to adjacent cells to the right.
f HID_FUNC_ZEILEN 33 Returns the number of rows in a reference or array.
11 HID_FUNC_INDIREKT 31 Returns the reference specified by a text string.
18 SC_HID_FUNC_GETPIVOTDATA b5 The GETPIVOTDATA function returns a result value from a pivot table. The value is addressed using field and item names, so it remains valid if the layout of the pivot table changes.
12 HID_FUNC_VERGLEICH 54 Returns the relative position of an item in an array that matches a specified value.
f HID_FUNC_SPALTE 2e Returns the column number of a cell reference.
10 HID_FUNC_SPALTEN 35 Returns the number of columns in the given reference.
10 HID_FUNC_VERWEIS 49 Returns the contents of a cell either from a one-row or one-column range.
e HID_FUNC_INDEX 96 INDEX returns a sub range, specified by row and column number, or an optional range index. Depending on context, INDEX returns a reference or content.
10 HID_FUNC_TABELLE 4e Returns the sheet number of a reference or a string representing a sheet name.
d HID_FUNC_WERT 1f Mengonversi teks menjadi angka.
13 SC_HID_FUNC_UNICODE 4a Returns the numeric code for the first Unicode character in a text string.
11 HID_FUNC_GLAETTEN 52 Removes spaces from a string, leaving only a single space character between words.
a HID_FUNC_T 58 This function returns the target text, or a blank text string if the target is not text.
11 HID_FUNC_WECHSELN 2e Substitutes new text for old text in a string.
f HID_FUNC_SUCHEN 41 Returns the position of a text segment within a character string.
11 HID_FUNC_ROEMISCH 7a Converts a number into a Roman numeral. The value range must be between 0 and 3999, the modes can be integers from 0 to 4.
f HID_FUNC_RIGHTB 5c Returns the last character or characters of a text with double bytes characters sets (DBCS).
f HID_FUNC_RECHTS 33 Returns the last character or characters of a text.
14 HID_FUNC_WIEDERHOLEN 39 Repeats a character string by the given number of copies.
12 HID_FUNC_VERKETTEN 2e Combines several text strings into one string.
d HID_FUNC_MIDB 70 Returns a text string of a DBCS text. The parameters specify the starting position and the number of characters.
d HID_FUNC_CODE 40 Returns a numeric code for the first character in a text string.
e HID_FUNC_KLEIN 3d Converts all uppercase letters in a text string to lowercase.
d HID_FUNC_LENB 7e For double-byte character set (DBCS) languages, returns the number of bytes used to represent the characters in a text string.
10 HID_FUNC_ZEICHEN 47 Converts a number into a character according to the current code table.
10 HID_FUNC_DEZIMAL 61 Converts text with characters from a number system to a positive integer in the base radix given.
d HID_FUNC_TEIL 6b Returns a text string of a text. The parameters specify the starting position and the number of characters.
11 HID_FUNC_SAEUBERN 38 All non-printing characters are removed from the string.
b HID_FUNC_DM 5c Converts a number to an amount in the currency format, rounded to a specified decimal place.
d HID_FUNC_TEXT 38 Converts a number into text according to a given format.
e HID_FUNC_LINKS 34 Returns the first character or characters of a text.
e HID_FUNC_GROSS 3d Converts the string specified in the text field to uppercase.
11 HID_FUNC_ARABISCH 53 Calculates the value of a Roman number. The value range must be between 0 and 3999.
11 HID_FUNC_ERSETZEN 3c Replaces part of a text string with a different text string.
f SC_HID_FUNC_ASC 68 The ASC function converts full-width to half-width ASCII and katakana characters. Returns a text string.
12 HID_FUNC_IDENTISCH 41 Compares two text strings and returns TRUE if they are identical.
d HID_FUNC_FEST 65 Returns a number as text with a specified number of decimal places and optional thousands separators.
f HID_FUNC_FINDEN 3f Returns the position of a string of text within another string.
f SC_HID_FUNC_JIS 68 The JIS function converts half-width to full-width ASCII and katakana characters. Returns a text string.
13 SC_HID_FUNC_UNICHAR 3a Converts a code number into a Unicode character or letter.
e HID_FUNC_LEFTB 2c Returns the first characters of a DBCS text.
f HID_FUNC_LAENGE 30 Returns the length of a string including spaces.
e HID_FUNC_BASIS 56 Converts a positive integer to a specified base into a text from the numbering system.
f HID_FUNC_GROSS2 3b Capitalizes the first letter in all words of a text string.
18 HID_DAI_FUNC_WEEKSINYEAR 4c Calculates the number of weeks of the year in which the date entered occurs.
17 HID_DAI_FUNC_DAYSINYEAR 4b Calculates the number of days of the year in which the date entered occurs.
12 HID_DAI_FUNC_ROT13 52 Encrypts a character string by moving the characters 13 positions in the alphabet.
16 HID_DAI_FUNC_DIFFWEEKS 2d Menghitung selisih minggu antara dua tanggal.
17 HID_DAI_FUNC_DIFFMONTHS 2a Menghitung perbedaan dua hari dalam bulan.
18 HID_DAI_FUNC_DAYSINMONTH 4c Calculates the number of days of the month in which the date entered occurs.
16 HID_DAI_FUNC_DIFFYEARS 2c Menghitung perbedaan tahun pada dua tanggal.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_HEX2BIN 46 Menghasilkan bilangan biner dari bilangan heksadesimal yang diberikan.
13 HID_AAI_FUNC_GESTEP 3b The result is 1 if Number is greater than or equal to Step.
10 HID_FUNC_ERFC_MS 53 Returns complementary values of the Gaussian error integral between x and infinity.
11 HID_AAI_FUNC_ERFC 53 Returns complementary values of the Gaussian error integral between x and infinity.
f HID_FUNC_ERF_MS 4c Returns values of the Gaussian error integral between 0 and the given limit.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_HEX2OCT 46 Menghasilkan bilangan oktal dari bilangan heksadesimal yang diberikan.
10 HID_AAI_FUNC_ERF 2e Returns values of the Gaussian error integral.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_HEX2DEC 48 Menghasilkan bilangan desimal dari bilangan heksadesimal yang diberikan.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_DEC2OCT 41 Menghasilkan bilangan oktal dari bilangan desimal yang diberikan.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_BESSELI 40 Calculates the modified Bessel function of the first kind In(x).
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_BESSELJ 4b Calculates the Bessel function of the first kind Jn(x) (cylinder function).
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_BESSELK 41 Calculates the modified Bessel function of the second kind Kn(x).
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_BIN2HEX 46 Menghasilkan bilangan heksadesimal dari bilangan biner yang diberikan.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_BIN2DEC 41 Menghasilkan bilangan desimal dari bilangan biner yang diberikan.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_BIN2OCT 3f Menghasilkan bilangan oktaf dari bilangan biner yang diberikan.
12 HID_AAI_FUNC_DELTA 71 The result is TRUE (1) if both numbers, which are delivered as an argument, are equal, otherwise it is FALSE (0).
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_BESSELY 38 Calculates the Bessel function of the second kind Yn(x).
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_DEC2BIN 59 Hasilnya adalah bilangan biner bagi bilangan desimal yang dimasukkan antara -512 dan 511.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_DEC2HEX 48 Menghasilkan bilangan heksadesimal dari bilangan desimal yang diberikan.
17 HID_AAI_FUNC_FACTDOUBLE 29 Returns the double factorial of a number.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_CONVERT 60 Converts a value from one unit of measure to the corresponding value in another unit of measure.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_OCT2HEX 46 Menghasilkan bilangan heksadesimal dari bilangan oktal yang diberikan.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_OCT2DEZ 41 Menghasilkan bilangan desimal dari bilangan oktal yang diberikan.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_COMPLEX 66 The result is a complex number which is returned from a real coefficient and an imaginary coefficient.
13 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMSQRT 3b Hasilnya adalah akar kuadrat dari sebuah bilangan kompleks.
12 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMSUB 37 Hasilnya adalah pengurangan dari dua bilangan kompleks.
13 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMREAL 3a Hasilnya adalah bagian riil dari sebuah bilangan kompleks.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMPRODUCT 3f Hasilnya adalah produk dari sampai dengan 29 bilangan kompleks.
12 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMDIV 35 Hasilnya adalah pembagian dari dua bilangan kompleks.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_OCT2BIN 3f Menghasilkan bilangan biner dari bilangan oktal yang diberikan.
12 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMEXP 34 The result is the power of e and the complex number.
12 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMSUM 3f Hasilnya adalah jumlah dari sampai dengan 29 bilangan kompleks.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMAGINARY 3d Hasilnya adalah bagian imajiner dari suatu bilangan kompleks.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMPOWER 3e The result is the ComplexNumber raised to the power of Number.
17 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMARGUMENT 41 Hasilnya adalah argumen (sudut phi) dari suatu bilangan kompleks.
12 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMABS 34 Hasilnya adalah nilai tetap untuk bilangan kompleks.
18 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMCONJUGATE 44 The result is the conjugated complex complement to a complex number.
11 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMLN 48 The result is the natural logarithm (to the base e) of a complex number.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMLOG10 43 Hasilnya adalah logaritma (basis 10) dari sebuah bilangan kompleks.
13 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMLOG2 40 Hasilnya adalah bilangan biner logaritma dari bilangan kompleks.
c HID_FUNC_ZZR 72 Returns the number of periods for an investment based on periodic, constant payments and a constant interest rate.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_COUPNUM 64 Returns the number of coupons (interest payments) between the settlement date and the maturity date.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_COUPPCD 60 Returns the date of the interest date prior to the settlement date. Format the result as a date.
e HID_FUNC_ZINSZ 6a Calculates the periodic amortizement for an investment with regular payments and a constant interest rate.
17 HID_AAI_FUNC_COUPDAYSNC 51 Returns the number of days from the settlement date until the next interest date.
17 HID_AAI_FUNC_FVSCHEDULE 6d Calculates the accumulated value of the starting capital for a series of periodically varying interest rates.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_COUPDAYS 5d Returns the number of days in the current interest period in which the settlement date falls.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_COUPDAYBS 6a Returns the number of days from the first day of interest payment on a security until the settlement date.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_COUPNCD 63 Returns the date of the first interest date after the settlement date. Format the result as a date.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_ODDFPRICE 72 Calculates the price per 100 currency units par value of a security, if the first interest date falls irregularly.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_ODDLPRICE 71 Calculates the price per 100 currency units par value of a security, if the last interest date falls irregularly.
c HID_FUNC_VDB 71 Returns the depreciation of an asset for a specified or partial period using a variable declining balance method.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_ODDFYIELD 50 Calculates the yield of a security if the first interest date falls irregularly.
c HID_FUNC_ZGZ 51 Calculates the interest rate resulting from the profit (return) of an investment.
b HID_FUNC_ZW 7b Returns the future value of an investment based on periodic, constant payments and a constant interest rate (Future Value).
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_ODDLYIELD 4f Calculates the yield of a security if the last interest date falls irregularly.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_INTRATE a9 Calculates the annual interest rate that results when a security (or other item) is purchased at an investment value and sold at a redemption value. No interest is paid.
11 HID_AAI_FUNC_XIRR 62 Calculates the internal rate of return for a list of payments which take place on different dates.
11 HID_AAI_FUNC_XNPV 6c Calculates the capital value (net present value) for a list of payments which take place on different dates.
d HID_FUNC_ZINS 3c Returns the constant interest rate per period of an annuity.
11 HID_FUNC_LAUFZEIT 57 Calculates the number of periods required by an investment to attain the desired value.
17 HID_AAI_FUNC_TBILLPRICE 3f Calculates the price of a treasury bill per 100 currency units.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_PRICEMAT 70 Calculates the price per 100 currency units of par value of a security, that pays interest on the maturity date.
11 HID_FUNC_KUMZINSZ 7e Calculates the cumulative interest payments, that is, the total interest, for an investment based on a constant interest rate.
12 HID_AAI_FUNC_PRICE 84 Calculates the market value of a fixed interest security with a par value of 100 currency units as a function of the forecast yield.
c HID_FUNC_NBW e5 Returns the present value of an investment based on a series of periodic cash flows and a discount rate. To get the net present value, subtract the cost of the project (the initial cash flow at time zero) from the returned value.
17 HID_AAI_FUNC_TBILLYIELD 28 Calculates the yield of a treasury bill.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_YIELDMAT 61 Calculates the annual yield of a security, the interest of which is paid on the date of maturity.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_TBILLEQ 30 Calculates the annual return on a treasury bill.
c HID_FUNC_LIA 42 Returns the straight-line depreciation of an asset for one period.
13 HID_FUNC_KUMKAPITAL 5c Returns the cumulative interest paid for an investment period with a constant interest rate.
d HID_FUNC_KAPZ 97 Returns for a given period the payment on the principal for an investment that is based on periodic and constant payments and a constant interest rate.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_MDURATION 50 Calculates the modified Macauley duration of a fixed interest security in years.
c HID_FUNC_RMZ 49 Returns the periodic payment for an annuity with constant interest rates.
10 HID_FUNC_NOMINAL 75 Calculates the yearly nominal interest rate, given the effective rate and the number of compounding periods per year.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_CUMPRINC 3b Calculates the cumulative redemption of a loan in a period.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_NOMINAL 80 Calculates the annual nominal rate of interest on the basis of the effective rate and the number of interest payments per annum.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_DOLLARFR 5b Converts a quotation that has been given as a decimal number into a mixed decimal fraction.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_DOLLARDE 55 Converts a quotation that has been given as a decimal fraction into a decimal number.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_PRICEDISC 5d Calculates the price per 100 currency units of par value of a non-interest- bearing security.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_YIELDDISC 3f Calculates the annual yield of a non-interest-bearing security.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_CUMIPMT 31 Calculates the accumulated interest for a period.
d HID_FUNC_QIKV 4b Calculates the modified internal rate of return of a series of investments.
12 HID_AAI_FUNC_YIELD 23 Calculates the yield of a security.
12 HID_FUNC_BITRSHIFT 20 Shifts a number right by n bits.
12 HID_FUNC_BITLSHIFT 1f Shifts a number left by n bits.
e HID_FUNC_BITOR 31 Returns a bitwise logical "or" of the parameters.
f HID_FUNC_BITXOR 3b Returns a bitwise logical "exclusive or" of the parameters.
f HID_FUNC_BITAND 32 Returns a bitwise logical "and" of the parameters.
12 HID_FUNC_EXPONVERT 25 Returns the exponential distribution.
15 SC_HID_FUNC_CHISQDIST 7e Returns the value of the probability density function or the cumulative distribution function for the chi-square distribution.
13 HID_FUNC_CHIVERT_MS 5b Returns the probability value from the indicated Chi square that a hypothesis is confirmed.
11 HID_FUNC_BETAVERT 1a Returns the beta function.
13 HID_FUNC_BETAINV_MS 48 Returns the inverse of the cumulative beta probability density function.
f HID_FUNC_CHIINV 52 Returns the inverse of the one-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution.
14 HID_FUNC_ZAEHLENWENN 50 Returns the number of cells that meet with certain criteria within a cell range.
10 HID_FUNC_BETAINV 48 Returns the inverse of the cumulative beta probability density function.
14 SC_HID_FUNC_CHISQINV 21 Returns the inverse of CHISQDIST.
1a HID_FUNC_BESTIMMTHEITSMASS 54 Returns the square of the Pearson correlation coefficient based on the given values.
1a HID_FUNC_ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN 22 Returns the number of empty cells.
18 HID_FUNC_ACHSENABSCHNITT 66 Calculates the point at which a line will intersect the y-values by using known x-values and y-values.
f HID_FUNC_ANZAHL 35 Counts how many numbers are in the list of arguments.
a HID_FUNC_B 3f Returns the probability of a sample with binomial distribution.
14 HID_FUNC_EXP_DIST_MS 25 Returns the exponential distribution.
14 HID_FUNC_BETADIST_MS 1a Returns the beta function.
12 HID_FUNC_BINOMVERT 3e Returns the individual term binomial distribution probability.
15 HID_FUNC_BINOM_INV_MS 78 Returns the smallest value for which the cumulative binomial distribution is greater than or equal to a criterion value.
16 HID_FUNC_BINOM_DIST_MS 3e Returns the individual term binomial distribution probability.
14 HID_FUNC_CHISQINV_MS 52 Returns the inverse of the left-tailed probability of the chi-square distribution.
13 HID_FUNC_CHITEST_MS 83 Returns the probability of a deviance from a random distribution of two test series based on the chi-squared test for independence.
10 HID_FUNC_ANZAHL2 34 Counts how many values are in the list of arguments.
12 HID_FUNC_CHIINV_MS 52 Returns the inverse of the one-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution.
10 HID_FUNC_CHITEST 83 Returns the probability of a deviance from a random distribution of two test series based on the chi-squared test for independence.
10 HID_FUNC_CHIVERT 5b Returns the probability value from the indicated Chi square that a hypothesis is confirmed.
15 HID_FUNC_CHISQDIST_MS 71 Returns the probability density function or the cumulative distribution function for the chi-square distribution.
19 HID_FUNC_HYP_GEOM_DIST_MS 28 Returns the hypergeometric distribution.
14 HID_FUNC_HYPGEOMVERT 28 Returns the hypergeometric distribution.
12 HID_FUNC_HARMITTEL 28 Returns the harmonic mean of a data set.
12 HID_FUNC_F_DIST_LT 3d Calculates the values of the left tail of the F distribution.
12 HID_FUNC_F_DIST_RT 3e Calculates the values of the right tail of the F distribution.
e HID_FUNC_FVERT 2b Calculates the values of an F distribution.
e HID_FUNC_FTEST 20 Returns the result of an F test.
11 HID_FUNC_F_INV_LT 35 Returns the inverse of the cumulative F distribution.
12 HID_FUNC_Z_TEST_MS 66 Calculates the probability of observing a z-statistic greater than the one computed based on a sample.
d HID_FUNC_FINV 36 Returns the inverse of the F probability distribution.
15 HID_FUNC_GAMMADIST_MS 2b Returns the values of a Gamma distribution.
12 HID_FUNC_F_TEST_MS 20 Returns the result of an F test.
13 HID_FUNC_GAMMALN_MS 3a Returns the natural logarithm of the Gamma function: G(x).
e HID_FUNC_GAUSS 34 Returns the standard normal cumulative distribution.
f HID_FUNC_FISHER 5e Returns the Fisher transformation for x and creates a function close to a normal distribution.
12 HID_FUNC_GEOMITTEL 27 Returns the geometric mean of a sample.
11 HID_FUNC_F_INV_RT 35 Returns the inverse right tail of the F distribution.
11 HID_FUNC_GAMMAINV 43 Returns the inverse of the Gamma cumulative distribution GAMMADIST.
14 HID_FUNC_GAMMAINV_MS 43 Returns the inverse of the Gamma cumulative distribution GAMMADIST.
11 SC_HID_FUNC_GAMMA 21 Returns the Gamma function value.
12 HID_FUNC_GAMMAVERT 2b Returns the values of a Gamma distribution.
12 HID_FUNC_FISHERINV 6d Returns the inverse of the Fisher transformation for x and creates a function close to a normal distribution.
10 HID_FUNC_GAMMALN 3a Returns the natural logarithm of the Gamma function: G(x).
17 HID_FUNC_GESTUTZTMITTEL 50 Returns the mean of a data set without the Alpha percent of data at the margins.
e HID_FUNC_GTEST 66 Calculates the probability of observing a z-statistic greater than the one computed based on a sample.
14 HID_FUNC_LOGNORMVERT 2f Returns the values of a lognormal distribution.
d HID_FUNC_KURT 40 Returns the kurtosis of a data set (at least 4 values required).
12 HID_FUNC_KGROESSTE 32 Returns the Rank_c-th largest value in a data set.
12 HID_FUNC_LOGINV_MS 32 Returns the inverse of the lognormal distribution.
15 HID_FUNC_CONFIDENCE_T 49 Returns the (1-alpha) confidence interval for a Student's t distribution.
f HID_FUNC_LOGINV 32 Returns the inverse of the lognormal distribution.
12 HID_FUNC_KRITBINOM 78 Returns the smallest value for which the cumulative binomial distribution is greater than or equal to a criterion value.
12 HID_FUNC_KONFIDENZ 44 Returns the (1-alpha) confidence interval for a normal distribution.
f HID_FUNC_KORREL 34 Menghasilkan koefisien korelasi antara dua set data.
e HID_FUNC_KOVAR 3b Returns the covariance of the product of paired deviations.
17 HID_FUNC_LOGNORMDIST_MS 2f Returns the values of a lognormal distribution.
12 HID_FUNC_KKLEINSTE 33 Returns the Rank_c-th smallest value in a data set.
15 HID_FUNC_CONFIDENCE_N 44 Returns the (1-alpha) confidence interval for a normal distribution.
15 HID_FUNC_COVARIANCE_P 56 Returns the covariance of the product of paired deviations, for the entire population.
15 HID_FUNC_COVARIANCE_S 5b Returns the covariance of the product of paired deviations, for a sample of the population.
11 HID_FUNC_QUARTILE 23 Returns the quartile of a data set.
18 HID_FUNC_PERCENTRANK_INC 69 Returns the relative position, between 0 and 1 (inclusive), of a specified value within a supplied array.
18 HID_FUNC_PERCENTRANK_EXC 69 Returns the relative position, between 0 and 1 (exclusive), of a specified value within a supplied array.
15 HID_FUNC_QUARTILE_INC 23 Returns the quartile of a data set.
17 HID_FUNC_PERCENTILE_EXC 7e Returns the Alpha'th percentile of a supplied range of values for a given value of Alpha, within the range 0 to 1 (exclusive).
12 HID_FUNC_MODALWERT 2c Returns the most common value in a data set.
13 HID_FUNC_MITTELWERT 25 Returns the average of the arguments.
12 HID_FUNC_MITTELABW 4e Returns the average of the absolute deviations of data points from their mean.
15 HID_FUNC_NEGBINOMVERT 2b Returns the negative binomial distribution.
15 HID_FUNC_QUANTILSRANG 33 Returns the percentage rank of a value in a sample.
18 HID_FUNC_POISSON_DIST_MS 21 Returns the Poisson distribution.
13 HID_FUNC_NORMINV_MS 3a Returns the inverse of the normal cumulative distribution.
17 HID_FUNC_MODAL_VALUE_MS 59 Returns the most frequently occurring, or repetitive, value in an array or range of data.
c HID_FUNC_MIN 31 Returns the minimum value in a list of arguments.
15 HID_FUNC_QUARTILE_EXC 6c Returns a requested quartile of a supplied range of values, based on a percentile range of 0 to 1 exclusive.
c HID_FUNC_MAX 31 Returns the maximum value in a list of arguments.
17 HID_FUNC_PERCENTILE_INC 38 Returns the alpha-percentile of data values in an array.
1a HID_FUNC_MODAL_VALUE_MULTI 7b Returns a vertical array of the statistical modes (the most frequently occurring values) within a list of supplied numbers.
10 HID_FUNC_NORMINV 3a Returns the inverse of the normal cumulative distribution.
11 HID_FUNC_NORMVERT 43 Returns the density function or the normal cumulative distribution.
d HID_FUNC_MINA 6b Returns the minimum value in a list of arguments. Here you can also enter text. The value of the text is 0.
18 HID_FUNC_NEGBINOMDIST_MS 3f Returns the negative binomial density or distribution function.
14 HID_FUNC_NORMDIST_MS 43 Returns the density function or the normal cumulative distribution.
14 HID_FUNC_MITTELWERTA 3f Returns the average of the arguments. The value of a text is 0.
10 HID_FUNC_PEARSON 3d Returns the Pearson product moment correlation coefficient r.
d HID_FUNC_MAXA 7a Returns the maximum value in a list of arguments. In opposite to MAX, here you can enter text. The value of the text is 0.
c HID_FUNC_PHI 53 Returns the values of the distribution function for a standard normal distribution.
10 HID_FUNC_POISSON 21 Returns the Poisson distribution.
f HID_FUNC_MEDIAN 100 Returns the median of a set of numbers. In a set containing an uneven number of values, the median will be the number in the middle of the set and in a set containing an even number of values, it will be the mean of the two values in the middle of the set.
10 HID_FUNC_QUANTIL 38 Returns the alpha-percentile of data values in an array.
18 HID_FUNC_WEIBULL_DIST_MS 2f Returns the values of the Weibull distribution.
10 HID_FUNC_WEIBULL 2f Returns the values of the Weibull distribution.
17 HID_FUNC_WAHRSCHBEREICH 46 Returns the probability that values in a range are between two limits.
14 HID_FUNC_VARIATIONEN 41 Returns the number of permutations for a given number of objects.
11 HID_FUNC_VAR_P_MS 35 Calculates a variance based on the entire population.
11 HID_FUNC_VARIANZA 3f Estimates a variance based on a sample. The value of text is 0.
e HID_FUNC_VAR_S 29 Estimates the variance based on a sample.
10 HID_FUNC_VARIANZ 29 Estimates the variance based on a sample.
11 HID_FUNC_TDIST_RT ae Calculates the right-tailed Student's T Distribution, which is a continuous probability distribution that is frequently used for testing hypotheses on small sample data sets.
11 HID_FUNC_TDIST_2T ac Calculates the two-tailed Student's T Distribution, which is a continuous probability distribution that is frequently used for testing hypotheses on small sample data sets.
11 HID_FUNC_TTEST_MS 3b Returns the probability associated with a Student's t-Test.
e HID_FUNC_TTEST 3b Returns the probability associated with a Student's t-Test.
e HID_FUNC_TVERT 1b Returns the t-distribution.
14 HID_FUNC_ST_DEV_P_MS 41 Calculates the standard deviation based on the entire population.
f HID_FUNC_STABWN 41 Calculates the standard deviation based on the entire population.
13 HID_FUNC_VARIANZENA 4f Calculates the variance based on the entire population. The value of text is 0.
18 HID_FUNC_STD_NORMDIST_MS 82 Returns the standard normal cumulative distribution function. The distribution has a mean of zero and a standard deviation of one.
f HID_FUNC_STABWA 45 Calculates the standard deviation of an estimation based on a sample.
10 HID_FUNC_STABWNA 41 Calculates the standard deviation based on the entire population.
17 HID_FUNC_STD_NORMINV_MS 43 Returns the inverse of the standard normal cumulative distribution.
12 HID_FUNC_VARIANZEN 35 Calculates a variance based on the entire population.
e HID_FUNC_STABW 33 Estimates the standard deviation based on a sample.
11 HID_FUNC_ST_DEV_S 44 Calculates the standard deviation based on sample of the population.
13 HID_FUNC_STFEHLERYX 51 Returns the standard error of the predicted y value for each x in the regression.
13 HID_FUNC_SUMQUADABW 40 Returns the sum of squares of deviations based on a sample mean.
15 HID_FUNC_VARIATIONEN2 56 Returns the number of permutations for a given number of objects (repetition allowed).
12 HID_FUNC_SCHAETZER 3c Extrapolates future values based on existing x and y values.
11 HID_FUNC_TDIST_MS 1b Returns the t-distribution.
d HID_FUNC_RANG 29 Returns the rank of a number in a sample.
10 HID_FUNC_SCHIEFE 27 Returns the skewness of a distribution.
10 HID_FUNC_TINV_MS 35 Returns the one tailed inverse of the t-distribution.
10 HID_FUNC_RANK_EQ 51 Returns the statistical rank of a given value, within a supplied array of values.
11 HID_FUNC_RANK_AVG 51 Returns the statistical rank of a given value, within a supplied array of values.
19 HID_FUNC_STANDARDISIERUNG 31 Converts a random variable to a normalized value.
15 HID_FUNC_STANDNORMINV 43 Returns the inverse of the standard normal cumulative distribution.
16 HID_FUNC_STANDNORMVERT 82 Returns the standard normal cumulative distribution function. The distribution has a mean of zero and a standard deviation of one.
11 HID_FUNC_STEIGUNG 30 Returns the slope of the linear regression line.
10 HID_FUNC_TINV_2T 41 Calculates the inverse of the two-tailed Student's T Distribution
d HID_FUNC_TINV 2a Returns the inverse of the t-distribution.
10 .uno%3ANamesMenu 47 Allows you to name the different sections of your spreadsheet document.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fadd 2f Click the Add button to add a new defined name.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinename%2Fadd 2f Click the Add button to add a new defined name.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Frowheader 24 Defines the area as a repeating row.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fnames 4d Select a named range or named formula from the list to modify its properties.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinename%2Frowheader 24 Defines the area as a repeating row.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fcolheader 27 Defines the area as a repeating column.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinename%2Ffilter 3b Defines the selected area to be used in an advanced filter.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fprintrange 22 Defines the area as a print range.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Ffilter 3b Defines the selected area to be used in an advanced filter.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinename%2Frange 4b The reference of the selected area name is shown here as an absolute value.
11 .uno%3ADefineName 63 Opens a dialog where you can specify a name for a selected area or a name for a formula expression.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinename%2Fprintarea 22 Defines the area as a print range.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinename%2Fedit 5c Enter the name of the area for which you want to define a reference or a formula expression.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fname 5c Enter the name of the area for which you want to define a reference or a formula expression.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinename%2Fcolheader 27 Defines the area as a repeating column.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fscope 77 Select the scope of the named range or named formula. Document (Global) means the name is valid for the whole document.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fmore 41 Allows you to specify the Area type (optional) for the reference.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Frange 4b The reference of the selected area name is shown here as an absolute value.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinename%2Fscope 77 Select the scope of the named range or named formula. Document (Global) means the name is valid for the whole document.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinename%2Fmore 41 Allows you to specify the Area type (optional) for the reference.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertname%2Fpaste 64 Inserts the selected named area and the corresponding cell reference at the current cursor position.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertname%2Fpasteall 67 Inserts a list of all named areas and the corresponding cell references at the current cursor position.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertname%2Fctrl 82 Lists all defined cell areas. Double-click an entry to insert the named area into the active sheet at the current cursor position.
11 .uno%3AInsertName 44 Inserts a defined named cell range at the current cursor's position.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcreatenamesdialog%2Fright 58 Creates the range names from the entries in the last column of the selected sheet range.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcreatenamesdialog%2Fbottom 55 Creates the range names from the entries in the last row of the selected sheet range.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcreatenamesdialog%2Fleft 59 Creates the range names from the entries in the first column of the selected sheet range.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcreatenamesdialog%2Ftop 42 Creates the range names from the header row of the selected range.
12 .uno%3ACreateNames 36 Allows you to automatically name multiple cell ranges.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Fadd 29 Adds the current label range to the list.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Fedassign2 8a Sets the data range for which the selected label range is valid. To modify it, click in the sheet and select another range with the mouse.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Frowhead 2f Includes row labels in the current label range.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Fcolhead 32 Includes column labels in the current label range.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Fedassign 30 Displays the cell reference of each label range.
17 .uno%3ADefineLabelRange 35 Opens a dialog in which you can define a label range.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffunctionpanel%2Finsert 30 Inserts the selected function into the document.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffunctionpanel%2Ffunclist 21 Displays the available functions.
13 HID_SC_FUNCTIONLIST 72 Opens the Function List deck of the Sidebar, which displays all functions that can be inserted into your document.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fexternaldata%2Fdelay 64 Enter the number of seconds to wait before the external data are reloaded into the current document.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fexternaldata%2Franges 3b Select the table or the data range that you want to insert.
1e .uno%3AInsertExternalDataSourc 7f Inserts data from an HTML, Calc, or Excel file into the current sheet as a link. The data must be located within a named range.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fexternaldata%2Furl 64 Enter the URL or the file name that contains the data that you want to insert, and then press Enter.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fexternaldata%2Fbrowse 37 Locate the file containing the data you want to insert.
17 .uno%3AFormatCellDialog 64 Allows you to specify a variety of formatting options and to apply attributes to the selected cells.
3c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcellprotectionpage%2FcheckHideFormula 25 Hides formulas in the selected cells.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcellprotectionpage%2FcheckProtected 30 Prevents the selected cells from being modified.
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcellprotectionpage%2FcheckHidePrinting 2c Keeps the selected cells from being printed.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcellprotectionpage%2FcheckHideAll 32 Hides formulas and contents of the selected cells.
3e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcellprotectionpage%2FCellProtectionPage 2e Defines protection options for selected cells.
e .uno%3ARowMenu 35 Sets the row height and hides or shows selected rows.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptimalrowheightdialog%2Fvalue 57 Sets additional spacing between the largest character in a row and the cell boundaries.
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptimalrowheightdialog%2Fdefault 36 Restores the default value for the optimal row height.
1a .uno%3ASetOptimalRowHeight 38 Determines the optimal row height for the selected rows.
b .uno%3AHide 32 Hides selected rows, columns or individual sheets.
11 .uno%3AShowColumn 3e Choose this command to show previously hidden rows or columns.
11 .uno%3AColumnMenu 3a Sets the column width and hides or shows selected columns.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptimalcolwidthdialog%2Fdefault 57 Defines the optimal column width in order to display the entire contents of the column.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptimalcolwidthdialog%2Fvalue 61 Defines additional spacing between the longest entry in a column and the vertical column borders.
1e .uno%3ASetOptimalColumnWidthDi 36 Defines the optimal column width for selected columns.
17 .uno%3ASheetRightToLeft 58 Changes the orientation of the current sheet to Right-To-Left if CTL support is enabled.
10 .uno%3ASheetMenu 37 Sets the sheet name and hides or shows selected sheets.
12 HID_SC_APPEND_NAME 24 Enter a new name for the sheet here.
12 .uno%3ARenameTable 57 This command opens a dialog where you can assign a different name to the current sheet.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fwhowsheetdialog%2FShowSheetDialog 42 Displays a list of all hidden sheets in your spreadsheet document.
b .uno%3AShow 49 Displays sheets that were previously hidden with the Hide Sheets command.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmergecellsdialog%2FMergeCellsDialog 1c Three options are available:
17 .uno%3AToggleMergeCells 64 Combines the selected cells into a single cell or splits merged cells. Aligns cell content centered.
17 .uno%3APageFormatDialog 51 Opens a dialog where you can define the appearance of all pages in your document.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FcomboLB_SCALEMODE 5f Select a scaling mode from the list box. Appropriate controls will be shown below the list box.
3e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FspinED_SCALEPAGEHEIGHT 43 Enter the maximum number of pages to be printed vertically stacked.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FspinED_PAGENO 23 Enter the number of the first page.
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FcheckBTN_PAGENO 52 Select this option if you want the first page to start with a number other than 1.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FradioBTN_LEFTRIGHT 46 Prints horizontally from the top row of the sheet to the right column.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FSheetPrintPage b6 Specifies the elements to be included in the printout of all sheets with the current Page Style. Additionally, you can set the print order, the first page number, and the page scale.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FcheckBTN_GRID 39 Prints out the borders of the individual cells as a grid.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FcheckBTN_NOTES 30 Prints the comments defined in your spreadsheet.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FcheckBTN_FORMULAS 43 Prints the formulas contained in the cells, instead of the results.
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FcheckBTN_HEADER 44 Specifies whether you want the column and row headers to be printed.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FcheckBTN_OBJECTS 54 Includes all inserted objects (if printable) and graphics with the printed document.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FspinED_SCALEPAGENUM 30 Enter the maximum number of pages to be printed.
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FcheckBTN_CHARTS 40 Prints the charts that have been inserted into your spreadsheet.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FradioBTN_TOPDOWN 42 Prints vertically from the left column to the bottom of the sheet.
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FspinED_SCALEPAGEWIDTH 44 Enter the maximum number of pages to be printed horizontally across.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FcheckBTN_DRAWINGS 35 Includes all drawing objects in the printed document.
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FspinED_SCALEALL 61 Enter a scaling factor. Factors less than 100 reduce the pages, higher factors enlarge the pages.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FcheckBTN_NULLVALS 33 Specifies that cells with a zero value are printed.
16 .uno%3APrintRangesMenu 50 Mengelola jangkauan cetak. Hanya sel yang di dalam jangkauan cetak akan dicetak.
16 .uno%3ADefinePrintArea 40 Defines an active cell or selected cell area as the print range.
16 .uno%3ADeletePrintArea 1f Removes the defined print area.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Fedrepeatcol 89 Choose one or more columns to print on every page. In the right text box enter the column reference, for example, "A" or "AB" or "$C:$E".
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Fedrepeatrow 83 Choose one or more rows to print on every page. In the right text box enter the row reference, for example, "1" or "$1" or "$2:$3".
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Fedprintarea 2b Allows you to modify a defined print range.
14 .uno%3AEditPrintArea 35 Opens a dialog where you can specify the print range.
13 .uno%3AAddPrintArea 36 Adds the current selection to the defined print areas.
18 SFX2_HID_TEMPLATE_FILTER 21 Lists the available style groups.
15 SFX2_HID_TEMPLATE_FMT 41 Displays the list of the styles from the selected style category.
21 SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_UPDATEBYEXAMPLE 63 Updates the Style selected in the Styles window with the current formatting of the selected object.
1e SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_NEWBYEXAMPLE 41 Creates a new style based on the formatting of a selected object.
1a SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN 6b Turns the Fill Format mode on and off. Use the paint can to assign the Style selected in the Styles window.
10 .uno%3APageStyle 40 Displays the Page Styles available for indirect page formatting.
10 .uno%3AParaStyle 4c Displays the list of the available Cell Styles for indirect cell formatting.
11 .uno%3AMergeCells 3f Combines the contents of the selected cells into a single cell.
10 .uno%3ASplitCell 1f Splits previously merged cells.
14 HID_SC_REN_AFMT_NAME 2a Enter the new name of the AutoFormat here.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fformatlb 49 Choose a predefined AutoFormat to apply to a selected area in your sheet.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fadd 72 Allows you to add the current formatting of a range of at least 4 x 4 cells to the list of predefined AutoFormats.
11 .uno%3AAutoFormat 63 Use this command to apply an AutoFormat to a selected sheet area or to define your own AutoFormats.
3e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2FAutoFormatTableDialog 63 Use this command to apply an AutoFormat to a selected sheet area or to define your own AutoFormats.
13 HID_SC_AUTOFMT_NAME 1b Masukkan nama dan klik Oke.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fnumformatcb 58 When marked, specifies that you want to retain the number format of the selected format.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fpatterncb 52 When marked, specifies that you want to retain the pattern of the selected format.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fbordercb 51 When marked, specifies that you want to retain the border of the selected format.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fautofitcb 71 When marked, specifies that you want to retain the width and height of the selected cells of the selected format.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Ffontcb 4f When marked, specifies that you want to retain the font of the selected format.
15 HID_SC_RENAME_AUTOFMT 51 Opens a dialog where you can change the specification of the selected AutoFormat.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Falignmentcb 54 When marked, specifies that you want to retain the alignment of the selected format.
1e .uno%3AConditionalFormatDialog 56 Choose Conditional Formatting to define format styles depending on certain conditions.
10 .uno%3AHyphenate 5b The Hyphenation command calls the dialog for setting the hyphenation in $[officename] Calc.
15 .uno%3AShowPrecedents 84 Fungsi ini menampilkan hubungan antara sel bersangkutan (yang mengandung rumus) dengan sel lain yang digunakan dalam rumus tersebut.
1b .uno%3AClearArrowPrecedents 5b Deletes one level of the trace arrows that were inserted with the Trace Precedents command.
15 .uno%3AShowDependents 5e Draws tracer arrows to the active cell from formulas that depend on values in the active cell.
1b .uno%3AClearArrowDependents 41 Deletes one level of tracer arrows created with Trace Dependents.
12 .uno%3AClearArrows 2f Membuang semua panah jejak dari pengolah angka.
11 .uno%3AShowErrors 64 Memberikan panah jejak ke semua sel referensi yang menyebabkan salahnya nilai pada sel yang dipilih.
17 .uno%3AAuditingFillMode 99 Activates the Fill Mode in the Detective. The mouse pointer changes to a special symbol, and you can click any cell to see a trace to the precedent cell.
12 .uno%3AShowInvalid 6c Memberikan penanda bagi semua sel dalam lembar kerja yang mengandung nilai-nilai di luar peraturan yang sah.
14 .uno%3ARefreshArrows 62 Redraws all traces in the sheet. Formulas modified when traces are redrawn are taken into account.
18 .uno%3AAutoRefreshArrows 5c Secara otomatis menyegarkan seluruh jejak dalam lembar kerja kapan saja Anda mengubah rumus.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Ftarget 38 Specifies the value you want to achieve as a new result.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Fvaredit 6d Specifies the reference for the cell that contains the value you want to adjust in order to reach the target.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Fformulaedit 78 In the formula cell, enter the reference of the cell which contains the formula. It contains the current cell reference.
15 .uno%3AGoalSeekDialog 3f Opens a dialog where you can solve an equation with a variable.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscenariodialog%2Fpreventchanges a6 Prevents changes to the active scenario. The behavior of the Copy back setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the Prevent changes settings.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscenariodialog%2Fcopysheet 3a Copies the entire sheet into an additional scenario sheet.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscenariodialog%2Fbordercolor 84 Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The color for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.
15 HID_SC_SCENWIN_BOTTOM ab Specifies additional information about the scenario. This information will be displayed in the Navigator when you click the Scenarios icon and select the desired scenario.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscenariodialog%2Fcopyback 11d Copies the values of cells that you change into the active scenario. If you do not select this option, the scenario is not changed when you change cell values. The behavior of the Copy back setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the Prevent changes settings.
12 HID_SC_SCENWIN_TOP 67 Defines the name for the scenario. Use a clear and unique name so you can easily identify the scenario.
16 .uno%3AScenarioManager 2f Defines a scenario for the selected sheet area.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprotectsheetdlg%2Fpassword1 4e Allows you to enter a password to protect the sheet from unauthorized changes.
e .uno%3AProtect 3c Protects the cells in the current sheet from being modified.
19 SC_HID_PASSWD_DOC_CONFIRM 16 Re-enter the password.
11 SC_HID_PASSWD_DOC 64 You can create a password to protect your document against unauthorized or accidental modifications.
1d .uno%3AToolProtectionDocument 82 Protects the sheet structure of your document from modifications. It is impossible to insert, delete, rename, move or copy sheets.
1b .uno%3AAutomaticCalculation 3b Secara otomatis menghitung ulang semua rumus dalam dokumen.
10 .uno%3ACalculate 82 Recalculates all changed formulas. If AutoCalculate is enabled, the Recalculate command applies only to formulas like RAND or NOW.
13 .uno%3AAutoComplete 7d Switches the AutoInput function on and off, which automatically completes entries, based on other entries in the same column.
12 .uno%3ASplitWindow 45 Divides the current window at the top left corner of the active cell.
12 .uno%3AFreezePanes 71 Divides the sheet at the top left corner of the active cell and the area to the top left is no longer scrollable.
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fmore 19 Shows additional options.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fadd 60 Adds the selected cell range to the database range list, or modifies an existing database range.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fassign 21 Displays the selected cell range.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fentry 66 Enter a name for the database range that you want to define, or select an existing name from the list.
13 .uno%3ADefineDBName 43 Defines a database range based on the selected cells in your sheet.
47 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2FDontSaveImportedData 4a Only saves a reference to the database, and not the contents of the cells.
41 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2FKeepFormatting 5b Applies the existing cell format of headers and first data row to the whole database range.
46 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2FInsertOrDeleteCells 7f Automatically inserts new rows and columns into the database range in your document when new records are added to the database.
47 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2FContainsColumnLabels 25 Selected cell ranges contains labels.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fselectrange%2Ftreeview 63 Lists the available database ranges. To select a database range, click its name, and then click OK.
f .uno%3ASelectDB 44 Selects a database range that you defined under Data - Define Range.
f .uno%3ADataSort 45 Sorts the selected rows according to the conditions that you specify.
15 .uno%3ASortDescending eb Sorts the selection from the highest to the lowest value, or from the lowest to the highest value. Number fields are sorted by size and text fields by the order of the characters. You can define the sort rules on Data - Sort - Options.
25 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortkey%2Fdown 77 Sorts the selection from the highest value to the lowest value. You can define the sort rules on Data - Sort - Options.
23 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortkey%2Fup a2 Sorts the selection from the lowest value to the highest value. The sorting rules are given by the locale. You can define the sort rules on Data - Sort - Options.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortkey%2Fsortlb 3f Select the column that you want to use as the primary sort key.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortcriteriapage%2FSortCriteriaPage 33 Specify the sorting options for the selected range.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Fleftright 45 Sorts columns by the values in the active rows of the selected range.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Falgorithmlb 29 Select a sorting option for the language.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Fsortuserlb 8d Select the custom sort order that you want to apply. To define a custom sort order, choose Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists .
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Fcase 6e Sorts first by uppercase letters and then by lowercase letters. For Asian languages, special handling applies.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2FSortOptionsPage 20 Sets additional sorting options.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Fheader 47 Omits the first row or the first column in the selection from the sort.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Ftopdown 45 Sorts rows by the values in the active columns of the selected range.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Fformats 26 Preserves the current cell formatting.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Fnaturalsort ca Natural sort is a sort algorithm that sorts string-prefixed numbers based on the value of the numerical element in each sorted number, instead of the traditional way of sorting them as ordinary strings.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Fcopyresult 3a Copies the sorted list to the cell range that you specify.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Foutarealb 6d Select a named  cell range where you want to display the sorted list, or enter a cell range in the input box.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Flanguage 2a Select the language for the sorting rules.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Foutareaed 66 Enter the cell range where you want to display the sorted list, or select a named range from the list.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Fsortuser 3f Click here and then select the custom sort order that you want.
11 .uno%3AFilterMenu 23 Shows commands to filter your data.
1b .uno%3ADataFilterAutoFilter 86 Automatically filters the selected cell range, and creates one-row list boxes where you can choose the items that you want to display.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fdestpers 121 Select the Copy results to check box, and then specify the destination range where you want to display the filtered data. If this box is checked, the destination range remains linked to the source range. You must have defined the source range under Data - Define range as a database range.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Fregexp 3f Allows you to use regular expressions in the filter definition.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Fedcopyarea 62 Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Funique 35 Excludes duplicate rows in the list of filtered data.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Fheader 3c Includes the column labels in the first row of a cell range.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Fcase 4e Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when filtering the data.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Fmore 20 Shows additional filter options.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Fedfilterarea 67 Select the named range, or enter the cell range that contains the filter criteria that you want to use.
1e .uno%3ADataFilterSpecialFilter 1b Defines an advanced filter.
1d .uno%3ADataFilterRemoveFilter 81 Removes the filter from the selected cell range. To enable this command, click inside the cell area where the filter was applied.
1f .uno%3ADataFilterHideAutoFilter 38 Hides the AutoFilter buttons in the selected cell range.
14 .uno%3ADataSubTotals 35 Calculates subtotals for the columns that you select.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotalgrppage%2Ffunctions 51 Select the mathematical function that you want to use to calculate the subtotals.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotalgrppage%2Fcolumns 45 Select the column(s) containing the values that you want to subtotal.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotalgrppage%2Fgroup_by a9 Select the column that you want to control the subtotal calculation process. If the contents of the selected column change, the subtotals are automatically recalculated.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotalgrppage%2FSubTotalGrpPage 53 Specify the settings for up to three subtotal groups. Each tab has the same layout.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotaloptionspage%2Flbuserdef 69 Uses a custom sorting order that you defined in the Options dialog box at %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotaloptionspage%2Fsort 72 Sorts the area that you selected in the Group by box of the Group tabs according to the columns that you selected.
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotaloptionspage%2Fdescending 5f Sorts beginning with the highest value. You can define the sort rules on Data - Sort - Options.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotaloptionspage%2Fformats 2d Considers formatting attributes when sorting.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotaloptionspage%2Fcase 40 Recalculates subtotals when you change the case of a data label.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotaloptionspage%2Fpagebreak 37 Inserts a new page after each group of subtotaled data.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotaloptionspage%2Fascending 5e Sorts beginning with the lowest value. You can define the sort rules on Data - Sort - Options.
17 HID_SCPAGE_SUBT_OPTIONS 3e Specify the settings for calculating and presenting subtotals.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Fcol 64 Enter the input cell reference that you want to use as a variable for the columns in the data table.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Frow 61 Enter the input cell reference that you want to use as a variable for the rows in the data table.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Fformulas 6f Enter the cell references for the cells containing the formulas that you want to use in the multiple operation.
1b .uno%3ATableOperationDialog 51 Applies the same formula to different cells, but with different parameter values.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Fmore 19 Shows additional options.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Fadd 5b Adds the cell range specified in the Source data range box to the Consolidation ranges box.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Ffunc 41 Select the function that you want to use to consolidate the data.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Feddestarea 57 Displays the first cell in the range where the consolidation results will be displayed.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Feddataarea fb Specifies the cell range that you want to consolidate with the cell ranges listed in the Consolidation ranges box. Select a cell range in a sheet, and then click Add. You can also select a the name of a predefined cell from the Source data range list.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Fconsareas 36 Displays the cell ranges that you want to consolidate.
16 .uno%3ADataConsolidate 76 Combines data from one or more independent cell ranges and calculates a new range using the function that you specify.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Frefs 99 Links the data in the consolidation range to the source data, and automatically updates the results of the consolidation when the source data is changed.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Fbycol 38 Uses the column labels to arrange the consolidated data.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Fbyrow 35 Uses the row labels to arrange the consolidated data.
11 .uno%3AHideDetail ad Hides the details of the grouped row or column that contains the cursor. To hide all of the grouped rows or columns, select the outlined table, and then choose this command.
11 .uno%3AShowDetail bc Shows the details of the grouped row or column that contains the cursor. To show the details of all of the grouped rows or columns, select the outlined table, and then choose this command.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgroupdialog%2Fcols 1c Groups the selected columns.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgroupdialog%2Frows 19 Groups the selected rows.
c .uno%3AGroup 3e Defines the selected cell range as a group of rows or columns.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgroupdialog%2FGroupDialog 3e Defines the selected cell range as a group of rows or columns.
e .uno%3AUngroup 6f Ungroups the selection. In a nested group, the last rows or columns that were added are removed from the group.
12 .uno%3AAutoOutline 6f If the selected cell range contains formulas or references, $[officename] automatically outlines the selection.
13 .uno%3AClearOutline 31 Removes the outline from the selected cell range.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fselectsource%2Fexternal 5b Membuka dialogSumber Eksternal dimana Anda dapat memilih sumber data OLAP bagi tabel pivot.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fselectsource%2Fdatabase 6f Uses a table or query in a database that is registered in $[officename] as the data source for the pivot table.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fselectsource%2Fselection 1f Menghapus rekaman yang dipilih.
17 .uno%3ADataDataPilotRun 5c Membuka dialog dimana Anda dapat memilih sumber bagi tabel pivot Anda, lalu buat tabel Anda.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fselectdatasource%2Ftype 36 Click the source type of for the selected data source.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fselectdatasource%2Fdatasource 2c Select the data source that you want to use.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fselectdatasource%2Fdatabase 47 Select the database that contains the data source that you want to use.
40 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fselectdatasource%2FSelectDataSourceDialog 42 You can only select databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fshowdetaildialog%2FdimsTreeview 37 Choose the field that you want to view the details for.
46 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fcheck-drill-to-details c3 Select this check box and double-click an item label in the table to show or hide details for the item. Clear this check box and double-click a cell in the table to edit the contents of the cell.
16 .uno%3ADataPilotFilter 18 Opens the Filter dialog.
14 .uno%3ADataPilotExec 3d Nyatakan tata letak tabel yang dijangkitkan oleh tabel pivot.
3e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Flistbox-fields 8f To define the layout of a pivot table, drag and drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.
40 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fcheck-add-filter 47 Menambahkan jenis batang penggulung yang Anda tentukan pada kotak teks.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fmore 42 Displays or hides additional options for defining the pivot table.
40 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fdestination-edit 49 Select the area where you want to display the results of the pivot table.
43 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fcheck-total-columns 42 Calculates and displays the grand total of the column calculation.
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fsource-button 22 Memilih format bagi kontrol waktu.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fsource-edit 22 Memilih format bagi kontrol waktu.
49 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fcheck-identify-categories 4b Automatically assigns rows without labels to the category of the row above.
47 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fcheck-ignore-empty-rows 28 Ignores empty fields in the data source.
40 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fcheck-total-rows 3f Calculates and displays the grand total of the row calculation.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Fval3 40 Select the value that you want to compare to the selected field.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Fval2 40 Select the value that you want to compare to the selected field.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Fconnect2 29 Select a logical operator for the filter.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Fconnect1 29 Select a logical operator for the filter.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Ffield1 74 Select the field that you want to use in the filter. If field names are not available, the column labels are listed.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Ffield2 74 Select the field that you want to use in the filter. If field names are not available, the column labels are listed.
3c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2FPivotFilterDialog 29 Select a logical operator for the filter.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Ffield3 74 Select the field that you want to use in the filter. If field names are not available, the column labels are listed.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Fcond1 3f Select an operator to compare the Field name and Value entries.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Fcond2 3f Select an operator to compare the Field name and Value entries.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Fcond3 3f Select an operator to compare the Field name and Value entries.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Fval1 40 Select the value that you want to compare to the selected field.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Fdbarea 3a Displays the name of the filtered data range in the table.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Funique 35 Excludes duplicate rows in the list of filtered data.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Fregexp 3f Allows you to use regular expressions in the filter definition.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Fcase 36 Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Fmore 2f Displays or hides additional filtering options.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdatafielddialog%2Fbaseitem 67 Select the item of the base field from which the respective value is taken as base for the calculation.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdatafielddialog%2Fbasefield 56 Select the field from which the respective value is taken as base for the calculation.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfielddialog%2FPivotFieldDialog 31 Specify the subtotals that you want to calculate.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfielddialog%2Fnone 1d Does not calculate subtotals.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfielddialog%2Fuser 5f Select this option, and then click the type of subtotal that you want to calculate in the list.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfielddialog%2Fauto 23 Automatically calculates subtotals.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdatafielddialog%2Ftype 49 Select the type of calculating of the displayed value for the data field.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfielddialog%2Ffunctions 7c Click the type of subtotal that you want to calculate. This option is only available if the User-defined option is selected.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdatafielddialog%2Ffunctions 7c Click the type of subtotal that you want to calculate. This option is only available if the User-defined option is selected.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdatafielddialog%2Fexpander 4f Expands or reduces the dialog. The More button is visible for data fields only.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfielddialog%2Fshowall 35 Includes empty columns and rows in the results table.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdatafielddialog%2Fcheckbutton1 35 Includes empty columns and rows in the results table.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfielddialog%2Foptions 68 Opens the Data Field Options dialog. The Options button is visible for column, row, or page fields only.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdatafieldoptionsdialog%2Fhideitems 3d Select the items that you want to hide from the calculations.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdatafieldoptionsdialog%2Fsortby 3f Select the data field that you want to sort columns or rows by.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdatafieldoptionsdialog%2Femptyline 42 Adds an empty row after the data for each item in the pivot table.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdatafieldoptionsdialog%2Fascending 104 Sorts the values from the lowest value to the highest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialog was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdatafieldoptionsdialog%2Fmanual 1c Sorts values alphabetically.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdatafieldoptionsdialog%2Fdescending 10f Sorts the values descending from the highest value to the lowest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialog was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdatafieldoptionsdialog%2Fhierarchy 83 Select the hierarchy that you want to use. The pivot table must be based on an external source data that contains data hierarchies.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdatafieldoptionsdialog%2Flayout 35 Select the layout mode for the field in the list box.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdatafieldoptionsdialog%2Fshow 24 Turns on the automatic show feature.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdatafieldoptionsdialog%2Fitems 46 Enter the maximum number of items that you want to show automatically.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdatafieldoptionsdialog%2Ffrom 3a Shows the top or bottom items in the specified sort order.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdatafieldoptionsdialog%2Fusing 38 Select the data field that you want to sort the data by.
17 .uno%3ARecalcPivotTable 1a Memutakhirkan tabel pivot.
17 .uno%3ADeletePivotTable 23 Menghapus tabel pivot yang dipilih.
16 .uno%3ADataAreaRefresh 8e Updates a data range that was inserted from an external database. The data in the sheet is updated to match the data in the external database.
11 .uno%3AValidation 3d Defines what data is valid for a selected cell or cell range.
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationcriteriapage%2Fminlist 3c Enter the entries that will be valid values or text strings.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationcriteriapage%2Fdata 35 Select the comparative operator that you want to use.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationcriteriapage%2Fsortascend 8a Sorts the selection list in ascending order and filters duplicates from the list. If not checked, the order from the data source is taken.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationcriteriapage%2Fshowlist 82 Shows a list of all valid strings or values to select from. The list can also be opened by selecting the cell and pressing Ctrl+D.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationcriteriapage%2Fallow 33 Click a validation option for the selected cell(s).
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationcriteriapage%2Fmax 5a Enter the maximum value for the data validation option that you selected in the Allow box.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationcriteriapage%2Fmin 5a Enter the minimum value for the data validation option that you selected in the Allow box.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationcriteriapage%2Fallowempty 8f In conjunction with Tools - Detective - Mark invalid Data, this defines that blank cells are shown as invalid data (disabled) or not (enabled).
46 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationcriteriapage%2FValidationCriteriaPage 36 Specify the validation rules for the selected cell(s).
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationhelptabpage%2Finputhelp 53 Enter the message that you want to display when the cell or cell range is selected.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationhelptabpage%2Ftitle 51 Enter the title that you want to display when the cell or cell range is selected.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationhelptabpage%2Ftsbhelp 6d Displays the message that you enter in the Contents box when the cell or cell range is selected in the sheet.
44 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationhelptabpage%2FValidationHelpTabPage 60 Enter the message that you want to display when the cell or cell range is selected in the sheet.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ferroralerttabpage%2Ftitle 72 Enter the title of the macro or the error message that you want to display when invalid data is entered in a cell.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ferroralerttabpage%2FbrowseBtn aa Opens the Macro dialog where you can select the macro that is executed when invalid data is entered in a cell. The macro is executed after the error message is displayed.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ferroralerttabpage%2FactionCB 50 Select the action that you want to occur when invalid data is entered in a cell.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ferroralerttabpage%2Ftsbshow 66 Displays the error message that you enter in the Contents area when invalid data is entered in a cell.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ferroralerttabpage%2FerrorMsg 52 Enter the message that you want to display when invalid data is entered in a cell.
3c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ferroralerttabpage%2FErrorAlertTabPage 52 Define the error message that is displayed when invalid data is entered in a cell.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdataform%2FDataFormDialog 48 Data Entry Form is a tool to make table data entry easy in spreadsheets.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdataprovider%2FDataProviderDialog 1e Data Provider for Spreadsheets
16 .uno%3ADrawGraphicMenu 3e Opens a submenu to edit the properties of the selected object.
15 SC_HID_FUNC_AGGREGATE 105 This function returns an aggregate result of the calculations in the range. You can use different aggregate functions listed below. The Aggregate function enables you to omit hidden rows, errors, SUBTOTAL and other AGGREGATE function results in the calculation.
15 SC_HID_FUNC_AVERAGEIF d7 Returns the arithmetic mean of all cells in a range that satisfy a given condition. The AVERAGEIF function sums up all the results that match the logical test and divides this sum by the quantity of selected values.
16 SC_HID_FUNC_AVERAGEIFS df Returns the arithmetic mean of all cells in a range that satisfy given multiple criteria. The AVERAGEIFS function sums up all the results that match the logical tests and divides this sum by the quantity of selected values.
14 SC_HID_FUNC_COUNTIFS 4b Returns the count of rows or columns that meet criteria in multiple ranges.
11 SC_HID_FUNC_COLOR 89 Return a numeric value calculated by a combination of three colors (red, green and blue) and the alpha channel, in the RGBA color system.
e HID_FUNC_DATUM 67 This function calculates a date specified by year, month, day and displays it in the cell's formatting.
10 HID_FUNC_DATEDIF 60 This function returns the number of whole days, months or years between Start date and End date.
10 HID_FUNC_DATWERT 34 Returns the internal date number for text in quotes.
c HID_FUNC_TAG 24 Returns the day of given date value.
d HID_FUNC_TAGE 32 Calculates the difference between two date values.
10 HID_FUNC_TAGE360 61 Returns the difference between two dates based on the 360 day year used in interest calculations.
15 HID_FUNC_OSTERSONNTAG 37 Returns the date of Easter Sunday for the entered year.
12 HID_AAI_FUNC_EDATE 89 The result is a date which is a number of months away from the start date. Only months are considered; days are not used for calculation.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_EOMONTH 58 Returns the date of the last day of a month which falls months away from the start date.
1a SC_HID_FUNC_ERROR_TYPE_ODF 63 Returns a number representing a specific Error type, or the error value #N/A, if there is no error.
19 HID_FUNC_FORECAST_ETS_ADD 6c Calculates the additive forecast(s) (future values) based on the historical data using ETS or EDS algorithms
1a HID_FUNC_FORECAST_ETS_MULT 72 Calculates the multiplicative forecast(s) (future values) based on the historical data using ETS or EDS algorithms
19 HID_FUNC_FORECAST_ETS_STA 48 Returns statistical value(s) that are results of the ETS/EDS algorithms.
19 HID_FUNC_FORECAST_ETS_STM 48 Returns statistical value(s) that are results of the ETS/EDS algorithms.
19 HID_FUNC_FORECAST_ETS_PIA 75 Calculates the prediction interval(s) for additive forecast based on the historical data using ETS or EDS algorithms.
19 HID_FUNC_FORECAST_ETS_PIM 7b Calculates the prediction interval(s) for multiplicative forecast based on the historical data using ETS or EDS algorithms.
19 HID_FUNC_FORECAST_ETS_SEA 85 Returns the number of samples in period as calculated by Calc in case of FORECAST.ETS functions when argument period_length equals 1.
f HID_FUNC_STUNDE 28 Returns the hour for a given time value.
15 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_IMCOT 61 Returns the cotangent of a complex number. The cotangent of a complex number can be expressed by:
15 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_IMCOS 5b Returns the cosine of a complex number. The cosine of a complex number can be expressed by:
16 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_IMCOSH 71 Returns the hyperbolic cosine of a complex number. The hyperbolic cosine of a complex number can be expressed by:
15 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_IMCSC 60 Returns the cosecant of a complex number.  The cosecant of a complex number can be expressed by:
16 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_IMCSCH 75 Returns the hyperbolic cosecant of a complex number. The hyperbolic cosecant of a complex number can be expressed by:
15 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_IMSEC 5c Returns the secant of a complex number.  The secant of a complex number can be expressed by:
16 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_IMSECH 72 Returns the hyperbolic secant of a complex number.  The hyperbolic secant of a complex number can be expressed by:
15 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_IMSIN 58 Returns the sine of a complex number.  The sine of a complex number can be expressed by:
16 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_IMSINH 6d Returns the hyperbolic sine of a complex number. The hyperbolic sine of a complex number can be expressed by:
15 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_IMTAN 5d Returns the tangent of a complex number. The tangent of a complex number can be expressed by:
13 HID_FUNC_ISOWEEKNUM 4e ISOWEEKNUM calculates the week number of the year for the internal date value.
f HID_FUNC_MINUTE 31 Calculates the minute for an internal time value.
e HID_FUNC_MONAT 2b Returns the month for the given date value.
18 HID_AAI_FUNC_NETWORKDAYS 5e Returns the number of workdays between a start date and an end date. Holidays can be deducted.
1a SC_HID_FUNC_NETWORKDAYS_MS 179 Returns the number of workdays between a start date and an end date. There are options to define weekend days and holidays. The optional weekend parameter (or a string) can be used to define the weekend days (or the non-working days in each week). Also, optionally, the user can define a holiday list. The weekend days and user-defined holidays are not counted as working days.
16 SC_HID_FUNC_WORKDAY_MS 1e1 The result is a date number that can be formatted as a date. User can see the date of a day that is a certain number of workdays away from the start date (before or after). There are options to define weekend days and holidays. The optional weekend parameter (or a string) can be used to define the weekend days (or the non-working days in each week). Also, optionally, the user can define a holiday list. The weekend days and user-defined holidays are not counted as working days.
14 HID_FUNC_NUMBERVALUE 34 Convert text to number, in a locale-independent way.
e HID_FUNC_JETZT 2a Returns the computer system date and time.
15 SC_OPCODE_RAWSUBTRACT 5a Subtracts a set of numbers and gives the result without eliminating small roundoff errors.
10 HID_FUNC_SEKUNDE 2c Returns the second for the given time value.
11 SC_HID_FUNC_SKEWP 54 Calculates the skewness of a distribution using the population of a random variable.
12 SC_HID_FUNC_SUMIFS 62 Returns the sum of the values of cells in a range that meets multiple criteria in multiple ranges.
d HID_FUNC_ZEIT 4f TIME returns the current time value from values for hours, minutes and seconds.
11 HID_FUNC_ZEITWERT 7a TIMEVALUE returns the internal time number from a text enclosed by quotes and which may show a possible time entry format.
e HID_FUNC_HEUTE 29 Returns the current computer system date.
12 HID_FUNC_WOCHENTAG 35 Returns the day of the week for the given date value.
12 HID_FUNC_FILTERXML 2b Apply a XPath expression to a XML document.
13 HID_FUNC_WEBSERVICE 20 Get some web content from a URI.
16 HID_FUNC_KALENDERWOCHE 9c WEEKNUM calculates the week number of the year for the internal date value as defined in ODF OpenFormula and compatible with other spreadsheet applications.
14 HID_FUNC_WEEKNUM_OOO 4f WEEKNUM_OOO calculates the week number of the year for the internal date value.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_WEEKNUM 40 The result indicates the number of the calendar week for a date.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_WORKDAY 9a The result is a date number that can be formatted as a date. You then see the date of a day that is a certain number of workdays away from the start date.
d HID_FUNC_JAHR 49 Returns the year as a number according to the internal calculation rules.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_YEARFRAC 60 The result is the number of the years (including fractional part) between StartDate and EndDate.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdatastreams%2FDataStreamDialog 21 Live data stream for spreadsheets
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fsolve 7d Click to solve the equation with the current settings. The dialog settings are retained until you close the current document.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fdel2 4c Click to remove the row from the list. Any rows from below this row move up.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fdel1 4c Click to remove the row from the list. Any rows from below this row move up.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvar4button 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fref4button 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fref2button 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fchangebutton 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fdel4 4c Click to remove the row from the list. Any rows from below this row move up.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fref1edit 17 Enter a cell reference.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvar1button 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fchangeedit 29 Enter the cell range that can be changed.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvaluebutton 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Ftargetedit 7e Enter or click the cell reference of the target cell. This field takes the address of the cell whose value is to be optimized.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fref1button 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvalueedit 24 Enter the value or a cell reference.
26 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fmin 41 Try to solve the equation for a minimum value of the target cell.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Foptions 19 Opens the Options dialog.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvalue 47 Try to solve the equation to approach a given value of the target cell.
26 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fmax 41 Try to solve the equation for a maximum value of the target cell.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvar3button 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fref3button 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
13 .uno%3ASolverDialog 78 Opens the Solver dialog. A solver allows you to solve equations with multiple unknown variables by goal-seeking methods.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2FSolverDialog 78 Opens the Solver dialog. A solver allows you to solve equations with multiple unknown variables by goal-seeking methods.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvar2button 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvar3edit 22 Enter a value or a cell reference.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fref2edit 17 Enter a cell reference.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fref3edit 17 Enter a cell reference.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvar2edit 22 Enter a value or a cell reference.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fop3list 21 Select an operator from the list.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fop2list 21 Select an operator from the list.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvar1edit 22 Enter a value or a cell reference.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fop4list 21 Select an operator from the list.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvar4edit 22 Enter a value or a cell reference.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fdel3 4c Click to remove the row from the list. Any rows from below this row move up.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fref4edit 17 Enter a cell reference.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fop1list 21 Select an operator from the list.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Ftargetbutton 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdoubledialog%2FDoubleDialog 1a Enter or change the value.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolveroptionsdialog%2Fedit 96 If the current entry in the Settings listbox allows you to edit a value, you can click the Edit button. A dialog opens where you can change the value.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolveroptionsdialog%2Fsettings 2d Semua baris yang sedang dipilih akan dihapus.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolveroptionsdialog%2Fengine 86 Select a solver engine. The listbox is disabled if only one solver engine is installed. Solver engines can be installed as extensions.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fintegerdialog%2FIntegerDialog 1a Enter or change the value.
40 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolveroptionsdialog%2FSolverOptionsDialog 86 Select a solver engine. The listbox is disabled if only one solver engine is installed. Solver engines can be installed as extensions.
40 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fchisquaretestdialog%2FChiSquareTestDialog 30 Calculates the Chi-square test of a data sample.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fztestdialog%2FZTestDialog 2a Calculates the z-Test of two data samples.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fttestdialog%2FTTestDialog 2a Calculates the F-Test of two data samples.
40 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmovingaveragedialog%2FMovingAverageDialog 2e Calculates the moving average of a time series
4e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fexponentialsmoothingdialog%2FExponentialSmoothingDialog 21 Results in a smoothed data series
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcovariancedialog%2FCovarianceDialog 36 Calculates the covariance of two sets of numeric data.
3c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcorrelationdialog%2FCorrelationDialog 37 Calculates the correlation of two sets of numeric data.
4a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fanalysisofvariancedialog%2FAnalysisOfVarianceDialog 3d Produces the analysis of variance (ANOVA) of a given data set
50 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdescriptivestatisticsdialog%2FDescriptiveStatisticsDialog 55 Fill a table in the spreadsheet with the main statistical properties of the data set.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsamplingdialog%2FSamplingDialog 34 Create a table with data sampled from another table.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fregressiondialog%2FRegressionDialog 2e Produces the regression analysis of a data set
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fxmlsourcedialog%2FXMLSourceDialog 21 Live data stream for spreadsheets
1b .uno%3ANumberFormatCurrency 3b Menerapkan bentuk mata uang standar pada sel yang terpilih.
1a .uno%3ANumberFormatPercent 2f Menerapkan bentuk persen pada sel yang dipilih.
1b .uno%3ANumberFormatStandard 36 Menerapkan bentuk angka standar pada sel yang dipilih.
1e .uno%3ANumberFormatIncDecimals 41 Menambah satu letak desimal pada bilangan dalam sel yang dipilih.
1e .uno%3ANumberFormatDecDecimals 40 Membuat satu letak desimal dari bilangan dalam sel yang dipilih.
e HID_INSWIN_POS e0 Menampilkan referensi bagi sel bersangkutan, jangkauan dari sel-sel yang dipilih, atau nama dari area/wilayah. Anda juga dapat memilih sebuah jangkauan sel, lalu mengetikkan nama untuk jangkauan tersebut di dalam Kotak Nama.
10 HID_INSWIN_SUMME 120 Menyisipkan jumlah nilai dari jangkauan sel di dalam sel bersangkutan, atau menyisipkan nilai jumlah ke dalam sel-sel yang dipilih. Klik di dalam sel, klik ikon ini, dan (opsional) setel jangkauan sel. Atau pilih beberapa sel di mana jumlah nilai akan disisipkan, lalu klik ikon tersebut.
f HID_INSWIN_FUNC 5f Menambahkan rumus pada sel bersangkutan. Klik ikon ini, lalu masukkan rumus pada baris Masukan.
10 HID_INSWIN_INPUT b5 Memasukkan rumus yang hendak Anda tambah ke sel bersangkutan. Anda bisa menklik ikon Pemandu Fungsi untuk menyisipkan fungsi yang telah ditentukan sebelumnya ke dalam formula/rumus.
11 HID_INSWIN_CANCEL 63 Membersihkan isi dari baris Masukan, atau membatalkan perubahan yang Anda buat pada rumus yang ada.
d HID_INSWIN_OK 52 Menerima isi dari Baris masukan, lalu memasukkan isinya ke dalam sel bersangkutan.
15 HID_DLGSTYLES_LISTBOX 38 Klik tema pemformatan yang Anda inginkan, lalu klik Oke.
13 .uno%3AChooseDesign 32 Menerapkan gaya pemformatan pada sel yang dipilih.
13 .uno%3AStatusDocPos 5b Menampilkan nomor lembar kerja bersangkutan dan banyaknya lembar kerja pada pengolah angka.
15 .uno%3AStateTableCell 7c Menampilkan informasi mengenai dokumen bersangkutan. Secara bawaan, SUM (jumlah) dari isi sel yang dipilih akan ditampilkan.
d .uno%3AZoomIn 81 Memperbesar tampilan layar dari dokumen bersangkutan. Faktor teropong yang dipakai pada saat itu dapat dilihat pada Bilah Status.
e .uno%3AZoomOut 7f Menyusutkan tampilan layar dari dokumen bersangkutan. Faktor teropong yang dipakai pada saat itu ditampilkan pada Bilah Status.
11 .uno%3AInsertCtrl 97 Klik panah di samping ikon untuk membuka baris alat Sisip, di mana Anda bisa menambahkan grafik dan karakter khusus ke dalam lembar kerja bersangkutan.
13 .uno%3AInsCellsCtrl 96 Klik panah di samping ikon untuk membuka baris alat Sisip Sel, di mana Anda bisa menyisipkan sel, baris, dan kolom ke dalam lembar kerja bersangkutan.
17 .uno%3ATableDeselectAll 47 Click to deselect all sheets in the document, except the current sheet.
15 .uno%3ATableSelectAll 2b Click to select all sheets in the document.
18 FID_TAB_SET_TAB_BG_COLOR 3d Opens a window where you can assign a color to the sheet tab.
1d FID_TAB_MENU_SET_TAB_BG_COLOR 3d Opens a window where you can assign a color to the sheet tab.
e FID_TAB_EVENTS 3d Membua dialog di mana Anda dapat menambah bahasa pada daftar.
f .uno%3AFileMenu 59 Perintah ini berlaku untuk dokumen saat ini, membuka dokumen baru, atau menutup aplikasi.
f .uno%3AEditMenu 3f Menu ini memuat perintah untuk menyunting isi dokumen saat ini.
15 .uno%3ANormalViewMode 31 Menampilkan lembar kerja dalam tata letak normal.
f .uno%3AViewMenu 4f Menu ini memuat perintah untuk mengendalikan tampilan dokumen di layar monitor.
11 .uno%3AInsertMenu 8a Menu Sisip memiliki perintah untuk menyisipkan elemen baru, seperti sel, baris, lembar kerja, dan nama sel ke dalam lembar kerja saat ini.
11 .uno%3AFormatMenu 66 Menu Format memuat perintah untuk memformat sel yang dipilih, objek, serta isi sel dalam dokumen Anda.
10 .uno%3AToolsMenu 87 Menu Perkakas memiliki sejumlah fungsi untuk memeriksa ejaan, melacak referensi, serta untuk mencari kesalahan dan menentukan skenario.
11 .uno%3AWindowList 43 Memuat perintah untuk memanipulasi dan menampilkan jendela dokumen.
f .uno%3ADataMenu bd Gunakan menu Data untuk menyunting data dalam lembar kerja saat ini. Anda bisa menetapkan jangkauan, mengurut dan menyaring data, menghitung, melihat kerangka data, dan membuat tabel pivot.
10 .uno%3ASheetMenu 5e Menu ini memuat perintah untuk mengubah dan mengelola suatu lembar kerja dan elemen-elemennya.
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft 1a Isi sel diratakan ke kiri.
16 .uno%3AParaRightToLeft 5c Teks yang diformat sebagai teks dengan tataletak bahasa kompleks diketik dari kanan ke kiri.
11 .uno%3AAlignBlock 39 Isi sel diratakan baik di sisi kiri maupun di sisi kanan.
1d .uno%3ANumberFormatScientific 36 Menerapkan format eksponensial untuk sel yang dipilih.
1c .uno%3AAlignHorizontalCenter 37 Isi sel diratakan ke tengah (horisontal atau mendatar).
17 .uno%3ANumberFormatDate 31 Menerapkan format tanggal untuk sel yang dipilih.
11 .uno%3AAlignRight 1b Isi sel diratakan ke kanan.
16 .uno%3AParaLeftToRight 20 Teks diketik dari kiri ke kanan.
14 HID_SC_TOOLBOX_TABLE 57 Baris Pemformatan memiliki sejumlah fungsi dasar untuk memformat dokumen secara manual.
13 HID_SC_TOOLBOX_DRAW 9d Baris Properti Objek Menggambar akan ditampilkan apabila Anda menklik objek dalam lembar kerja. Baris ini memiliki fungsi untuk memformat dan perataan objek.
15 HID_SC_TOOLBOX_DRTEXT c4 Baris Pemformatan Teks akan ditampilkan apabila kursor berada di dalam objek teks, seperti bingkai teks atau objek menggambar. Baris ini memiliki sejumlah fungsi untuk memformat dan perataan teks.
f HID_SC_INPUTWIN 1f Digunakan untuk mengetik rumus.
12 HID_SC_WIN_PREVIEW 51 Batang Pratinjau Cetak akan muncul apabila Anda memilih Berkas - Pratinjau Cetak.
14 HID_SC_TOOLBOX_TOOLS 4b Gunakan baris Perkakas untuk mengakses sejumlah fungsi yang umum digunakan.
20 CHART2_HID_SCH_DATA_SERIES_LABEL 20 Memasukkan nama untuk seri data.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FSwapColumn 34 Berpindah dari satu kolom ke kolom kiri di dekatnya.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FInsertTextColumn 4e Menyisipkan kolom teks baru setelah kolom kini untuk deskripsi sumbu hirarkis.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FSwapRow 35 Berpindah dari satu kolom ke kolom bawah di dekatnya.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FInsertColumn 31 Menyisipkan sebuah kolom usai kolom bersangkutan.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FInsertRow 35 Menyisipkan sebuah baris di bawah baris bersangkutan.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FRemoveColumn 48 Menghapus kolom bersangkutan. Tidak mungkin untuk menghapus label kolom.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FRemoveRow 48 Menghapus baris bersangkutan. Tidak mungkin untuk menghapus label baris.
12 .uno%3ADiagramData 43 Membuka dialog Tabel Data di mana Anda dapat menyunting data bagan.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2FsecondaryYaxis 3b Masukkan judul sekunder yang diinginkan bagi sumbu Y bagan.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2FsecondaryXaxis 3b Masukkan judul sekunder yang diinginkan bagi sumbu X bagan.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2FprimaryZaxis 32 Masukkan judul yang diinginkan bagi sumbu Z bagan.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2FprimaryYaxis 32 Masukkan judul yang diinginkan bagi sumbu Y bagan.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2FprimaryXaxis 32 Masukkan judul yang diinginkan bagi sumbu X bagan.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2Fsubtitle 2e Masukkan sub judul yang diinginkan bagi bagan.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2Fmaintitle 2a Masukkan judul yang diinginkan bagi bagan.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2FInsertTitleDialog 41 Membuka sebuah dialog untuk memasukkan atau mengubah judul bagan.
17 .uno%3AInsertMenuTitles 41 Membuka sebuah dialog untuk memasukkan atau mengubah judul bagan.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2Fbottom 29 Meletakkan legenda pada sisi bawah bagan.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2Fright 29 Meletakkan legenda pada sisi kanan bagan.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2Ftop 28 Meletakkan legenda pada sisi atas bagan.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2Fleft 28 Meletakkan legenda pada sisi kiri bagan.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fshow 3e Menentukan apakah Anda hendak menampilkan legenda untuk bagan.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2FLB_LEGEND_TEXTDIR 97 Menyatakan arah teks bagi suatu paragraf yang memakai complex text layout (CTL). Fitur ini hanya tersedia bila dukungan complex text layout diaktifkan.
13 .uno%3AToggleLegend 5f Untuk menampilkan atau menyembunyikan legenda, klik Legenda Aktif/Tidak pada baris Pemformatan.
17 .uno%3AInsertMenuLegend 86 Membuka dialog Legenda, yang memungkinkan Anda mengubah posisi legenda dalam diagram, dan untuk menentukan apakah legenda ditampilkan.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FNF_LABEL_DEGREES 4c Masukkan sudut rotasi yang berlawanan dengan arah jarum jam bagi label data.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FLB_LABEL_TEXTDIR 97 Menyatakan arah teks bagi suatu paragraf yang memakai complex text layout (CTL). Fitur ini hanya tersedia bila dukungan complex text layout diaktifkan.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FLB_LABEL_TEXTDIR 97 Menyatakan arah teks bagi suatu paragraf yang memakai complex text layout (CTL). Fitur ini hanya tersedia bila dukungan complex text layout diaktifkan.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FLB_LABEL_PLACEMENT 33 Pilih penempatan label data relatif terhadap objek.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuDataLabels 41 Buka dialog Label Data, yang memungkinkan Anda menata label data.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCT_DIAL 3b Klik pada dial untuk menata orientasi teks bagi label data.
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FPB_PERCENT_NUMBERFORMAT 2c Buka dialog untuk memilih format persentase.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FPB_NUMBERFORMAT 27 Buka dialog untuk memilih format angka.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCB_VALUE_AS_NUMBER 2a Menampilkan nilai absolut dari titik data.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCB_VALUE_AS_PERCENTAGE 2c Menampilkan persentase data dari tiap kolom.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FNF_LABEL_DEGREES 4c Masukkan sudut rotasi yang berlawanan dengan arah jarum jam bagi label data.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FCT_DIAL 3b Klik pada dial untuk menata orientasi teks bagi label data.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FPB_PERCENT_NUMBERFORMAT 2c Buka dialog untuk memilih format persentase.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FLB_TEXT_SEPARATOR 3f Pilih pemisah antara beberapa string teks bagi objek yang sama.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FLB_TEXT_SEPARATOR 3f Pilih pemisah antara beberapa string teks bagi objek yang sama.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FPB_NUMBERFORMAT 27 Buka dialog untuk memilih format angka.
3d %2Fmodules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FLB_LABEL_PLACEMENT 33 Pilih penempatan label data relatif terhadap objek.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCB_CATEGORY 21 Menampilkan label teks poin data.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCB_SYMBOL 36 Menampilkan ikon legenda di sisi tiap label poin data.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FprimaryZ 33 Menampilkan sumbu Z sebagai garis dengan subdivisi.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FprimaryY 33 Menampilkan sumbu Y sebagai garis dengan subdivisi.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FprimaryX 33 Menampilkan sumbu X sebagai garis dengan subdivisi.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FsecondaryY 9d Sumbu utama dan sumbu kedua bisa memiliki skala yang berbeda. Sebagai contoh, And bisa memberi skala suatu sumbu dengan 2 inci, sementara yang lain 1,5 inci.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FsecondaryX 28 Menampilkan sumbu X sekunder pada bagan.
15 .uno%3AInsertMenuAxes 33 Menyatakan sumbu yang akan ditampilkan dalam bagan.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_NEGATIVE 27 Hanya menampilkan batang galat negatif.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_NEGATIVE 27 Hanya menampilkan batang galat negatif.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_POSITIVE 27 Hanya menampilkan batang galat positif.
3c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FCB_SYN_POS_NEG be Memungkinkan memakai nilai galat positif juga sebagai nilai galat negatif. Anda hanya dapat mengubah nilai dari kotak "Positif (+)". Nilai itu disalin ke kotak "Negatif (-)" secara otomatis.
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FED_RANGE_NEGATIVE 81 Masukkan jangkauan alamat tempat asal nilai-nilai galat negatif. Pakai tombol Kerutkan untuk memilih jangkauan dari suatu lembar.
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FED_RANGE_POSITIVE 81 Masukkan jangkauan alamat tempat asal nilai-nilai galat positif. Pakai tombol Kerutkan untuk memilih jangkauan dari suatu lembar.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FED_RANGE_POSITIVE 81 Masukkan jangkauan alamat tempat asal nilai-nilai galat positif. Pakai tombol Kerutkan untuk memilih jangkauan dari suatu lembar.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FMF_NEGATIVE 59 Masukkan nilai untuk dikurangkan dari nilai yang ditampilkan sebagai nilai galat positif.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_PERCENT 6f Menampilkan persentase. Tampilannya merujuk pada titik data yang terkait. Atur persentase dalam area Parameter.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_RANGE 6d Klik Jangkauan Sel lalu nyatakan jangkauan sel tempat mengambil nilai-nilai batang galat positif dan negatif.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FIB_RANGE_POSITIVE ab Klik suatu tombol untuk mengecilkan dialog, lalu pakai tetikus untuk memilih jangkauan sel dalam lembar kerja. Klik tombol lagi untuk mengembalikan dialog ke ukuran penuh.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_CONST 44 Menampilkan nilai konstanta yang Anda nyatakan dalam area Parameter.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_POSITIVE 27 Hanya menampilkan batang galat positif.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_NONE 25 Jangan tampilkan batang galat apapun.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FCB_SYN_POS_NEG be Memungkinkan memakai nilai galat positif juga sebagai nilai galat negatif. Anda hanya dapat mengubah nilai dari kotak "Positif (+)". Nilai itu disalin ke kotak "Negatif (-)" secara otomatis.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_FUNCTION 31 Pilih suatu fungsi untuk menghitung batang galat.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_CONST 44 Menampilkan nilai konstanta yang Anda nyatakan dalam area Parameter.
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FIB_RANGE_NEGATIVE ab Klik suatu tombol untuk mengecilkan dialog, lalu pakai tetikus untuk memilih jangkauan sel dalam lembar kerja. Klik tombol lagi untuk mengembalikan dialog ke ukuran penuh.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FIB_RANGE_NEGATIVE ab Klik suatu tombol untuk mengecilkan dialog, lalu pakai tetikus untuk memilih jangkauan sel dalam lembar kerja. Klik tombol lagi untuk mengembalikan dialog ke ukuran penuh.
1f CHART2_SCH_ERROR_BARS_FROM_DATA e3 Untuk suatu diagram dengan datanya sendiri, nilai-nilai bilah galat dapat dimasukkan dalam tabel data diagram. Dialog Tabel Data menampilkan kolom tambahan berjudul Bilah-Galat-X atau Y Positif dan Bilah-Galat-X atau Y Negatif.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_PERCENT 6f Menampilkan persentase. Tampilannya merujuk pada titik data yang terkait. Atur persentase dalam area Parameter.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars 52 Gunakan dialog Bilah Galat X atau Y untuk menampilkan bilah galat bagi diagram 2D.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_BOTH 2d Menampilkan batang galat positif dan negatif.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FMF_NEGATIVE 59 Masukkan nilai untuk dikurangkan dari nilai yang ditampilkan sebagai nilai galat positif.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuYErrorBars 52 Gunakan dialog Bilah Galat X atau Y untuk menampilkan bilah galat bagi diagram 2D.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_FUNCTION 31 Pilih suatu fungsi untuk menghitung batang galat.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2Ftp_ErrorBars 52 Gunakan dialog Bilah Galat X atau Y untuk menampilkan bilah galat bagi diagram 2D.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FLB_FUNCTION 31 Pilih suatu fungsi untuk menghitung batang galat.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_NONE 25 Jangan tampilkan batang galat apapun.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FLB_FUNCTION 31 Pilih suatu fungsi untuk menghitung batang galat.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_RANGE 6d Klik Jangkauan Sel lalu nyatakan jangkauan sel tempat mengambil nilai-nilai batang galat positif dan negatif.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_BOTH 2d Menampilkan batang galat positif dan negatif.
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FIB_RANGE_POSITIVE ab Klik suatu tombol untuk mengecilkan dialog, lalu pakai tetikus untuk memilih jangkauan sel dalam lembar kerja. Klik tombol lagi untuk mengembalikan dialog ke ukuran penuh.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FED_RANGE_NEGATIVE 81 Masukkan jangkauan alamat tempat asal nilai-nilai galat negatif. Pakai tombol Kerutkan untuk memilih jangkauan dari suatu lembar.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FMF_POSITIVE 57 Masukkan nilai untuk ditambahkan ke nilai yang ditampilkan sebagai nilai galat positif.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FMF_POSITIVE 57 Masukkan nilai untuk ditambahkan ke nilai yang ditampilkan sebagai nilai galat positif.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel6 30 Nama dari variabel X dalam persamaan garis tren.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FshowCorrelationCoefficient 3f Tampilkan koefisien determinasi bersebelahan dengan garis tren.
23 .uno%3AInsertTrendlineEquationAndR2 96 Untuk menampilkan persamaan garis tren, pilih garis tren dalam bagan, klik kanan untuk membuka menu konteks, lalu pilih Sisipkan Persamaan Garis Tren.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FshowEquation 3e Tampilkan persamaan garis tren bersebelahan dengan garis tren.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FinterceptValue 28 Nilai dari titik potong bila dipaksakan.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FsetIntercept 6d Untuk garis tren linier, polinomial, dan eksponensial, nilai potong dipaksakan ke suatu nilai yang diberikan.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuTrendlines 55 Garis tren dapat ditambahkan ke semua jenis diagram 2D kecuali diagram Kue dan Saham.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flogarithmic 22 Garis tren logaritmik ditampilkan.
1e .uno%3AInsertTrendlineEquation 96 Untuk menampilkan persamaan garis tren, pilih garis tren dalam bagan, klik kanan untuk membuka menu konteks, lalu pilih Sisipkan Persamaan Garis Tren.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FTP_TRENDLINE 55 Garis tren dapat ditambahkan ke semua jenis diagram 2D kecuali diagram Kue dan Saham.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuMeanValues 96 Untuk menampilkan persamaan garis tren, pilih garis tren dalam bagan, klik kanan untuk membuka menu konteks, lalu pilih Sisipkan Persamaan Garis Tren.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel7 39 Garis tren diekstrapolasi bagi nilai-x yang lebih tinggi.
2c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Fpower 1f Garis tren pangkat ditampilkan.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flinear 1e Garis tren linier ditampilkan.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FmovingAverage 4b Suatu garis tren rerata bergerak ditampilkan dengan perioda yang diberikan.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Fexponential 24 Garis tren eksponensial ditampilkan.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel9 30 Nama dari variabel Y dalam persamaan garis tren.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel8 39 Garis tren diekstrapolasi bagi nilai-x yang lebih rendah.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Fpolynomial 40 Garis tren polinomial ditampilkan dengan derajat yang diberikan.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel3 23 Derajat dari garis tren polinomial.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel5 23 Nama dari garis tren dalam legenda.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel4 55 Banyaknya titik yang dipakai untuk menghitung rerata dari garis tren rerata bergerak.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRB_ASSUME_ZERO 6d Bagi suatu nilai yang hilang, nilai y akan ditampilkan sebagai nol. Ini adalah bawaan bagi tipe diagram Area.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRB_CONTINUE_LINE 79 Bagi suatu nilai yang hilang, akan ditampilkan interpolasi dari nilai tetangga. Ini kondisi bawaan bagi jenis diagram XY.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRBT_OPT_AXIS_2 98 Mengubah skala sumbu Y. Sumbu ini hanya akan terlihat apabila sedikitnya satu seri data diberikan padanya dan tampilan sumbu sedang dalam keadaan aktif.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FMT_OVERLAP 53 Menentukan pengaturan yang seperlunya untuk seri data yang bertumpuk (overlapping).
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FCB_INCLUDE_HIDDEN_CELLS 5f Contreng agar juga menampilkan nilai dari sel yang kini tersembunyi dalam jangkauan sel sumber.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRB_DONT_PAINT 7d Untuk suatu nilai yang hilang, data tak akan ditampilkan. Ini adalah bawaan bagi tipe diagram Kolom, Batang, Garis, Jaringan.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRBT_OPT_AXIS_1 4d Opsi ini aktif sejak semula. Semua seri data dirapikan menurut sumbu utama Y.
3b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_PolarOptions%2FNF_STARTING_ANGLE 73 Masukkan sudut awal antara 0 dan 359 derajat. Anda juga dapat mengklik panah untuk mengubah nilai yang ditampilkan.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FCB_CONNECTOR 80 Bagi bagan kolom "bertumpuk" dan "persen" (balok vertikal), tandai kotak cek ini untuk menghubungkan lapisan kolom dengan garis.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FCB_BARS_SIDE_BY_SIDE 4c Batang dari seri berbeda ditampilkan seolah dicantolkan hanya ke satu sumbu.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FMT_GAP 2a Menentukan spasi antara kolom dalam persen
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_PolarOptions%2FCB_CLOCKWISE b8 Arah bawaan pengurutan potongan dari diagram kue adalah berlawanan dengan arah jarum jam. Aktifkan kotak contreng Arah putaran jarum jam untuk menggambar potongan pada arah sebaliknya.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_PolarOptions%2FCT_ANGLE_DIAL 13b Seret titik kecil pada lingkaran atau klik sebarang posisi pada lingkaran untuk mengatur sudut awal dari diagram kue atau donat. Sudut awal adalah posisi sudut matematis dimana potongan pertama digambar. Nilai 90 derajat menggambar potongan pertama pada posisi pukul 12. Nilai 0 derajat memulai pada posisi pukul 3.
1b .uno%3AToggleGridHorizontal 61 Ikon Kisi Horisontal pada batang Pemformatan menjungkitkan kenampakan tampilan kisi bagi sumbu Y.
19 .uno%3AToggleGridVertical 5f Ikon Kisi Vertikal pada batang Pemformatan menjungkitkan kenampakan tampilan kisi bagi sumbu X.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FprimaryZ 26 Menambah garis kisi pada sumbu Z bagan
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FprimaryY 27 Menambah garis kisi pada sumbu Y bagan.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FprimaryX 2a Menambahkan garis kisi pada sumbu X bagan.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FsecondaryZ 44 Menambah garis kisi yang membagi sumbu Z pada seksi yang lebih kecil
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FsecondaryY 52 Menambahkan garis kisi yang membagi sumbu Y ke dalam seksi-seksi yang lebih kecil.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FsecondaryX 52 Menambahkan garis kisi yang membagi sumbu X ke dalam seksi-seksi yang lebih kecil.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FInsertGridDialog c9 Anda dapat membagi sumbu ke dalam seksi-seksi dengan menetapkan garis kisi ke mereka. Hal ini memungkinkan Anda memperoleh gambaran bagan yang lebih baik, terutama bila Anda bekerja dengan bagan besar.
16 .uno%3AInsertMenuGrids c9 Anda dapat membagi sumbu ke dalam seksi-seksi dengan menetapkan garis kisi ke mereka. Hal ini memungkinkan Anda memperoleh gambaran bagan yang lebih baik, terutama bila Anda bekerja dengan bagan besar.
16 .uno%3AFormatSelection 1a Format objek yang dipilih.
d .uno%3AZTitle 2a Mengubah properti dari judul yang dipilih.
d .uno%3AYTitle 60 Mengubah properti dari judul yang dipilih atau properti dari semua judul yang dipilih bersamaan.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftitlerotationtabpage%2FtextdirLB 97 Menyatakan arah teks bagi suatu paragraf yang memakai complex text layout (CTL). Fitur ini hanya tersedia bila dukungan complex text layout diaktifkan.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2Fauto 2a Menyusun angka pada sumbu secara otomatis.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FshowlabelsCB 40 Menentukan, apakah label sumbu dibuat terlihat atau tersembunyi.
16 .uno%3AToggleAxisDescr 22 Menentukan arah teks pada isi sel.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftitlerotationtabpage%2FdialCtrl 3b Klik di mana saja pada roda akan menentukan orientasi teks.
3b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftitlerotationtabpage%2FOrientDegree 33 Anda bisa secara manual menentukan sudut orientasi.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FtextdirLB 97 Menyatakan arah teks bagi suatu paragraf yang memakai complex text layout (CTL). Fitur ini hanya tersedia bila dukungan complex text layout diaktifkan.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FbreakCB 1c Memperbolehkan memutus teks.
2a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2Fodd 4f Menyusun angka pada sumbu, meskipun angka tersebut di bawah angka gasal/ganjil.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FoverlapCB 48 Menentukan bahwa teks pada beberapa sel bisa saja menimpa sel yang lain.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftitlerotationtabpage%2FstackedCB 31 Menentukan orientasi teks vertikal untuk isi sel.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2Ftile 29 Menyusun angka pada sumbu sisi demi sisi.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2Feven 48 Menyusun angka pada sumbu, bilangan gasal/ganjil lebih kecil dari genap.
d .uno%3ALegend 40 Menentukan atribut garis tepi, area, dan karakter untuk legenda.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisB 90 Membuka dialog di mana Anda bisa menyunting properti dari sumbu Y kedua. Untuk menyisipkan sumbu Y kedua, pilih Sisip - Sumbu dan pilih Sumbu Y.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisA 90 Membuka dialog di mana Anda bisa menyunting properti dari sumbu X kedua. Untuk menyisipkan sumbu X kedua, pilih Sisip - Sumbu dan pilih Sumbu X.
15 .uno%3ADiagramAxisAll 55 Membuka sebuah dialog, di mana Anda bisa menyunting properti dari sumbu yang dipilih.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisY 38 Membuka dialog Sumbu Y, untuk mengubah properti sumbu Y.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FLB_HELP_TIME_UNIT 5a Interval minor dapat ditata untuk menampilkan sejumlah tertentu hari, tanggal, atau tahun.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FMT_MAIN_DATE_STEP 5a Interval mayor dapat ditata untuk menampilkan sejumlah tertentu hari, tanggal, atau tahun.
2a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FEDT_MIN 29 Menentukan nilai minimal bagi awal sumbu.
2a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FEDT_MAX 2b Menentukan nilai maksimal bagi akhir sumbu.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FEDT_STEP_MAIN 34 Menentukan interval bagi pembagian utama dari sumbu.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FMT_STEPHELP 29 Menentukan interval bagi subdivisi sumbu.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FLB_MAIN_TIME_UNIT 5a Interval mayor dapat ditata untuk menampilkan sejumlah tertentu hari, tanggal, atau tahun.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FCBX_LOGARITHM 3b Menyatakan bahwa Anda ingin sumbu dibagi secara logaritmis.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FEDT_ORIGIN 3e Menyatakan pada posisi mana menampilkan nilai sepanjang sumbu.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FCBX_REVERSE 88 Menentukan letak nilai terendah dan nilai tertinggi saat ditampilkan pada sumbu. Keadaan yang tidak dicontreng adalah arah matematisnya.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FLB_TIME_RESOLUTION 59 Resolusi dapat diatur untuk menampilkan hari, bulan, atau tahun sebagai langkah interval.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FCBX_AUTO_ORIGIN 57 Anda mesti terlebih dahulu mematikan pilihan Otomatis untuk dapat mengubah nilai-nilai.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FLB_AXIS_TYPE 86 Untuk beberapa tipe sumbu, Anda dapat memilih untuk memformat sumbu sebagai teks atau tanggal, atau mendeteksi format secara otomatis.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FLB_PLACE_TICKS 54 Pilih dimana menempatkan penanda: pada label, pada sumbu, atau pada sumbu dan label.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FCB_MINOR_OUTER 49 Menentukan bahwa penanda interval minor ditempatkan pada sisi luar sumbu.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FCB_MINOR_INNER 4a Menentukan bahwa penanda interval minor ditempatkan pada sisi dalam sumbu.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FCB_TICKS_INNER 3a Menentukan bahwa penanda ditempatkan pada sisi luar sumbu.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FLB_PLACE_LABELS 6b Pilih dimana menempatkan label: dekat sumbu, dekat sumbu (sisi lain), awal sisi luar, atau akhir sisi luar.
4d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FEDT_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT_CATEGORY 3c Pilih kategori dimana baris sumbu mesti memotong sumbu lain.
44 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FEDT_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT 3c Masukkan nilai dimana garis sumbu mesti memotong sumbu lain.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FCB_TICKS_OUTER 3b Menentukan bahwa penanda ditempatkan pada sisi dalam sumbu.
43 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FLB_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT 6a Pilih dimana memotong sumbu lain: di awal, di akhir, pada nilai yang dinyatakan, atau pada suatu kategori.
15 .uno%3ADiagramGridAll 44 Membuka dialog Jejaring untuk menentukan properti jejaring tersebut.
12 .uno%3ADiagramWall ad Membuka dialog Dinding Bagan, di mana Anda bisa mengubah properti dinding bagan tersebut. Dinding bagan adalah latar belakang "vertikal" di belakang wilayah data pada bagan.
13 .uno%3ADiagramFloor b9 Membuka dialog Lantai Bagan, di mana Anda bisa mengubah properti dari lantai bagan tersebut. Lantai bagan adalah wilayah terbawah pada bagan 3D. Fungsi ini hanya tersedia bagi bagan 3D.
12 .uno%3ADiagramArea 9a Membuka dialog Area Bagan, di mana Anda bisa mengubah properti dari area bagan. Area bagan adalah latar belakang di balik semua elemen bagan bersangkutan.
f .uno%3ABackward 31 Mengirim mundur seri data yang dipilih (ke kiri).
e .uno%3AForward 2f Membawa maju seri data yang dipilih (ke kanan).
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2FPolynomialsSpinButton 17 Menata derajat polinom.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2FResolutionSpinbutton 12 Mengeset resolusi.
3b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2FSplineTypeComboBox 1d Menerapkan model kurva garis.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2FSmoothLinesDialog 1d Menerapkan model kurva garis.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsteppedlinesdlg%2Fstep_end_rb 6f Mulai dengan garis horisontal, meningkat arah vertikal di tengah nilai X, dan berakhir dengan garis horisontal.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsteppedlinesdlg%2Fstep_center_y_rb 83 Mulai dengan meningkat arah vertikal di tengah nilai Y, gambar suatu garis horisontal, dan berakhir dengan meningkat arah vertikal.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsteppedlinesdlg%2Fstep_center_x_rb 4c Mulai dengan meningkat secara vertikal dan berakhir dengan garis horisontal.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsteppedlinesdlg%2Fstep_start_rb 45 Mulai dengan garis horisontal dan meningkat secara vertikal di akhir.
47 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHTSOURCE_COLOR 27 Memilih warna menggunakan dialog warna.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FLB_LIGHTSOURCE 30 Memilih warna untuk sumber cahaya yang terpilih.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_8 46 Klik untuk mengaktifkan atau tidak mengaktifkan sumber cahaya seragam.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2FLB_SCHEME 57 Memilih sebuah skema dari kotak daftar, atau klik di mana saja pada kotak cek di bawah.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FCBX_PERSPECTIVE ee Tandai kotak Perspektif untuk melihat bagan seperti layaknya melalui sebuah kamera. Gunakan tombol putar untuk mengeset persentasenya. Dengan persentase yang tinggi, maka objek yang terdekat akan terlihat lebih besar dari objek yang jauh.
d .uno%3AView3D 8b Mengaktifkan tampilan tiga dimensi bagi bagan Kolom, Balok, Pai, dan Area. Untuk bagan Baris dan XY (Menyebar), Anda bisa melihat garis 3D.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FMTR_FLD_Y_ROTATION 4e Mengeset rotasi bagan pada sumbu Y. Pratampil akan merespon setingan baru ini.
17 SVX_HID_CTRL3D_SWITCHER 3c Klik untuk berpindah antara model iluminasi bola atau kubus.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_3 46 Klik untuk mengaktifkan atau tidak mengaktifkan sumber cahaya seragam.
43 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_AMBIENT_COLOR 27 Memilih warna menggunakan dialog warna.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FMTR_FLD_Z_ROTATION 4e Mengeset rotasi bagan pada sumbu Z. Pratampil akan merespon setingan baru ini.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2FCB_OBJECTLINES 53 Menampilkan garis tepi di sekeliling area dengan menyetel gaya garis menjadi padat.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FMTR_FLD_X_ROTATION 4e Mengeset rotasi bagan pada sumbu X. Pratampil akan merespon setingan baru ini.
43 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FCBX_RIGHT_ANGLED_AXES f8 Apabila sumbu bersudut kanan diaktifkan, maka Anda hanya bisa memutar isi bagan pada arah X dan Y, paralel terhadap garis tepi bagan. Sumbu bersudut kanan aktif sejak awal bagi bagan 3D. Bagan Pai dan Donat tidak mendukung sumbu bersudut kanan ini.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2FCB_SHADING 5b Menerapkan pewarnaan Gouraud apabila ditandai, atau pewarnaan datar apabila tidak ditandai.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FMTR_FLD_PERSPECTIVE ee Tandai kotak Perspektif untuk melihat bagan seperti layaknya melalui sebuah kamera. Gunakan tombol putar untuk mengeset persentasenya. Dengan persentase yang tinggi, maka objek yang terdekat akan terlihat lebih besar dari objek yang jauh.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2FCB_ROUNDEDEDGE 14 Sudut dibulatkan 5%.
49 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination 29 Tetapkan sumber cahaya untuk tampilan 3D.
16 SVX_HID_CTRL3D_HSCROLL 5d Seret slider bawah untuk mengeset posisi horisontal dan arah dari sumber cahaya yang dipilih.
16 SVX_HID_CTRL3D_VSCROLL 5b Seret slider kanan untuk mengeset tinggi vertikal dan arah dari sumber cahaya yang dipilih.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FLB_AMBIENTLIGHT 22 Memilih warna bagi cahaya sekitar.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_1 58 Klik untuk mengaktifkan atau tidak mengaktikan sumber cahaya spekular dengan penyorotan.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_6 46 Klik untuk mengaktifkan atau tidak mengaktifkan sumber cahaya seragam.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_2 46 Klik untuk mengaktifkan atau tidak mengaktifkan sumber cahaya seragam.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_5 46 Klik untuk mengaktifkan atau tidak mengaktifkan sumber cahaya seragam.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_4 46 Klik untuk mengaktifkan atau tidak mengaktifkan sumber cahaya seragam.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_7 46 Klik untuk mengaktifkan atau tidak mengaktifkan sumber cahaya seragam.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2FsecondaryXaxis 6b Masukkan label bari sumbu-y sekunder. Opsi ini hanya tersedia bagi diagram yang mendukung sumbu-y sekunder.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fmaintitle 21 Memasukkan judul bagi bagan Anda.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fz 60 Menampilkan garis jejaring yang paralel terhadap sumbu z. Opsi ini hanya tersedia bagi bagan 3D.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2FprimaryXaxis 2a Memberikan label untuk sumbu x (mendatar).
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fy 39 Menampilkan garis jejaring yang paralel terhadap sumbu y.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fsubtitle 24 Memasukkan subjudul bagi bagan Anda.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2FprimaryYaxis 27 Memberikan label untuk sumbu y (tegak).
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fshow 1f Menampilkan legenda pada bagan.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2FprimaryZaxis 40 Memasukkan label bagi sumbu z. Opsi ini hanya ada bagi bagan 3D.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Ftop 28 Meletakkan legenda pada sisi atas bagan.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fright 2b Meletakkan legenda pada posisi kanan bagan.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fx 39 Menampilkan garis jejaring yang paralel terhadap sumbu x.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fleft 28 Meletakkan legenda pada sisi kiri bagan.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fbottom 2b Meletakkan legenda pada posisi bawah bagan.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fnolines 3a Mengeset banyaknya garis pada jenis bagan Kolom dan Baris.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fsort 74 Mengubungkan titik-titik oleh nilai X yang menaik, meskipun urutan nilai-nilainya berbeda, pada diagram menyebar XY.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Ftp_ChartType 29 Klik untuk pergi ke halaman pemandu nama.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fproperties 36 Membuka dialog untuk menata properti garis atau kurva.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fcharttype 1b Memilih bentuk dasar bagan.
12 .uno%3ADiagramType 1b Membuka dialog Jenis Bagan.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fsubtype 28 Memilih subjenis dari jenis bagan dasar.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2F3dscheme 1a Memilih jenis tampilan 3D.
2c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fontop 37 Seri persediaan menampilkan nilai di atas tiap lainnya.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2F3dlook 2a Mengaktifkan tampilan 3D untuk nilai data.
1d CHART2_HID_SCH_WIZARD_ROADMAP 29 Klik untuk pergi ke halaman pemandu nama.
2c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fshape 1b Memilih bentuk dari daftar.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Flinetype 24 Pilih tipe garis yang akan digambar.
2c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fstack 2d Menampilkan seri bertumpuk untuk bagan Garis.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fpercent 31 Seri persediaan menampilkan nilai sebagai persen.
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FCB_FIRST_ROW_ASLABELS 126 Bagi seri data di dalam kolom: Baris pertama pada jangkauan dipakai sebagai nama seri data. Bagi seri data di dalam baris: Baris pertama pada jangkauan dipakai sebagai kategori. Sementara baris-baris sisanya dipakai oleh seri data. Apabila kotak cek tidak dipilih, semua baris adalah seri data.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FRB_DATACOLS e7 Seri data memperoleh data dari baris konsekutif di dalam jangkauan yang terpilih. Bagi bagan menyebar, seri data pertama akan memiliki nilai x bagi semua seri. Semua seri data lainnya digunakan sebagai nilai y, satu bagi tiap seri.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FRB_DATAROWS e7 Seri data memperoleh data dari baris konsekutif di dalam jangkauan yang terpilih. Bagi bagan menyebar, seri data pertama akan memiliki nilai x bagi semua seri. Semua seri data lainnya digunakan sebagai nilai y, satu bagi tiap seri.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FIB_RANGE aa Memasukkan jangkauan data yang hendak Anda sertakan pada bagan. Untuk meminimalkan dialog sembari Anda memilih jangkauan data pada Calc, klik tombol Pilih jangkauan data.
42 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FCB_FIRST_COLUMN_ASLABELS 126 Bagi seri data di dalam kolom: Baris pertama pada jangkauan dipakai sebagai nama seri data. Bagi seri data di dalam baris: Baris pertama pada jangkauan dipakai sebagai kategori. Sementara baris-baris sisanya dipakai oleh seri data. Apabila kotak cek tidak dipilih, semua baris adalah seri data.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FED_RANGE aa Memasukkan jangkauan data yang hendak Anda sertakan pada bagan. Untuk meminimalkan dialog sembari Anda memilih jangkauan data pada Calc, klik tombol Pilih jangkauan data.
11 .uno%3ADataRanges 5c Membuka dialog Jangkauan Data, di mana Anda bisa menyunting Jangkauan Data maupun Seri Data.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FBTN_DOWN 35 Menurunkan entri yang dipilih dalam daftar Seri Data.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2Ftp_DataSource ce Menampilkan daftar dari semua seri data di dalam bagan. Klik sebuah entri untuk melihat dan menyunting seri data tersebut. Klik Tambah untuk menyisipkan seri baru di dalam daftar seusai entri yang terpilih.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FEDT_RANGE 124 Menampilkan alamat sumber jangkauan dari kolom kedua kotak daftar Jangkauan Data. Anda bisa mengubah jangkauan di dalam kotak daftar atau dengan menyeret jangkauan di dalam dokumen. Untuk meminimalkan dialog sembari Anda memilih jangkauan data di dalam Calc, klik tombol Pilih jangkauan data.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FLB_SERIES ce Menampilkan daftar dari semua seri data di dalam bagan. Klik sebuah entri untuk melihat dan menyunting seri data tersebut. Klik Tambah untuk menyisipkan seri baru di dalam daftar seusai entri yang terpilih.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FLB_ROLE af Menampilkan semua jangkauan data yang dipakai oleh seri data yang dipilih pada kotak daftar Seri Data. Tiap jangkauan data menampilkan elemen nama dan alamat sumber jangkauan.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FEDT_CATEGORIES 142 Menampilkan alamat sumber jangkauan dari kategori (teks yang bisa Anda lihat pada sumbu x kategori bagan). Bagi bagan XY, kotak teks mengandung sumber jangkauan label data yang mana ditampilkan bagi titik-titik data. Untuk mengecilkan dialog sembari Anda memilih jangkauan data pada Calc, klik tombol Pilih jangkauan data.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FBTN_UP 34 Menaikkan entri yang dipilih dalam daftar Seri Data.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FIMB_RANGE_CAT 142 Menampilkan alamat sumber jangkauan dari kategori (teks yang bisa Anda lihat pada sumbu x kategori bagan). Bagi bagan XY, kotak teks mengandung sumber jangkauan label data yang mana ditampilkan bagi titik-titik data. Untuk mengecilkan dialog sembari Anda memilih jangkauan data pada Calc, klik tombol Pilih jangkauan data.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FIMB_RANGE_MAIN 124 Menampilkan alamat sumber jangkauan dari kolom kedua kotak daftar Jangkauan Data. Anda bisa mengubah jangkauan di dalam kotak daftar atau dengan menyeret jangkauan di dalam dokumen. Untuk meminimalkan dialog sembari Anda memilih jangkauan data di dalam Calc, klik tombol Pilih jangkauan data.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FBTN_ADD c5 Menambahkan satu entri baru di bawah entri sebelumnya pada daftar Seri Data. Apabila sebuah seri data dalam keadaan terpilih, maka seri data yang baru akan memiliki jenis bagan yang sama dengannya.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FBTN_REMOVE 32 Membuang entri yang dipilih dari daftar Seri Data.
11 .uno%3ADataInRows 1e Mengubah susunan data diagram.
14 .uno%3ADataInColumns 1d Mengubah susunan data grafik.
10 .uno%3AScaleText 50 Menskala ulang teks di dalam diagram ketika Anda mengubah ukuran dari digramnya.
15 .uno%3ANewArrangement b8 Memindahkan semua elemen bagan ke posisi semula mereka di dalam bagan yang bersangkutan. Fungsi ini tidak menukar jenis bagan atau atribut lainnya selain posisi elemen-elemen tersebut.
12 .uno%3AContextType 2c Menampilkan nama tipe diagram yang sekarang.
19 .uno%3AResetAllDataPoints 35 Megembalikan format semua titik data ke setelan baku.
15 .uno%3AResetDataPoint 3d Mengembalikan format titik data yang dipilih ke setelan baku.
17 .uno%3ADeleteYErrorBars 1c Menghapus garis kesalahan Y.
14 .uno%3ADeleteR2Value 14 Menghapus nilai R².
16 .uno%3ADeleteMeanValue 1b Menghapus nilai garis mean.
17 .uno%3ADeleteDataLabels 1b Menghapus semua label data.
16 .uno%3ADeleteDataLabel 22 Menghapus label data yang dipilih.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMajorGrid 20 Menghapus garis kisi-kisi utama.
13 .uno%3ADeleteLegend 18 Menghapus legenda bagan.
14 .uno%3AInsertR2Value 2b Menambahkan nilai koefisien determinan R².
17 .uno%3AInsertDataLabels 17 Menambahkan label data.
1e .uno%3ADeleteTrendlineEquation 1f Menghapus persamaan garis tren.
16 .uno%3AInsertMajorGrid 22 Menambahkan garis kisi-kisi utama.
16 .uno%3AInsertMinorGrid 25 Menambahkan garis kisi-kisi pembantu.
11 .uno%3AInsertAxis 27 Membuka dialog untuk menambahkan sumbu.
17 .uno%3AInsertRemoveAxes 36 Membuka dialog untuk menambahkan atau menghapus sumbu.
11 .uno%3ADeleteAxis 1d Menghapus sumbu yang dipilih.
16 .uno%3AInsertAxisTitle 2d Membuka dialog untuk menambahkan judul sumbu.
17 .uno%3AFormatDataLabels 15 Memformat label data.
11 .uno%3AFormatAxis 1d Memformat sumbu yang dipilih.
1e .uno%3AFormatTrendlineEquation 1f Memformat persamaan garis tren.
13 .uno%3AInsertTitles 2d Membuka dialog untuk menambahkan judul bagan.
16 .uno%3AFormatChartArea 25 Memformat wilayah bagan yang dipilih.
12 .uno%3AFormatTitle 1d Memformat judul yang dipilih.
13 SW_HID_INSERT_CHART a1 Membuat bagan dalam dokumen yang bersangkutan. Untuk menggunakan jangkauan sel sebagai sumber data untuk bagan Anda, pilihlah sel-selnya, dan pilih perintah ini.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMinorGrid 23 Menghapus garis kisi-kisi pembantu.
13 .uno%3AFormatLegend 18 Memformat legenda bagan.
18 .uno%3AInsertObjectChart a1 Membuat bagan dalam dokumen yang bersangkutan. Untuk menggunakan jangkauan sel sebagai sumber data untuk bagan Anda, pilihlah sel-selnya, dan pilih perintah ini.
10 .uno%3ADrawChart a1 Membuat bagan dalam dokumen yang bersangkutan. Untuk menggunakan jangkauan sel sebagai sumber data untuk bagan Anda, pilihlah sel-selnya, dan pilih perintah ini.
16 .uno%3AStarChartDialog a1 Membuat bagan dalam dokumen yang bersangkutan. Untuk menggunakan jangkauan sel sebagai sumber data untuk bagan Anda, pilihlah sel-selnya, dan pilih perintah ini.
16 .uno%3AFormatDataPoint 22 Memformat titik data yang dipilih.
16 .uno%3AInsertDataLabel 1f Menambahkan label data tunggal.
16 .uno%3AFormatMajorGrid 20 Memformat garis kisi-kisi utama.
16 .uno%3AFormatMeanValue 1b Memformat garis nilai mean.
17 .uno%3AFormatDataSeries 19 Memformat rangkaian data.
16 .uno%3AFormatDataLabel 22 Memformat label data yang dipilih.
16 .uno%3AFormatStockLoss 3a Memformat indikator pengurangan simpanan/persediaan/saham.
12 .uno%3AFormatFloor 17 Memformat lantai bagan.
16 .uno%3AFormatMinorGrid 23 Memformat garis kisi-kisi pembantu.
16 .uno%3AFormatStockGain 30 Memformat peningkatan simpanan/persediaan/saham.
11 .uno%3AFormatWall 18 Memformat dinding bagan.
17 .uno%3AFormatYErrorBars 1c Memformat garis kesalahan Y.
23 .uno%3AInsertTrendlineEquationAndR2 3e Menambahkan persamaan garis tren dan koefisien determinan R².
16 .uno%3AFormatTrendline 15 Memformat garis tren.
1b .uno%3AChartElementSelector b5 Memilih elemen bagan yang hendak diubah. Elemen yang dipilih akan langsung terlihat pada bagan. Klik Format Seleksi untuk membuka dialog properti untuk elemen yang dipilih tersebut.
17 HID_TABDLG_STANDARD_BTN 68 Click the Options label to expand the dialog to show further options. Click again to restore the dialog.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptionsdialog%2Frevert 40 Resets modified values back to the $[officename] default values.
14 HID_TABDLG_RESET_BTN 32 Resets modified values back to the default values.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fautocorrectdialog%2Fok 24 Saves all changes and closes dialog.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fautocorrectdialog%2Fcancel 27 Closes dialog and discards all changes.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
11 WIZARDS_HID0_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
17 DBACCESS_HID_DBWIZ_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
17 SVX_HID_GALLERY_PREVIEW 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Frbcopyarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1b CUI_HID_MEASURE_CTL_PREVIEW 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Frbcopyarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fassignrb f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconditionalformatdialog%2Frbassign f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbrepeatcol f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDNEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbrepeatrow f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbprintarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Frbfilterarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fassign f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortslist%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_0_CMDCANCEL 53 Mengklik Batal menutup suatu dialog tanpa menyimpan sebarang perubahan yang dibuat.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fdestination-button f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Frbassign f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fremove 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CREATE 2e Menerapkan semua perubahan dan menutup wisaya.
23 hid%2Fcui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_CANCEL 53 Mengklik Batal menutup suatu dialog tanpa menyimpan sebarang perubahan yang dibuat.
1c WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CANCEL 53 Mengklik Batal menutup suatu dialog tanpa menyimpan sebarang perubahan yang dibuat.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_CANCEL 53 Mengklik Batal menutup suatu dialog tanpa menyimpan sebarang perubahan yang dibuat.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Frbdataarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDCANCEL 53 Mengklik Batal menutup suatu dialog tanpa menyimpan sebarang perubahan yang dibuat.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
13 WIZARDS_HID0_CANCEL 53 Mengklik Batal menutup suatu dialog tanpa menyimpan sebarang perubahan yang dibuat.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdeldouble 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Frbassign2 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDCANCEL 53 Mengklik Batal menutup suatu dialog tanpa menyimpan sebarang perubahan yang dibuat.
2d modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fcatalogdialog%2Finsert 43 Applies the modified or selected values without closing the dialog.
1a ui%2Fgradientpage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDFINISH 2e Menerapkan semua perubahan dan menutup wisaya.
1e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CANCEL 53 Mengklik Batal menutup suatu dialog tanpa menyimpan sebarang perubahan yang dibuat.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fautocorrectdialog%2Freset 3c Resets modified values back to the tab page previous values.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_DEL 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
2a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmacropage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Fformulabutton f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
2e modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Flibrary 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomslideshows%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
2a sw%3APushButton%3ADLG_BIB_BASE%3APB_DELETE 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmultipathdialog%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
23 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDCANCEL 53 Mengklik Batal menutup suatu dialog tanpa menyimpan sebarang perubahan yang dibuat.
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Fformulasref f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Frowref f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Fvarbutton f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Fcolref f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
15 SW_HID_MD_GLOS_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdelabbrev 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Frbdestarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
18 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_COPY 2d Copies the selected element to the clipboard.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryupdateprogress%2FGalleryUpdateProgress 39 Updates the view in the window or in the selected object.
1a SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_RENAME 28 Enables a selected object to be renamed.
1b SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_DESTROY a0 Deletes the current selection. If multiple objects are selected, all will be deleted. In most cases, a confirmation question appears before objects are deleted.
19 HID_GALLERY_MN_BACKGROUND 35 Inserts the selected picture as a background graphic.
1f SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_OBJECT 3f Use the Open command to open the selected object in a new task.
19 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_PASTE 46 Inserts the element that you moved to the clipboard into the document.
17 HID_DID_SAVE_PACKED_XML 50 By default, $[officename] loads and saves files in the OpenDocument file format.
11 .uno%3AActiveHelp 53 Enables the display of a brief description of menus and icons at the mouse pointer.
e .uno%3AHelpTip 4f Enables the display of icon names at the mouse pointer and other Help contents.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Flevel2rb 70 Pilih opsi Level 2 bila perangkat keluaran Anda mendukung bitmap berwarna, grafis palet, dan grafis terkompresi.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressnone 31 Menyatakan bahwa Anda tak ingin memakai kompresi.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Flevel1rb 78 Kompresi tak tersedia pada aras ini. Pilih opsi Level 1 bila printer PostScript Anda tak menawarkan kapabilitas Level 2.
28 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fepsipreviewcb b5 Menyatakan apakah grafis pratinjau monokrom dalam format EPSI diekspor bersamaan dengan berkas PostScript. Format ini hanya memuat karakter yang dapat dicetak dari kode ASCII 7-bit.
26 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompresslzw 77 Kompresi LZW adalah pemampatan berkas ke berkas yang lebih kecil memakai algoritma mencari-dalam-daftar berbasis tabel.
28 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Ftiffpreviewcb 6c Menyatakan apakah citra pratinjau diekspor dalam format TIFF bersamaan dengan berkas PostScript sebenarnyai.
2d svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fsavetransparencycb cb Menyatakan apakah akan menyimpan latar belakang gambar sebagai tembus pandang. Hanya objek saja yang akan nampak dalam citra GIF. Gunakan Pengganti Warna untuk mengatur warna tembus pandang dalam gambar.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Finterlacedcb 39 Menyatakan apakah grafis akan disimpan dalam mode seling.
21 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Ftextcb 59 Ekspor berkas dalam format teks ASCII. Berkas hasilnya lebih besar daripada berkas biner.
29 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fwidthmf-nospin 1b Menentukan unit pengukuran.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fwidthlb 11 Menentukan lebar.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolor1rb 1a Ekspor berkas dalam warna.
2a svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fheightmf-nospin 12 Menentukan tinggi.
2e svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fresolutionmf-nospin 3c Masukkan resolusi gambar. Pilih unit pengukuran dari daftar.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fresolutionlb 3c Masukkan resolusi gambar. Pilih unit pengukuran dari daftar.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolordepthlb 47 Memilih kedalaman warna dari skala kelabu 8 bit atau true color 24 bit.
2b svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressionjpgnf 79 Sets the quality for the export. Choose from a low quality with minimal file size, up to a high quality and big file size
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolor2rb 26 Ekspor berkas dalam nada skala kelabu.
2b svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressionpngnf 62 Sets the compression for the export. A high compression means a smaller, but slower to load image.
20 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Frlecb 33 Menerapkan RLE (Run Length Encoding) ke grafis BMP.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fbinarycb 53 Ekspor berkas dalam format biner. Berkas hasilnya lebih kecil daripada berkas teks.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fcharsetlist 41 Select the character set from the options used for import/export.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fquoteall cb Ekspor semua sel teks dengan karakter kutip di awal dan akhir sebagaimana diatur dalam kotak Pembatas teks. Bila tak dicontreng, hanya sel teks yang memuat karakter Pembatas ruas yang diapit tanda kutip.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ffixedwidth 2f Ekspor semua ruas data dengan lebar yang tetap.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ffield 42 Pilih atau masukkan pembatas ruas, yang memisahkan ruas-ruas data.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fasshown ea Difungsikan secara baku, data akan disimpan seperti yang ditampilkan, termasuk format angka yang diterapkan. Bila kotak contreng ini tak ditandai, isi data mentah yang akan disimpan, seperti pada versi perangkat lunak yang lebih lama.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ftext 42 Pilih atau masukkan pembatas teks, yang mengapit setiap ruas data.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fcharsetdropdown 31 Menyatakan gugus karakter bagi pengeksporan teks.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fmergedelimiters 46 Kombinasikan pembatas yang berturutan dan hapus ruas data yang kosong.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Finputother 8a Memisah data ke dalam kolom-kolom memakai pemisah ubahan yang Anda nyatakan. Catatan: Pemisah ubahan juga harus dimuat di dalam data Anda.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2FTextImportCsvDialog 2a Tata opsi impor bagi data dengan pembatas.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ffromrow 32 Menyatakan baris mana yang ingin mulai Anda impor.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcharset bd Ketika opsi ini diaktifkan, ruas atau sel yang nilainya diapit tanda kutip secara keseluruhan (karakter pertama dan terakhir dari nilai sama dengan pembatas teks) akan diimpor sebagai teks.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Flanguage 2a Menentukan bagaimana string angka diimpor.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftofixedwidth 4c Memisahkan data lebar tetap (cacah karakter yang sama) ke dalam kolom-kolom.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fdetectspecialnumbers 9c Ketika opsi ini diaktifkan, Calc akan secara otomatis mendeteksi semua format angka, termasuk format angka khusus seperti tanggal, waktu, dan notasi ilmiah.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftoseparatedby 2b Pilih pemisah yang dipakai dalam data Anda.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftab 3c Memisahkan data yang dibatasi oleh tab ke dalam kolom-kolom.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fsemicolon 43 Memisahkan data yang dibatasi oleh titik koma ke dalam kolom-kolom.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftextdelimiter 6b Pilih suatu karakter untuk membatasi data teks. Anda juga dapat memasukkan suatu karakter dalam kotak teks.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcomma 3d Memisahkan data yang dibatasi oleh koma ke dalam kolom-kolom.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcolumntype 69 Pilih suatu kolom dalam jendela pratilik dan pilih tipe data yang akan diterapkan pada data yang diimpor.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fspace 3e Memisahkan data yang dibatasi oleh spasi ke dalam kolom-kolom.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Flf 2d Produces a "Linefeed" as the paragraph break.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcr 34 Produces a "Carriage Return" as the paragraph break.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Flanguage 78 Specifies the language of the text, if this has not already been defined. This setting is only available when importing.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcrlf 4a Produces a "Carriage Return" and a "Linefeed". This option is the default.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Ffont 93 By setting a default font, you specify that the text should be displayed in a specific font. The default fonts can only be selected when importing.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcharset 3d Specifies the character set of the file for export or import.
15 HID_GALLERY_MN_DELETE 30 Deletes the selected graphic after confirmation.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fgallerytitledialog%2FGalleryTitleDialog 2d Assigns a title to a selected Gallery object.
17 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD_LINK 27 Inserts the selected graphic as a link.
12 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD 49 Inserts a copy of the selected graphic object directly into the document.
16 HID_GALLERY_MN_PREVIEW 32 The Preview command displays the selected graphic.
16 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADDMENU 42 Defines how a selected graphic object is inserted into a document.
1e HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEBACKGROUND 30 Allows you to save the background of a Web page.
1a HID_MN_READONLY_GRAPHICOFF 32 Sets all graphics in the document to be invisible.
1b HID_MN_READONLY_COPYGRAPHIC 2b Copies a selected graphic to the clipboard.
1b HID_MN_READONLY_LOADGRAPHIC 64 If you have deactivated the graphics display, choose the Load Graphics command to make them visible.
18 HID_MN_READONLY_COPYLINK 36 Copies the link at the mouse pointer to the clipboard.
1b HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEGRAPHIC 38 Opens a dialog where you can save the selected graphics.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgallerygeneralpage%2Fname 1f Displays the name of the theme.
2c private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2FGlobalDocument 14 Pilih format berkas.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21052 8b Membuka dialog Kartu Nama dimana Anda dapat menata opsi bagi kartu nama Anda, lalu membuat sebuah dokumen teks baru ($[officename] Writer).
10 .uno%3AAddDirect 28 Membuat dokumen $[officename] yang baru.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21053 14 Pilih format berkas.
16 HID_TBXCONTROL_FILENEW 53 Membuat dokumen $[officename] yang baru. Klik panahnya untuk memilih jenis dokumen.
d .uno%3ANewDoc 49 Bila Anda ingin membuat suatu dokumen dari templat, pilih Baru - Templat.
1b private%3Afactory%2Fswriter 37 Membuat suatu dokumen teks baru ($[officename] Writer).
19 private%3Afactory%2Fscalc 3d Membuat suatu dokumen lembar kerja baru ($[officename] Calc).
b slot%3A5500 58 membuat sebuah dokumen baru memakai templat yang ada atau membuka sebuah dokumen contoh.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fsimpress%3Fslot=6686 3c Creates a new presentation document ($[officename] Impress).
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsmath 37 Membuat sebuah dokumen rumus baru ($[officename] Math).
2b private%3Afactory%2Fsdatabase%3FInteractive 41 Membuka Wisaya Basis Data untuk membuat sebuah berkas basis data.
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsdraw 38 Membuat sebuah dokumen gambar baru ($[officename] Draw).
2f service%3Acom.sun.star.sdb.DatabaseWizardDialog 41 Membuka Wisaya Basis Data untuk membuat sebuah berkas basis data.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21051 8c Membuka dialog Label dimana Anda dapat menata opsi bagi label Anda, lalu membuat sebuah dokumen teks baru bagi label ($[officename] Writer).
21 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2Fweb 14 Pilih format berkas.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeldialog%2Fok 23 Creates a new document for editing.
13 .uno%3AInsertLabels 43 Allows you to create labels. Labels are created in a text document.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftype eb Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on the brand on what you selected in the Brand list. If you want to use a custom label format, select [User], and then click the Format tab to define the format.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fbrand 2f Select the brand of paper that you want to use.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Finsert 86 Select the database field that you want, and then click the arrow to the left of this box to insert the field into the Label text box.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fdatabase 4b Select the database that you want to use as the data source for your label.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Faddress 66 Creates a label with your return address. Text that is currently in the Label text box is overwritten.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fsheet 23 Prints labels on individual sheets.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fcontinuous 22 Prints labels on continuous paper.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftable 55 Select the database table containing the field(s) that you want to use in your label.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftextview 5a Enter the text that you want to appear on the label. You can also insert a database field.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2FCardMediumPage 3f Specify the label text and choose the paper size for the label.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsavelabeldialog%2Ftype 1d Enter or select a label type.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsavelabeldialog%2Fbrand 22 Enter or select the desired brand.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fhori 8b Displays the distance between the left edges of adjacent labels or business cards. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fleft a3 Displays the distance from the left edge of the page to the left edge of the first label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Frows 5a Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to span the height of the page.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fsave 30 Saves the current label or business card format.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fvert c8 Displays the distance between the upper edge of a label or a business card and the upper edge of the label or the business card directly below. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fwidth 6f Displays the width for the label or the business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2FLabelFormatPage 1d Set paper formatting options.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fcols 59 Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to span the width of the page.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fheight 6c Displays the height for the label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Ftop 98 Displays distance from the top edge of the page to the top of the first label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffloatingsync%2Fsync 71 Copies the contents of the top left label or business card to the remaining labels or business cards on the page.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Frows 58 Enter the number of rows of labels or business cards that you want to have on your page.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsynchronize af Allows you to edit a single label or business card and updates the contents of the remaining labels or business cards on the page when you click the Synchronize Labels button.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fcols 59 Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to have in a row on your page.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsinglelabel 31 Prints a single label or business card on a page.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsetup 1f Opens the Printer Setup dialog.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fentirepage 30 Creates a full page of labels or business cards.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2FLabelOptionsPage 6f Sets additional options for your labels or business cards, including text synchronization and printer settings.
19 .uno%3AInsertBusinessCard 2a Design and create your own business cards.
1b HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_BRAND 2f Select the brand of paper that you want to use.
1b HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_SHEET 2b Prints business cards on individual sheets.
1a HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_TYPE dd Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on what you selected in the Brand list. If you want to use a custom size format, select [User], and then click the Format tab to define the format.
1a HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_CONT 2a Prints business cards on continuous paper.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2Fautotext 4d Select a business card category, and then click a layout in the Content list.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2Ftreeview 67 Select a business card category in AutoText - Section box, and then click a layout in the Content list.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2FCardFormatPage 2d Define the appearance of your business cards.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fmobile 23 Enter your mobile telephone number.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fphone 21 Enter your home telephone number.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fshortname2 4b Enter the initials of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Flastname2 4c Enter the last name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Furl 2c Enter the address of your internet homepage.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fjob 23 Enter the title of your profession.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fcountry 30 Enter the name of the country in which you live.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Ffirstname2 4d Enter the first name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Furl 36 Enter the address of your company's internet homepage.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fphone 25 Enter your business telephone number.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fstate 3d Enter the name of the country where your business is located.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fmobile 23 Enter your mobile telephone number.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fslogan 21 Enter the slogan of your company.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fcompany2 21 Enter additional company details.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2FBusinessDataPage a6 Contains contact information for business cards that use a layout from a 'Business Card, Work' category. Business card layouts are selected on the Business Cards tab.
16 HID_FILEDLG_INSERT_BTN 4b Inserts the selected file into the current document at the cursor position.
2d fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Ffile_type 78 Select the file type that you want to open, or select All Files (*) to display a list of all of the files in the folder.
14 HID_FILEOPEN_VERSION 5e If there are multiple versions of the selected file, select the version that you want to open.
28 fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Fopen 1f Opens the selected document(s).
22 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fall 23 Click to delete all selected files.
2d fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Ffile_name 7a Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a URL that starts with the protocol name ftp, http, or https.
21 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fno 48 Click to cancel deletion of the file with the name shown in this dialog.
15 .uno%3AOpenFromWriter 2d Opens a local or remote file, or imports one.
13 .uno%3AOpenFromCalc 2d Opens a local or remote file, or imports one.
18 SVT_HID_FILEOPEN_LEVELUP 57 Move up one folder in the folder hierarchy. Long-click to see the higher level folders.
18 HID_FILEVIEW_MENU_RENAME 3f To rename a file, right-click the file, and then choose Rename.
36 fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2FExplorerFileDialog 2d Opens a local or remote file, or imports one.
2e fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Fnew_folder 15 Creates a new folder.
b .uno%3AOpen 2d Opens a local or remote file, or imports one.
14 HID_FILEDLG_STANDARD 3d Displays the files and folders in the folder that you are in.
15 HID_FILEOPEN_READONLY 21 Opens the file in read-only mode.
18 HID_FILEVIEW_MENU_DELETE 3f To delete a file, right-click the file, and then choose Delete.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fyes 3c Click to delete the file with the name shown in this dialog.
11 .uno%3AOpenRemote 32 Opens a document located in a remote file service.
19 HID_FILEDLG_PATH_FILENAME 27 Enter or select the path from the list.
14 HID_FILEDLG_PATH_BTN 1b Selects the indicated path.
33 SFX2%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_FILTER_SELECT%3ALB_DLG_LISTBOX 3c Select the import filter for the file that you want to open.
f .uno%3ACloseDoc 38 Closes the current document without exiting the program.
b .uno%3ASave 1b Saves the current document.
11 .uno%3ASaveRemote 32 Saves a document located in a remote file service.
10 .uno%3ASaveACopy 41 Save a copy of the actual document with another name or location.
16 HID_FILESAVE_SELECTION 9a Exports only the selected graphic objects in %PRODUCTNAME Draw and Impress to another format. If this box is not checked, the entire document is exported.
1d HID_FILESAVE_SAVEWITHPASSWORD 57 Protects the file with a password that must be entered before a user can open the file.
1c HID_FILESAVE_CUSTOMIZEFILTER 4e Allows you to set the spreadsheet saving options for some types of data files.
13 HID_FILESAVE_DOSAVE f Saves the file.
d SID_SAVEASDOC 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
14 HID_FILESAVE_LEVELUP 57 Move up one folder in the folder hierarchy. Long-click to see the higher level folders.
35 fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Fconnect_to_server 7f Opens a dialog where you can set up connection to various types of servers, including WebDAV, FTP, SSH, Windows Share and CMIS.
d .uno%3ASaveAs 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
17 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_DIALOG 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
15 HID_FILESAVE_FILETYPE 3c Select the file format for the document that you are saving.
15 HID_FILESAVE_FILEVIEW 3d Displays the files and folders in the folder that you are in.
1f SVT_HID_FILESAVE_PLACES_LISTBOX 49 Displays "favourite" places, i.e. shortcuts to local or remote locations.
1c HID_FILESAVE_CREATEDIRECTORY 15 Creates a new folder.
14 HID_FILESAVE_FILEURL 42 Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a URL
f .uno%3AExportTo 5b Saves the current document with a different name and format to a location that you specify.
13 .uno%3AExportAsMenu 2a Export the document in PDF or EPUB formats
1c .uno%3ASetDocumentProperties 78 Displays the properties for the current file, including statistics such as word count and the date the file was created.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fkeywords ad Enter the words that you want to use to index the content of your document. Keywords must be separated by commas. A keyword can contain white space characters or semicolons.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fsubject 61 Enter a subject for the document. You can use a subject to group documents with similar contents.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fcomments 2d Enter comments to help identify the document.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Ftitle 1f Enter a title for the document.
34 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2FDescriptionInfoPage 34 Contains descriptive information about the document.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Freset a3 Resets the editing time to zero, the creation date to the current date and time, and the version number to 1. The modification and printing dates are also deleted.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Fuserdatacb 78 Saves the user's full name with the file. You can edit the name by choosing Tools - Options - $[officename] - User Data.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Fnameed 17 Displays the file name.
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2FDocumentInfoPage 32 Contains basic information about the current file.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2Fadd 2e Click to add a new row to the Properties list.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2Fproperties ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
2a sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2FCustomInfoPage 40 Allows you to assign custom information fields to your document.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fstatisticsinfopage%2FStatisticsInfoPage 29 Displays statistics for the current file.
3e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstatisticsinfopage%2FStatisticsInfoPage 29 Displays statistics for the current file.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Fprotect d7 Protects the change recording state with a password. If change recording is protected for the current document, the button is named Unprotect. Click Unprotect and type the correct password to disable the protection.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Frecordchanges 56 Select to enable recording changes. This is the same as Edit - Track Changes - Record.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Freadonly 42 Select to allow this document to be opened in read-only mode only.
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2FSecurityInfoPage 2f Sets password options for the current document.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentfontspage%2FembedFonts 71 Mark this box to embed document fonts into the document file, for portability between different computer systems.
30 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentfontspage%2FDocumentFontsPage 2a Embed  document fonts in the current file.
13 .uno%3ATemplateMenu 5a Lets you organize and edit your templates, as well as save the current file as a template.
29 svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fassign 4e Select the field in the data table that corresponds to the address book entry.
28 svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fadmin 36 Add a new data source to the Address Book Source list.
2c svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fdatatable 2c Select the data table for your address book.
2d svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fdatasource 2d Select the data source for your address book.
18 .uno%3AAddressBookSource 45 Edit the field assignments and the data source for your address book.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fsaveastemplatedlg%2Fdefaultcb 36 The new template will be used as the default template.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fsaveastemplatedlg%2Fcategorylb 34 Select a category in which to save the new template.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fsaveastemplatedlg%2Fname_entry 1e Enter a name for the template.
33 sfx%2Fui%2Fsaveastemplatedlg%2FSaveAsTemplateDialog 29 Saves the current document as a template.
15 .uno%3ASaveAsTemplate 29 Saves the current document as a template.
13 .uno%3AOpenTemplate 3b Opens a dialog where you can select a template for editing.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A3 a8 Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A2 4e Mengeset rotasi bagan pada sumbu X. Pratampil akan merespon setingan baru ini.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A1 1b Isi sel diratakan ke kanan.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A1 23 Menghapus garis kisi-kisi pembantu.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A0 1c Mengeset susunan titik data.
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintHidden%3ACheckBox 30 Daftar halaman induk yang baru-baru ini dipakai.
34 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintName%3ACheckBox 1c Mengeset susunan titik data.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPaperFromSetup%3ACheckBox 75 Membuka halaman tabulasi Transisi Slide, di mana Anda bisa menerapkan sejumlah efek transisi pada slide yang dipilih.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A2 1d Memilih basis data dan tabel.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A0 2d Membuka dialog untuk mengeset properti kurva.
26 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsheetmarginsb 29 Klik untuk pergi ke halaman pemandu nama.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A1 28 Meletakkan legenda pada sisi kiri bagan.
c .uno%3APrint 83 Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fbordercb 29 Klik untuk pergi ke halaman pemandu nama.
34 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AFormulaText%3ACheckBox 1b Isi sel diratakan ke kanan.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPageBackground%3ACheckBox 42 Atur kursor pada posisi objek sebelumnya sesuai tipe yang dipilih.
29 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpaperspersheetlb 1b Memilih bentuk dasar bagan.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagecols 14 Pilih format berkas.
24 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fprinttofile 22 Memformat titik data yang dipilih.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintScale%3ANumericField 30 Daftar halaman induk yang baru-baru ini dipakai.
3d .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintTextPlaceholder%3ACheckBox 48 Menghapus kolom bersangkutan. Tidak mungkin untuk menghapus label kolom.
3d .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AFixedText 1c Mengeset susunan titik data.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A0 14 Pilih format berkas.
27 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsingleprintjob 3a Klik untuk membuat satu dokumen untuk setiap rekaman data.
20 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fcollate 32 Preserves the page order of the original document.
2f .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ABorder%3ACheckBox 1b Isi sel diratakan ke kanan.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintHiddenText%3ACheckBox 2c Pilih ikon ini untuk menelusur bingkai teks.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsIncludeEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 3a Klik untuk membuat satu dokumen untuk setiap rekaman data.
29 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagespersheetbtn 20 Memasukkan nama untuk seri data.
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintControls%3ACheckBox 1b Isi sel diratakan ke kanan.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintBlackFonts%3ACheckBox 1c Mengeset susunan titik data.
2e .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageRange%3AEdit c3 To print a range of pages, use a format like 3-6. To print single pages, use a format like 7;9;11. You can print a combination of page ranges and single pages, by using a format like 3-6;8;10;12.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A2 30 Daftar halaman induk yang baru-baru ini dipakai.
22 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fcopycount 32 Enter the number of copies that you want to print.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 182 If this option is enabled automatically inserted blank pages are printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page.
25 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Freverseorder 1c Mengeset susunan titik data.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A1 4c Hanya,mencetak halaman atau salindia yang Anda nyatakan dalam kotak Halaman.
35 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ASlidesPerPage%3AListBox 1b Memilih bentuk dasar bagan.
20 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Forderlb 1b Memilih bentuk dasar bagan.
1e vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsetup 6a Opens the printer properties dialog. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintDateTime%3ACheckBox 2b Daftar halaman induk yang saat ini dipakai.
40 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPicturesAndObjects%3ACheckBox 42 Atur kursor pada posisi objek sebelumnya sesuai tipe yang dipilih.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintLeftRightPages%3AListBox 12 Mengeset resolusi.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A0 1b Memilih bentuk dari daftar.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fexpander 1d Memformat judul yang dipilih.
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspect%3ACheckBox 2b Pilih ikon ini untuk menelusur rumus tabel.
3a .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ASlidesPerPageOrder%3AListBox 30 Daftar halaman induk yang baru-baru ini dipakai.
31 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ATitleRow%3ACheckBox 1b Isi sel diratakan ke kanan.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AListBox 1c Mengeset susunan titik data.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fprinters f9 The list box shows the installed printers. Click the printer to use for the current print job. Click the Printer details button to see some information about the selected printer. Click the Properties button to change some of the printer properties.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspectInclude%3AListBox 1b Memilih bentuk dari daftar.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspectRTL%3AListBox 5e For brochure printing, you can select a left-to-right order of pages or a right-to-left order.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A2 46 Prints only the selected area(s) or object(s) in the current document.
26 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Forientationlb 14 Pilih format berkas.
25 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagemarginsb 28 Memilih subjenis dari jenis bagan dasar.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagerows 14 Pilih format berkas.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageContentType%3AListBox 22 Memilih warna bagi cahaya sekitar.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fprintersetupdialog%2Foptions a9 Opens the Printer Options dialog where you can override the global printer options set on the Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Print panel for the current document.
2a svt%2Fui%2Fprintersetupdialog%2Fproperties 4f Changes the printer settings of your operating system for the current document.
24 svt%2Fui%2Fprintersetupdialog%2Fname 7a Lists the installed printers on your operating system. To change the default printer, select a printer name from the list.
32 svt%2Fui%2Fprintersetupdialog%2FPrinterSetupDialog 34 Select the default printer for the current document.
16 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsMS 80 Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The Microsoft file format is used.
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsOOo 83 Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The OpenDocument file format is used.
11 .uno%3ASendToMenu 3f Sends a copy of the current document to different applications.
f .uno%3ASendMail 7e Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The current file format is used.
15 HID_FILESAVE_TEMPLATE 74 Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.
26 HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_PUSHBUTTON_CANCEL b1 Creates a master document from the current Writer document. A new sub-document is created at each occurrence of a chosen paragraph style or outline level in the source document.
b .uno%3AQuit 47 Closes all $[officename] programs and prompts you to save your changes.
e .uno%3ASaveAll 2b Saves all modified $[officename] documents.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fcompare 33 Compare the changes that were made in each version.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fversions 85 Lists the existing versions of the current document, the date and the time they were created, the author and the associated comments.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fdelete 1d Deletes the selected version.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fopen 31 Opens the selected version in a read-only window.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Falways 77 If you have made changes to your document, $[officename] automatically saves a new version when you close the document.
36 sfx%2Fui%2Fversioncommentdialog%2FVersionCommentDialog 7d Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked Show to open this dialog, you cannot edit the comment.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fshow 35 Displays the entire comment for the selected version.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fsave a8 Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the Insert Version Comment dialog before you save the new version.
14 .uno%3AVersionDialog 89 Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete, and compare previous versions.
15 .uno%3ARecentFileList 51 Lists the most recently opened files. To open a file in the list, click its name.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_UNDO a1 Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
b .uno%3AUndo a1 Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_REDO 9a Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
b .uno%3ARedo 9a Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
d .uno%3ARepeat 47 Repeats the last command. This command is available in Writer and Calc.
a .uno%3ACut 32 Removes and copies the selection to the clipboard.
b .uno%3ACopy 26 Copies the selection to the clipboard.
c .uno%3APaste 6f Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the location of the cursor, and replaces any selected text or objects.
14 HID_SC_REPLCELLSWARN 0 
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmove_down 4b Target cells are shifted downward when you insert cells from the clipboard.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Flink 108 Inserts the cell range as a link, so that changes made to the cells in the source file are updated in the target file. To ensure that changes made to empty cells in the source file are updated in the target file, ensure that the Insert All option is also selected.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fskip_empty df Empty cells from the clipboard do not replace target cells. If you use this option in conjunction with the Multiply or the Divide operation, the operation is not applied to the target cell of an empty cell in the clipboard.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Ftranspose 9d The rows of the range in the clipboard are pasted to become columns of the output range. The columns of the range in the clipboard are pasted to become rows.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fdivide 4c Divides the values in the target cells by the values in the clipboard cells.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmultiply 51 Multiplies the values in the clipboard cells with the values in the target cells.
13 .uno%3APasteSpecial 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fno_shift 28 Inserted cells replace the target cells.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Ftext 1e Inserts cells containing text.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fsource 2e Displays the source of the clipboard contents.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fsubtract 50 Subtracts the values in the clipboard cells from the values in the target cells.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fdatetime 2e Inserts cells containing date and time values.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fformats 1f Inserts cell format attributes.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fobjects 76 Inserts objects contained within the selected cell range. These can be OLE objects, chart objects, or drawing objects.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Flist 42 Select a format for the clipboard contents that you want to paste.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fpaste_all 53 Pastes all cell contents, comments, formats, and objects into the current document.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fnumbers 21 Inserts cells containing numbers.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmove_right 4f Target cells are shifted to the right when you insert cells from the clipboard.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fadd 9f Adds the values in the clipboard cells to the values in the target cells. Also, if the clipboard only contains comments, adds the comments to the target cells.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fnone 91 Does not apply an operation when you insert the cell range from the clipboard. The contents of the clipboard will replace existing cell contents.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fformulas 22 Inserts cells containing formulae.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fcomments 86 Inserts comments that are attached to cells. If you want to add the comments to the existing cell content, select the "Add" operation.
15 .uno%3ATableSelectAll 35 Selects all of the sheets in the current spreadsheet.
d .uno%3ASelect 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
23 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fcols 30 Searches from top to bottom through the columns.
23 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Frows 2c Searches from left to right across the rows.
27 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fnoformat 70 Click in the Find or the Replace box, and then click this button to remove the search criteria based on formats.
2b svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fcalcsearchin 9b Searches for the characters that you specify in formulas and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulas that contain 'SUM'.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearchlist 50 Enter the text that you want to find, or select a previous search from the list.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fselection 29 Searches only the selected text or cells.
f .uno%3AUpSearch 38 Click to search the next occurrence in upward direction.
f .uno%3AFindText 50 Type the text to search in the current document. Press Enter to search the text.
26 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplace 66 Replaces the selected text or format that you searched for, and then searches for the next occurrence.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fwholewords 48 Searches for whole words or cells that are identical to the search text.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fallsheets 43 Searches through all of the sheets in the current spreadsheet file.
2c svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsoundslikebtn 43 Sets the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text.
11 .uno%3ADownSearch 3a Click to search the next occurrence in downward direction.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplaceall 4f Replaces all of the occurrences of the text or format that you want to replace.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fmatchcase 39 Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fregexp 2b Allows you to use wildcards in your search.
13 .uno%3ASearchDialog 3a Finds or replaces text or formats in the current document.
2a svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplacelist 57 Enter the replacement text, or select a recent replacement text or style from the list.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearch 67 Finds and selects the next occurrence of the text or format that you are searching for in the document.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Flabel3 5f Shows more or fewer search options. Click this label again to hide the extended search options.
30 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplace_backwards 5d Search starts at the current cursor position and goes backwards to the beginning of the file.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Flayout c4 Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the Find list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace list.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearchall 63 Pilih bahasa untuk string yang ingin ada sunting. Klik ikon Manajemen Bahasa untuk menambah bahasa.
2d svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fmatchcharwidth 40 Distinguishes between half-width and full-width character forms.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fbacksearch 6b Finds and selects the previous occurrence of the text or format that you are searching for in the document.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsoundslike a5 Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Sounds button to specify the search options.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Fshorterfld 53 Enter the number of characters by which a word can be shorter than the search term.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Frelaxbox 53 Searches for a term that matches any combination of the similarity search settings.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Flongerfld 6e Enter the maximum number of characters by which a word can exceed the number of characters in the search term.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Fotherfld 48 Enter the number of characters in the search term that can be exchanged.
2c svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsimilaritybtn 2a Set the options for the similarity search.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsimilarity 8c Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsearchattrdialog%2FSearchAttrDialog 122 Choose the text attributes that you want to search for. For example, if you search for the Font attribute, all instances of text that do not use the default font are found. All text that has a directly coded font attribute, and all text where a style switches the font attribute, are found.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fformat 69 Finds specific text formatting features, such as font types, font effects, and text flow characteristics.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fmoveup 3a Moves the selection up one position in the Navigator list.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fsave a7 Saves a copy of the contents of the linked files in the master document. This ensures that the current contents are available when the linked files cannot be accessed.
15 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_TEXT 90 Inserts a new paragraph in the master document where you can enter text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.
15 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_FILE 3c Inserts one or more existing files into the master document.
15 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_LINK 12 Updates all links.
19 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_NEW_FILE 27 Creates and inserts a new sub-document.
11 HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT b8 Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the index dialog is opened.
13 HID_GLBLTREE_UPDATE 36 Click and choose the contents that you want to update.
10 HID_GLBLTREE_DEL 2e Deletes the selection from the Navigator list.
13 HID_GLBLTREE_INSERT 45 Inserts a file, an index, or a new document into the master document.
14 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_SEL 26 Updates the contents of the selection.
14 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_IDX 14 Updates all indexes.
1b HID_NAVIGATOR_GLOB_TREELIST b8 The Navigator lists the main components of the master document. If you rest the mouse pointer over a name of a sub-document in the list, the full path of the sub-document is displayed.
13 HID_GLBLTREEUPD_ALL 15 Updates all contents.
16 HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT_LINK 32 Changes the link properties for the selected file.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fmovedown 3c Moves the selection down one position in the Navigator list.
14 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_IDX 41 Inserts an index or a table of contents into the master document.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FBREAK_LINK 99 Breaks the link between the source file and the current document. The most recently updated contents of the source file are kept in the current document.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FAUTOMATIC d1 Automatically updates the contents of the link when you open the file. Any changes made in the source file are then displayed in the file containing the link. Linked graphic files can only be updated manually.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FCHANGE_SOURCE 2d Change the source file for the selected link.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FTB_LINKS 68 Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialog where you can select another object for this link.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FUPDATE_NOW 7a Updates the selected link so that the most recently saved version of the linked file is displayed in the current document.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FMANUAL 37 Only updates the link when you click the Update button.
12 .uno%3AManageLinks c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Fcategory 6c Lists the section that the link refers to in the source file. If you want, you can enter a new section here.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Ffile 22 Lists the path to the source file.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Fapp 36 Lists the application that last saved the source file.
13 .uno%3AOriginalSize 28 Resizes the object to the original size.
12 .uno%3AObjectMenue 60 Lets you edit a selected object in your file that you inserted with the Insert - Object command.
2e cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fdefaultheight 25 Applies the default vertical spacing.
2d cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fdefaultwidth 27 Applies the default horizontal spacing.
3a cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2FInsertFloatingFrameDialog a9 Changes the properties of the selected floating frame. Floating frames work best when they contain an html document, and when they are inserted in another html document.
27 cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fedname 7b Enter a name for the floating frame. The name cannot contain spaces, special characters, or begin with an underscore ( _ ).
2d cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fbuttonbrowse 5d Locate the file that you want to display in the selected floating frame, and then click Open.
26 cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fedurl aa Enter the path and the name of the file that you want to display in the floating frame. You can also click the Browse button and locate the file that you want to display.
29 cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fborderon 2a Displays the border of the floating frame.
2d cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fscrollbaroff 2b Hides the scrollbar for the floating frame.
27 cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fheight dc Enter the amount of vertical space that you want to leave between the top and bottom edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
2e cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fscrollbarauto 59 Mark this option if the currently active floating frame can have a scrollbar when needed.
2a cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fborderoff 27 Hides the border of the floating frame.
2c cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fscrollbaron 2e Displays the scrollbar for the floating frame.
26 cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fwidth e2 Enter the amount of horizontal space that you want to leave between the right and the left edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
1b svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Furl 55 Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_PROPERTY 3c Allows you to define the properties of the selected hotspot.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_MACRO 53 Lets you assign a macro that runs when you click the selected hotspot in a browser.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_ACTIVE 5e Disables or enables the hyperlink for the selected hotspot. A disabled hotspot is transparent.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYDELETE 22 Deletes the selected anchor point.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYINSERT 43 Adds an anchor point where you click on the outline of the hotspot.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Fcontainer 44 Displays the image map, so that you can click and edit the hotspots.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FImapDialog 93 Allows you to attach URLs to specific areas, called hotspots, on a graphic or a group of graphics. An image map is a group of one or more hotspots.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYMOVE 43 Lets you move the individual anchor points of the selected hotspot.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_OPEN 5b Loads an existing image map in the MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA or SIP StarView ImageMap file format.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_SAVEAS 53 Saves the image map in the MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA or SIP StarView ImageMap file format.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_RECT b3 Draws a rectangular hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYEDIT 4f Lets you change the shape of the selected hotspot by editing the anchor points.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_APPLY 33 Applies the changes that you made to the image map.
1c svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Ftext 59 Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_CIRCLE b3 Draws an elliptical hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_SELECT 2f Selects a hotspot in the image map for editing.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLY 1bb Draws a polygonal hotspot in the graphic. Click this icon, drag in the graphic, and then click to define one side of the polygon. Move to where you want to place the end of the next side, and then click. Repeat until you have drawn all of the sides of the polygon. When you are finished, double-click to close the polygon. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_FREEPOLY 122 Draws a hotspot that is based on a freeform polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a freeform line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FdescTV 24 Enter a description for the hotspot.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FframeCB a0 Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognized by all browsers from the list.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Ftextentry 59 Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Furlentry 55 Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Fnameentry 1b Enter a name for the image.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FIMapDialog 2e Lists the properties for the selected hotspot.
12 .uno%3AChangesMenu 48 Lists the commands that are available for tracking changes in your file.
16 .uno%3ATraceChangeMode 4b Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
13 .uno%3ATrackChanges 4b Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
1d .uno%3AProtectTraceChangeMode 87 Prevents a user from deactivating the record changes feature, or from accepting or rejecting changes unless the user enters a password.
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fshowchangesdialog%2Fshowrejected 2e Shows or hides the changes that were rejected.
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fshowchangesdialog%2Fshowaccepted 2e Shows or hides the changes that were accepted.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fshowchangesdialog%2Fshowchanges 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
12 .uno%3AShowChanges 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
3c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fshowchangesdialog%2FShowChangesDialog 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
19 .uno%3AShowTrackedChanges 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
19 cui%2Fui%2Fcomment%2Fedit 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fcomment%2FCommentDialog 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
14 .uno%3ACommentChange 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
1c .uno%3ACommentChangeTracking 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
14 .uno%3AAcceptChanges 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
31 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fwriterdate 2e Sorts the list according to the date and time.
31 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fwriterdesc 4a Sorts the list according to the comments that are attached to the changes.
33 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fwriteraction 2f Sorts the list according to the type of change.
2f svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fcalcedit 29 Edit the comment for the selected change.
30 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Frejectall 4a Rejects all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document.
33 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fcalcposition 82 Sorts the list in a descending order according to the position of the changes in the document. This is the default sorting method.
30 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Facceptall 4a Accepts all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document.
2d svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Freject 59 Rejects the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
2f svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fcalcdate 31 Lists the date and time that the change was made.
31 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fcalcauthor 23 Lists the user who made the change.
32 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fcalccomment 33 Lists the comments that are attached to the change.
33 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fwriterauthor 27 Sorts the list according to the Author.
2d svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Faccept 59 Accepts the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fredlineviewpage%2Fchanges b0 Lists the changes that were recorded in the document. When you select an entry in the list, the change is highlighted in the document. To sort the list, click a column heading.
1a .uno%3AAcceptTrackedChange 59 Accepts the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fredlineviewpage%2FRedlineViewPage 24 Accept or reject individual changes.
31 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fcalcaction 31 Lists the changes that were made in the document.
1a .uno%3ARejectTrackedChange 59 Rejects the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fcommentedit 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fcomment 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsimplerefdialog%2FSimpleRefDialog 74 Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter, and then click this button to return to the filter list.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fdotdotdot 3b Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fauthorlist 5e Filters the list of changes according to the name of the author that you select from the list.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Frange 9d Filters the list of changes according to the range of cells that you specify. To select a range of cells in your sheet, click the Set Reference button (...).
30 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2FRedlineFilterPage 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fdate 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fdatecond 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Frangeedit 9d Filters the list of changes according to the range of cells that you specify. To select a range of cells in your sheet, click the Set Reference button (...).
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fstartdate 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Factionlist 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Faction 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fstarttime 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fenddate 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fendtime 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fstartclock 3e Enters the current date and time into the corresponding boxes.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fendclock 3e Enters the current date and time into the corresponding boxes.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fauthor 5e Filters the list of changes according to the name of the author that you select from the list.
15 .uno%3AMergeDocuments 92 Imports changes made to copies of the same document into the original document. Changes made to footnotes, headers, frames and fields are ignored.
17 .uno%3ACompareDocuments 3e Compares the current document with a document that you select.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FInsertRecord 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FDeleteRecord 14 Pilih format berkas.
14 .uno%3ABib%2FMapping bd Lets you map the column headings to data fields from a different data source. To define a different data source for your bibliography, click the Data Source button on the record Object Bar.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FremoveFilter 46 To display all of the records in a table, click the Reset Filter icon.
12 .uno%3ABib%2Fquery 17e Type the information that you want to search for, and then press Enter. To change the filter options for the search, long-click the AutoFilter icon, and then select a different data field. You can use wildcards such as % or * for any number of characters, and _ or ? for one character in your search. To display all of the records in the table, clear this box, and then press Enter.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_URL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_HOWPUBLISHED_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
3c modules%2Fsbibliography%2Fui%2Fmappingdialog%2FMappingDialog a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_NOTE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_VOLUME_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
17 .uno%3ABib%2FautoFilter 96 Long-click to select the data field that you want to search using the term that you entered in the Search Key box. You can only search one data field.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_EDITION_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHORITYTYPE_POS a5 Select the type of record that you want to create. $[officename] inserts a number in the Type column of the record that corresponds to the type that you select here.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_LAST 23 Go to the last record in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEXT 23 Go to the next record in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_PREV 27 Go to the previous record in the table.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_IDENTIFIER_POS 6a Enter a short name for the record. The short name appears in the Identifier column in the list of records.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ORGANIZATIONS_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
19 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_FIRST 24 Go to the first record in the table.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_PUBLISHER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_NUMBER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
13 .uno%3ABib%2Fsource 73 Lists the available tables in the current database. Click a name in the list to display the records for that table.
11 SID_FM_DELETEROWS 1c Deletes the selected record.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_MONTH_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_JOURNAL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SERIES_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
13 HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
3a modules%2Fsbibliography%2Fui%2Ftoolbar%2FTBC_BT_COL_ASSIGN 48 Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.
1b .uno%3ABib%2FstandardFilter 4b Use the Standard Filter to refine and to combine AutoFilter search options.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE 4d Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press Enter.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_TITLE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_YEAR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHOR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_CHAPTER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_EDITOR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SCHOOL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_BOOKTITLE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_PAGES_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_REPORTTYPE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ISBN_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ANNOTE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
16 .uno%3ABib%2Fsdbsource 35 Select the data source for the bibliography database.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_INSTITUTION_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ADDRESS_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fbookmode 83 In book mode view layout you see two pages side by side as in an open book. The first page is a right page with an odd page number.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fcolumns 6c In columns view layout you see pages in a given number of columns side by side. Enter the number of columns.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2FZoomDialog 37 Reduces or enlarges the screen display of %PRODUCTNAME.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2F100pc 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
1a svx%2Fui%2Fzoommenu%2Fpage 6f Resizes the display to fit the width and height of the selected cell area at the moment the command is started.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fcolumnssb 6c In columns view layout you see pages in a given number of columns side by side. Enter the number of columns.
b .uno%3AZoom 37 Reduces or enlarges the screen display of %PRODUCTNAME.
19 svx%2Fui%2Fzoommenu%2F100 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
1d svx%2Fui%2Fzoommenu%2Foptimal 64 Resizes the display to fit the width of the selected cell area at the moment the command is started.
1b svx%2Fui%2Fzoommenu%2Fwidth 6a Displays the complete width of the document page. The top and bottom edges of the page may not be visible.
15 .uno%3AZoom100Percent 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fsinglepage 56 The single page view layout displays pages beneath each other, but never side by side.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fzoomsb 5f Enter the zoom factor at which you want to display the document. Enter a percentage in the box.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fautomatic 59 The automatic view layout displays pages side by side, as many as the zoom factor allows.
19 .uno%3AFunctionBarVisible 20 Shows or hides the Standard Bar.
1a .uno%3AShowImeStatusWindow 3b Shows or hides the Input Method Engine (IME) status window.
15 .uno%3AToolBarVisible 1d Shows or hides the Tools bar.
17 .uno%3AStatusBarVisible 3f Shows or hides the Status Bar at the bottom edge of the window.
15 .uno%3ATaskBarVisible 3f Shows or hides the Status Bar at the bottom edge of the window.
15 HID_FULLSCREENTOOLBOX 76 In Writer and Calc, you can also use the shortcut keys Ctrl+Shift+J to switch between the normal and full screen mode.
11 .uno%3AFullScreen 89 Shows or hides the menus and toolbars in Writer or Calc. To exit the full screen mode, click the Full Screen button or press the Esc key.
14 HID_COLOR_CTL_COLORS 145 Click the color that you want to use. To change the fill color of an object in the current file, select the object and then click a color. To change the line color of the selected object, right-click a color. To change the color of text in a text object, double-click the text-object, select the text, and then click a color.
13 .uno%3AColorControl 8b Show or hides the Color Bar. To modify or change the color table that is displayed, choose Format - Area, and then click on the Colors tab.
18 .cmd%3ARestoreVisibility aa Choose View - Toolbars - Reset to reset the toolbars to their default context sensitive behavior. Now some toolbars will be shown automatically, dependent on the context.
18 .uno%3AAvailableToolbars 2a Opens a submenu to show and hide toolbars.
1a .uno%3ADeleteAllAnnotation 14 Pilih format berkas.
15 .uno%3ADeleteAllNotes 14 Pilih format berkas.
13 .uno%3ADeleteAuthor 14 Pilih format berkas.
22 .uno%3ADeleteAllAnnotationByAuthor 14 Pilih format berkas.
17 .uno%3ADeleteAnnotation 14 Pilih format berkas.
11 .uno%3ADeleteNote 14 Pilih format berkas.
16 .uno%3AShowAnnotations 49 Use View - Comments to show or hide all comments (not available in Calc).
17 .uno%3AInsertAnnotation 4d Inserts a comment around the selected text or at the current cursor position.
b .uno%3AScan 2b Inserts a scanned image into your document.
12 .uno%3ATwainSelect 29 Selects the scanner that you want to use.
14 .uno%3ATwainTransfer 82 Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document. The scanning dialog is provided by the manufacturer of the scanner.
17 HID_CHARMAP_CTL_SHOWSET 4e Click the special character(s) that you want to insert, and then click Insert.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2Ffontlb 4c Select a font to display the special characters that are associated with it.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2FSpecialCharactersDialog 5a Allows a user to insert characters from the range of symbols found in the installed fonts.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2Fsubsetlb 2f Select a Unicode category for the current font.
d .uno%3ABullet 5a Allows a user to insert characters from the range of symbols found in the installed fonts.
13 .uno%3AInsertSymbol 5a Allows a user to insert characters from the range of symbols found in the installed fonts.
16 HID_FILEDLG_PREVIEW_CB 30 Displays a preview of the selected graphic file.
13 HID_FILEDLG_LINK_CB 2c Inserts the selected graphic file as a link.
1b HID_FILEOPEN_IMAGE_TEMPLATE 27 Select the frame style for the graphic.
14 .uno%3AInsertGraphic 48 Inserts an image into the current document at the current cell position.
20 .uno%3AInsertObjectChartFromFile 52 Inserts a chart from within another spreadsheet or from an ODF Chart file (*.odc).
11 .uno%3AObjectMenu 65 Inserts an embedded object into your document, including formulas, 3D models, charts and OLE objects.
23 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Furlbtn 3d Locate the file that you want to insert, and then click Open.
22 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Furled 5f Enter the name of the file that you want to link or embed, or click Search, to locate the file.
22 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Ftypes 34 Select the type of document that you want to create.
2b cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Fcreatefromfile 2c Creates an OLE object from an existing file.
26 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Fcreatenew 42 Creates a new OLE object based on the object type that you select.
13 .uno%3AInsertObject 6c Inserts an OLE object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object.
1b .uno%3AInsertObjectStarMath 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
20 .uno%3AInsertObjectFloatingFrame 87 Inserts a floating frame into the current document. Floating frames are used in HTML documents to display the contents of another file.
1c .uno%3AViewDataSourceBrowser 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
11 .uno%3ADataImport 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
12 .uno%3AGraphicMenu 56 The submenu presents various sources that an image, audio or video can be insert from.
1d .uno%3AStandardTextAttributes 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
11 .uno%3ASetDefault 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
16 .uno%3AResetAttributes 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
11 .uno%3AFontDialog 45 Changes the font and the font formatting for the selected characters.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctllanglb 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlsizelb 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlstylelb 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlfontnamelb 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2FCharNamePage 3b Specify the formatting and the font that you want to apply.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fpositionlb 2c Specify where to display the emphasis marks.
2a cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Findividualwordscb 3d Applies the selected effect only to words and ignores spaces.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Funderlinecolorlb 25 Select the color for the underlining.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fstrikeoutlb 33 Select a strikethrough style for the selected text.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Femphasislb 53 Select a character to display over or below the entire length of the selected text.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Funderlinelb 7d Select the underlining style that you want to apply. To apply the underlining to words only, select the Individual Words box.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Ffontcolorlb 96 Sets the color for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text color is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.
c .uno%3AColor cf Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.
10 .uno%3AFontColor cf Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.
28 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foverlinecolorlb 24 Select the color for the overlining.
21 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Frelieflb e1 Select a relief effect to apply to the selected text. The embossed relief makes the characters appear as if they are raised above the page. The engraved relief makes the characters appear as if they are pressed into the page.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2FEffectsPage 2e Specify the font effects that you want to use.
22 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foutlinecb 5b Displays the outline of the selected characters. This effect does not work with every font.
21 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fshadowcb 4b Adds a shadow that casts below and to the right of the selected characters.
f .uno%3AOverline 81 Overlines or removes overlining from the selected text. If the cursor is not in a word, the new text that you enter is overlined.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foverlinelb 7b Select the overlining style that you want to apply. To apply the overlining to words only, select the Individual Words box.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcommented 50 Enter a comment for the selected number format, and then click outside this box.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fformatted 5c Displays the number format code for the selected format. You can also enter a custom format.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fedit 2d Adds a comment to the selected number format.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fengineering 56 With scientific format, Engineering notation ensures that exponent is a multiple of 3.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fthousands 6c Inserts a separator between thousands. The type of separator that is used depends on your language settings.
1e .uno%3ATableNumberFormatDialog 38 Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcategorylb 56 Select a category from the list, and then select a formatting style in the Format box.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fdenominatored 5e With fraction format, enter the number of places for the denominator that you want to display.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fformatlb 49 Select how you want the contents of the selected cell(s) to be displayed.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Flanguagelb 100 Specifies the language setting for the selected cells . With the language set to Automatic, $[officename] automatically applies the number formats associated with the system default language. Select any language to fix the settings for the selected cells .
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fdecimalsed 3c Enter the number of decimal places that you want to display.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fadd 4a Adds the number format code that you entered to the user-defined category.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcurrencylb 71 Select a currency, and then scroll to the top of the Format list to view the formatting options for the currency.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fleadzerosed 4c Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display in front of the decimal point.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fdelete 23 Deletes the selected number format.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fsourceformat 4b Uses the same number format as the cells containing the data for the chart.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fnegnumred 32 Changes the font color of negative numbers to red.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Funvisitedlb b2 Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles icon on the Formatting toolbar.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Fvisitedlb b0 Select a formatting style to use for visited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles icon on the Formatting toolbar.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Fnameed 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Feventpb 3c Specify an event that triggers when you click the hyperlink.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Ftargetfrmlb 71 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Ftexted 3a Enter the text that you want to display for the hyperlink.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Furlpb 3e Locate the file that you want to link to, and then click Open.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Furled 4c Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.
19 .uno%3AInsertHyperlinkDlg 38 Assigns a new hyperlink or edits the selected hyperlink.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fpairkerning 4c Automatically adjust the character spacing for specific letter combinations.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2FPositionPage 44 Specify the position, scaling, rotation, and spacing for characters.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fsubscript 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and lowers the text below the baseline.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Ffontsizesb 50 Enter the amount by which you want to reduce the font size of the selected text.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fsuperscript 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and raises the text above the baseline.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fnormal 2c Removes superscript or subscript formatting.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fkerningsb 42 Specifies the spacing between the characters of the selected text.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fraiselowersb 9e Enter the amount by which you want to raise or to lower the selected text in relation to the baseline. One hundred percent is equal to the height of the font.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fautomatic 6a Automatically sets the amount by which the selected text is raised or lowered in relation to the baseline.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fscalewidthsb 66 Enter the percentage of the font width by which to horizontally stretch or compress the selected text.
e .uno%3ASpacing 42 Specifies the spacing between the characters of the selected text.
24 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Fendbracket 83 Select the character to define the end of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Fstartbracket 85 Select the character to define the start of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Ftwolines 5a Allows you to write in double lines in the area that you selected in the current document.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2FTwoLinesPage 7f Sets the options for double-line writing for Asian languages. Select the characters in your text, and then choose this command.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckHangPunct 88 Prevents commas and periods from breaking the line. Instead, these characters are added to the end of the line, even in the page margin.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckForbidList 89 Prevents the characters in the list from starting or ending a line. The characters are relocated to either the previous or the next line.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckApplySpacing 3c Inserts a space between Asian, Latin and complex characters.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FAsianTypography f2 Set the typographic options for cells or paragraphs in Asian language files. To enable Asian language support, choose Language Settings - Languages in the Options dialog box, and then select the Enabled box in the Asian language support area.
10 .uno%3AEditStyle 4c Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.
16 .uno%3AParagraphDialog 4c Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_LINEDISTMETRIC 2c Enter the value to use for the line spacing.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FcomboLB_LINEDIST 4a Specify the amount of space to leave between lines of text in a paragraph.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_TOPDIST 51 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave above the selected paragraph(s).
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FcheckCB_CONTEXTUALSPACING 94 Makes any space specified before or after this paragraph not be applied when the preceding and following paragraphs are of the same paragraph style.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_FLINEINDENT 12a Indents the first line of a paragraph by the amount that you enter. To create a hanging indent enter a positive value for "Before text" and a negative value for "First line". To indent the first line of a paragraph that uses numbering or bullets, choose "Format - Bullets and Numbering - Position".
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_RIGHTINDENT 184 Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_BOTTOMDIST 51 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave below the selected paragraph(s).
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_LEFTINDENT 184 Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FParaIndentSpacing 3d Sets the indenting and the spacing options for the paragraph.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_DELALL 80 Removes all of the tab stops that you defined under Position. Sets Left tab stops at regular intervals as the default tab stops.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_NEW 3c Adds the tab stop that you defined to the current paragraph.
37 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_OTHER 56 Allows you to specify a character to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
3c cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_UNDERSCORE 41 Draws a line to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FParagraphTabsPage 2e Set the position of a tab stop in a paragraph.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FED_TABPOS fa Select a tab stop type, enter a new measurement, and then click New. If you want, you can also specify the measurement units to use for the tab (cm for centimeter, or " for inches). Existing tabs to the left of the first tab that you set are removed.
3a cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_DASHLINE 3e Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dashes.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_RIGHT 63 Aligns the right edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the left of the tab stop.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FentryED_TABTYPE_DECCHAR 4e Enter a character that you want the decimal tab to use as a decimal separator.
37 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_CENTER 2e Aligns the center of the text to the tab stop.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_NO 5c Inserts no fill characters, or removes existing fill characters to the left of the tab stop.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_DECIMAL 67 Aligns the decimal separator of a number to the center of the tab stop and text to the left of the tab.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_LEFT 53 Aligns the left edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the right.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_POINTS 3c Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dots.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fshadowcolorlb 1e Select a color for the shadow.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fdistancemf 1e Enter the width of the shadow.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Flinecolorlb 46 Select the line color that you want to use for the selected border(s).
1e cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fleftmf 63 Enter the distance that you want to have between the left border and the contents of the selection.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fpresets 2a Select a predefined border style to apply.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Flinestylelb 6b Click the border style that you want to apply. The style is applied to the borders selected in the preview.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Frightmf 64 Enter the distance that you want to have between the right border and the contents of the selection.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2FBorderPage 43 Sets the border options for the selected objects in Writer or Calc.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fshadows 2e Click a shadow style for the selected borders.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Ftopmf 62 Enter the distance that you want to have between the top border and the contents of the selection.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fbottommf 65 Enter the distance that you want to have between the bottom border and the contents of the selection.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fsync 5f Applies the same spacing to contents setting to all four borders when you enter a new distance.
18 SVX_HID_POPUP_COLOR_CTRL 71 Click a color. Click No Fill to remove a background or highlighting color. Click Automatic to reset a font color.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Farearb 4b Stretches the graphic to fill the entire background of the selected object.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fpositionrb 43 Select this option, and then click a location in the position grid.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fbrowse 52 Locate the graphic file that you want to use as a background, and then click Open.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fshowpreview 34 Displays or hides a preview of the selected graphic.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Flink 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fbackgroundcolorset 62 Click the color that you want to use as a background. To remove a background color, click No Fill.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fselectlb 35 Select the type of background that you want to apply.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Ftilerb 53 Repeats the graphic so that it covers the entire background of the selected object.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2FBackgroundPage 24 Set the background color or graphic.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Ftextdirectionlb 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_JUSTIFYALIGN 3f Aligns the paragraph to the left and to the right page margins.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_CENTERALIGN 32 Centers the contents of the paragraph on the page.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_RIGHTALIGN 2e Aligns the paragraph to the right page margin.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_LEFTALIGN 2d Aligns the paragraph to the left page margin.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FParaAlignPage 44 Sets the alignment of the paragraph relative to the margins of page.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Forigsize 32 Returns the selected graphic to its original size.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2FCropPage 5c Trims or scales the selected graphic. You can also restore the graphic to its original size.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fheightzoom 39 Enter the height of the selected graphic as a percentage.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fheight 28 Enter a height for the selected graphic.
1a cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fleft 161 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the left edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the left of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fright 163 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the right edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the right of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fkeepscale 68 Maintains the original scale of the graphic when you crop, so that only the size of the graphic changes.
19 cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Ftop 14e If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the top of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space above the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fwidthzoom 39 Enter the width for the selected graphic as a percentage.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fkeepsize 123 Maintains the original size of the graphic when you crop, so that only the scale of the graphic changes. To reduce the scale of the graphic, select this option and enter negative values in the cropping boxes. To increase the scale of the graphic, enter positive values in the cropping boxes.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fwidth 27 Enter a width for the selected graphic.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fbottom 151 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the bottom of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space below the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fdesc 3c Describes the relevant formatting used in the current style.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fcategory 7f Displays the category for the current style. If you are creating or modifying a new style, select 'Custom Style' from the list.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Flinkedwith 69 Select an existing style that you want to base the new style on, or select none to define your own style.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fautoupdate b0 Updates the style when you apply direct formatting to a paragraph using this style in your document. The formatting of all paragraphs using this style is automatically updated.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fnextstyle 102 Select an existing style that you want to follow the current style in your document. For paragraph styles, the next style is applied to the paragraph that is created when you press Enter. For page styles, the next style is applied when a new page is created.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fnamerw a7 Displays the name of the selected style. If you are creating or modifying a custom style, enter a name for the style. You cannot change the name of a predefined style.
2c sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2FManageStylePage 27 Set the options for the selected style.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboLayoutFormat 51 Select the page numbering format that you want to use for the current page style.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckbuttonHorz 33 Centers the cells horizontally on the printed page.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckRegisterTrue 43 Aligns the text on the selected Page Style to a vertical page grid.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargBot 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the lower edge of the page and the document text.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FPageFormatPage 73 Allows you to define page layouts for single and multiple-page documents, as well as a numbering and paper formats.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPageFormat 81 Select a predefined paper size, or create a custom format by entering the dimensions for the paper in the Height and Width boxes.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPageLayout 60 Specify whether the current style should show odd pages, even pages, or both odd and even pages.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FradiobuttonPortrait 4c Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented vertically.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinWidth 5f Displays the width of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a width here.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinHeight 61 Displays the height of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a height here.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FradiobuttonLandscape 4e Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented horizontally.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckbuttonVert 31 Centers the cells vertically on the printed page.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboTextFlowBox 40 Select the text direction that you want to use in your document.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPaperTray ea Select the paper source for your printer. If you want, you can assign different paper trays to different page styles. For example, assign a different tray to the First Page style and load the tray with your company's letterhead paper.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargLeft e7 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the inner text margin and the inner edge of the page.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckAdaptBox 86 Resizes the drawing objects so that they fit on the paper format that you select. The arrangement of the drawing objects is preserved.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboRegisterStyle 0 
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargTop 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the upper edge of the page and the document text.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargRight e8 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the outer text margin and the outer edge of the page.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FbuttonEdit 18 Add or edit header text.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FHFFormatPage 78 Adds a header to the current page style. A header is an area in the top page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinHeight 2e Enter the height that you want for the header.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckHeaderOn 28 Adds a header to the current page style.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckSameLR 86 Even and odd pages share the same content. To assign a different header to even and odd pages, clear this option, and then click Edit.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FbuttonMore 4d Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the header.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckSameFP 30 First and even/odd pages share the same content.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinMargLeft 60 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin and the left edge of the header.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinMargRight 62 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right page margin and the right edge of the header.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinSpacing 80 Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the header and the top edge of the document text.
2f svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckDynSpacing 76 Overrides the Spacing setting, and allows the header to expand into the area between the header and the document text.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckAutofit 51 Automatically adjusts the height of the header to fit the content that you enter.
15 SC_HID_SC_FOOTER_EDIT 18 Add or edit footer text.
19 SVX_HID_FOOTER_BUTTONMORE 4d Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the footer.
12 HID_SC_FOOTER_EDIT 18 Add or edit footer text.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FHFFormatPage 7b Adds a footer to the current page style. A footer is an area in the bottom page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
1b SVX_HID_FOOTER_SPINMARGLEFT 65 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the footer.
1b SVX_HID_FOOTER_CHECKAUTOFIT 4c Automatically adjusts the height of the footer to fit the content you enter.
1a SVX_HID_FOOTER_CHECKSAMELR 86 Even and odd pages share the same content. To assign a different footer to even and odd pages, clear this option, and then click Edit.
1a SVX_HID_FOOTER_CHECKSAMEFP 30 First and even/odd pages share the same content.
1c SVX_HID_FOOTER_SPINMARGRIGHT 67 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the right edge of the footer.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckFooterOn 28 Adds a footer to the current page style.
1e SVX_HID_FOOTER_CHECKDYNSPACING 71 Overrides the Spacing setting and allows the footer to expand into the area between the footer and document text.
1a SVX_HID_FOOTER_SPINSPACING 80 Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the document text and the top edge of the footer.
19 SVX_HID_FOOTER_SPINHEIGHT 29 Enter the height you want for the footer.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToKatakana 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Katakana characters.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToHiragana 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Hiragana characters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToFullWidth 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to full-width characters.
18 .uno%3ATransliterateMenu 88 Changes the case of characters in the selection. If the cursor is within a word and no text is selected, then the word is the selection.
1a SID_TRANSLITERATE_SENTENCE 56 Changes the first letter of the selected Western characters to an uppercase character.
1f .uno%3AChangeCaseToSentenceCase 56 Changes the first letter of the selected Western characters to an uppercase character.
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToLower 40 Changes the selected Western characters to lowercase characters.
18 SID_TRANSLITERATE_TOGGLE 30 Toggles case of all selected Western characters.
1c SID_TRANSLITERATE_CAPITALIZE 67 Changes the first character of every word of the selected Western characters to an uppercase character.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToTitleCase 67 Changes the first character of every word of the selected Western characters to an uppercase character.
1d .uno%3AChangeCaseToToggleCase 30 Toggles case of all selected Western characters.
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToUpper 40 Changes the selected Western characters to uppercase characters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToHalfWidth 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to half-width characters.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fstyles 5e Opens the Styles deck of the Sidebar where you can select a character style for the ruby text.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fstylelb 2b Select a character style for the ruby text.
30 svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fpositionlb 2d Select where you want to place the ruby text.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fadjustlb 32 Select the horizontal alignment for the Ruby text.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FRight4ED 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FLeft4ED 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
11 .uno%3ARubyDialog 54 Allows you to add comments above Asian characters to serve as a pronunciation guide.
15 .uno%3AAlignFrameMenu 34 Aligns selected objects with respect to one another.
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
1c .uno%3AAlignHorizontalCenter a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.
11 .uno%3AAlignRight a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
f .uno%3AAlignTop ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
1a .uno%3AAlignVerticalCenter a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.
12 .uno%3AAlignBottom b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
10 .uno%3AAlignDown b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
f .uno%3ALeftPara 39 Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left page margin.
10 .uno%3ARightPara 3a Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the right page margin.
11 .uno%3ACenterPara 2e Centers the selected paragraph(s) on the page.
12 .uno%3AJustifyPara cd Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left and the right page margins. If you want, you can also specify the alignment options for the last line of a paragraph by choosing Format - Paragraph - Alignment.
11 .uno%3AMergeCells 45 Combines the contents of the selected table cells into a single cell.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fprop 27 Splits cells into rows of equal height.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fvert 63 Splits the selected cell(s) into the number of columns that you specify in the Split cell into box.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fhori 60 Splits the selected cell(s) into the number of rows that you specify in the Split cell into box.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2FSplitCellsDialog 65 Splits the cell or group of cells horizontally or vertically into the number of cells that you enter.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fcountnf 55 Enter the number of rows or columns that you want to split the selected cell(s) into.
10 .uno%3ASplitCell 65 Splits the cell or group of cells horizontally or vertically into the number of cells that you enter.
12 .uno%3ACellVertTop 3c Aligns the contents of the cell to the top edge of the cell.
15 .uno%3ACellVertCenter 48 Mengubah skala teks pada bagan saat Anda mengubah ukuran bagan tersebut.
15 .uno%3ACellVertBottom 3f Aligns the contents of the cell to the bottom edge of the cell.
b .uno%3ABold 9c Makes the selected text bold. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made bold. If the selection or word is already bold, the formatting is removed.
d .uno%3AItalic a2 Makes the selected text italic. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made italic. If the selection or word is already italic, the formatting is removed.
16 .uno%3AUnderlineDouble 2c Underlines the selected text with two lines.
10 .uno%3AUnderline 39 Underlines or removes underlining from the selected text.
10 .uno%3AStrikeout 57 Draws a line through the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, the entire word.
f .uno%3AShadowed 56 Adds a shadow to the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, to the entire word.
15 .uno%3ADistributeRows 60 Adjusts the height of the selected rows to match the height of the tallest row in the selection.
12 .uno%3ASuperScript 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and raises the text above the baseline.
10 .uno%3ASubScript 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and lowers the text below the baseline.
12 .uno%3ALineSpacing 4a Specify the amount of space to leave between lines of text in a paragraph.
11 .uno%3ASpacePara1 52 Applies single line spacing to the current paragraph. This is the default setting.
12 .uno%3ASpacePara15 45 Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to one and half lines.
11 .uno%3ASpacePara2 3c Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to two lines.
18 .uno%3ADistributeColumns 63 Adjusts the width of the selected columns to match the width of the widest column in the selection.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fnewstyle%2Fstylename 1f Enter a name for the new Style.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fstringinput%2Fedit 37 Enter a name for the new AutoFormat, and then click OK.
18 HID_SD_NAMEDIALOG_OBJECT 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
13 .uno%3ARenameObject 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2Fdesc_entry e3 Enter a description text. The long description text can be entered to describe a complex object or group of objects to users with screen reader software. The description is visible as an alternative tag for accessibility tools.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2Fobject_title_entry 7c Enter a title text. This short name is visible as an alternative tag in HTML format. Accessibility tools can read this text.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2FObjectTitleDescDialog 9c Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.
1d .uno%3AObjectTitleDescription 9c Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.
11 .uno%3AFormatLine 32 Sets the formatting options for the selected line.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_EDGE_STYLE 91 Select the shape to be used at the corners of the line. In case of a small angle between lines, a mitered shape is replaced with a beveled shape.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FCBX_SYNCHRONIZE 8a Automatically updates both arrowhead settings when you enter a different width, select a different arrowhead style,or center an arrowhead.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FTSB_CENTER_END 4e Places the center of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_END_STYLE 41 Select the arrowhead that you want to apply to the selected line.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FCB_SYMBOL_RATIO 53 Maintains the proportions of the symbol when you enter a new height or width value.
2a cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_END_WIDTH 20 Enter a width for the arrowhead.
24 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLineTabPage 93 Set the formatting options for the selected line or the line that you want to draw. You can also add arrowheads to a line, or change chart symbols.
2d cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_LINE_TRANSPARENT 71 Enter the transparency of the line, where 100% corresponds to completely transparent and 0% to completely opaque.
11 .uno%3AXLineStyle 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_LINE_STYLE 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_CAP_STYLE 52 Select the style of the line end caps. The caps are added to inner dashes as well.
21 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_COLOR 1c Select a color for the line.
29 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMF_SYMBOL_HEIGHT 1e Enter a height for the symbol.
11 .uno%3AXLineColor 1c Select a color for the line.
10 .uno%3ALineWidth 99 Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMF_SYMBOL_WIDTH 1d Enter a width for the symbol.
2b cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LINE_WIDTH 99 Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.
29 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMB_SYMBOL_BITMAP 3b Select the symbol style that you want to use in your chart.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_SAVE 4b Saves the current list of line styles, so that you can load it again later.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_LOAD 1e Imports a list of line styles.
c HID_LINE_DEF 2c Edit or create dashed or dotted line styles.
2b cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FLB_LINESTYLES 31 Select the style of line that you want to create.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FLB_TYPE_2 38 Select the combination of dashes and dots that you want.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FNUM_FLD_2 50 Enter the number of times that you want a dot or a dash to appear in a sequence.
2e cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LENGTH_2 1d Enter the length of the dash.
2e cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between dots or dashes.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_ADD 34 Creates a new line style using the current settings.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fnamedialog%2FNameDialog d Enter a name.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY 8a Updates the selected line style using the current settings. To change the name of the selected line style, enter a new name when prompted.
2d cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FCBX_SYNCHRONIZE 45 Automatically adjusts the entries relative to the length of the line.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_SAVE 46 Saves the current list of arrow styles, so that you can load it later.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_LOAD 1f Imports a list of arrow styles.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY 2d Changes the name of the selected arrow style.
24 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_ADD 5d To define a custom arrow style, select a drawing object in the document, and then click here.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FLB_LINEENDS 39 Choose a predefined arrow style symbol from the list box.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FEDT_NAME 2e Displays the name of the selected arrow style.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FLineEndPage 1c Edit or create arrow styles.
11 .uno%3AFormatArea 38 Sets the fill properties of the selected drawing object.
10 .uno%3AFillStyle 4e Select the type of fill that you want to apply to the selected drawing object.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2Fbtnhatch 3f Fills the object with a hatching pattern selected on this page.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2Fbtnpattern 47 Fills the object with a simple two color pattern selected on this page.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2Fbtnbitmap 3d Fills the object with a bitmap pattern selected on this page.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2Fbtngradient 37 Fills the object with a gradient selected on this page.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2Fbtncolor 34 Fills the object with a color selected on this page.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2Fbtnnone 20 Do not fill the selected object.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FAreaTabPage 35 Set the fill options for the selected drawing object.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fadd 6f Adds a custom gradient to the current list. Specify the properties of your gradient, and then click this button
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2FGradientPage 42 Set the properties of a gradient, or save and load gradient lists.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcenterxmtr cc Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current horizontal location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fmodify 80 Applies the current gradient properties to the selected gradient. If you want, you can save the gradient under a different name.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fgradienttypelb 2b Select the gradient that you want to apply.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcenterymtr c8 Enter the vertical offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current vertical location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fanglemtr 31 Enter a rotation angle for the selected gradient.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolorfrommtr 72 Enter the intensity for the color in the From box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolortomtr 70 Enter the intensity for the color in the To box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolorfromlb 37 Select a color for the beginning point of the gradient.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fbordermtr 9c Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the area of the endpoint color on the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolortolb 30 Select a color for the endpoint of the gradient.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fmodify 87 Applies the current hatching properties to the selected hatching pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name.
1a cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fadd 80 Adds a custom hatching pattern to the current list. Specify the properties of your hatching pattern, and then click this button.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Flinecolorlb 24 Select the color of the hatch lines.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Flinetypelb 34 Select the type of hatch lines that you want to use.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fanglemtr 54 Enter the rotation angle for the hatch lines, or click a position in the angle grid.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fdistancemtr 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to have between the hatch lines.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2FHatchPage 4a Set the properties of a hatching pattern, or save and load hatching lists.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_IMPORT 80 Locate the bitmap that you want to import, and then click Open. The bitmap is added to the end of the list of available bitmaps.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBitmapTabPage 95 Select a bitmap that you want to use as a fill pattern, or create your own pixel pattern. You can also import bitmaps, and save or load bitmap lists.
11 .uno%3AFillShadow c9 Adds a shadow to the selected object. If the object already has a shadow, the shadow is removed. If you click this icon when no object is selected, the shadow is added to the next object that you draw.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fshadowtabpage%2FMTR_SHADOW_TRANSPARENT 64 Enter a percentage from 0% (opaque) to 100% (transparent) to specify the transparency of the shadow.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fshadowtabpage%2FLB_SHADOW_COLOR 1e Select a color for the shadow.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fshadowtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 52 Enter the distance that you want the shadow to be offset from the selected object.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fshadowtabpage%2FTSB_SHOW_SHADOW 2d Adds a shadow to the selected drawing object.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fshadowtabpage%2FCTL_POSITION 28 Click where you want to cast the shadow.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fshadowtabpage%2FShadowTabPage 55 Add a shadow to the selected drawing object, and define the properties of the shadow.
33 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_END_VALUE 74 Enter a transparency value for the endpoint of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
35 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_START_VALUE 7b Enter a transparency value for the beginning point of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
34 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FTransparencyTabPage 50 Set the transparency options for the fill that you apply to the selected object.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_OFF 1d Turns off color transparency.
31 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_LINEAR 8c Turns on color transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRANSPARENT 6e Adjusts the transparency of the current fill color. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).
32 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_CENTER_X 2d Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient.
32 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_CENTER_Y 2b Enter the vertical offset for the gradient.
33 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_GRADIENT 74 Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill color. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.
37 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FLB_TRGR_GRADIENT_TYPES 40 Select the type of transparency gradient that you want to apply.
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_ANGLE 28 Enter a rotation angle for the gradient.
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_BORDER 6b Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the transparent area of the gradient. The default value is 0%.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FCTL_POSITION 36 Click where you want to place the anchor for the text.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_FULL_WIDTH 48 Mengubah skala teks pada bagan saat Anda mengubah ukuran bagan tersebut.
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTextAttributesPage 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH 61 Expands the width of the object to the width of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_BOTTOM 7a Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom edge of the drawing or text object and the lower border of the text.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_CONTOUR 54 Adapts the text flow so that it matches the contours of the selected drawing object.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_WORDWRAP_TEXT 59 Wraps the text that you add after double-clicking a custom shape to fit inside the shape.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_FIT_TO_SIZE 46 Resizes the text to fit the entire area of the drawing or text object.
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT 63 Expands the height of the object to the height of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_TOP 77 Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the drawing or text object and the upper border of the text.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_SIZE 56 Resizes a custom shape to fit the text that you enter after double-clicking the shape.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LEFT 77 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the drawing or text object and the left border of the text.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_RIGHT 79 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the drawing or text object and the right border of the text.
16 .uno%3ATransformDialog 37 Resizes, moves, rotates, or slants the selected object.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH 61 Expands the width of the object to the width of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FPositionAndSize 25 Resizes or moves the selected object.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_Y 6d Enter the vertical distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_POSPROTECT 44 Prevents changes to the position or the size of the selected object.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT 63 Expands the height of the object to the height of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_X 6f Enter the horizontal distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCTL_POSRECT f2 Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the amount that you want to shift the object relative to the base point that you selected in the Position Y and Position X boxes. The base points correspond to the selection handles on an object.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCTL_SIZERECT 7d Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the new size dimensions for the selected object in the Width and Height boxes.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_WIDTH 26 Enter a width for the selected object.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_HEIGHT 27 Enter a height for the selected object.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCBX_SCALE 3a Maintains proportions when you resize the selected object.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_SIZEPROTECT 26 Prevents you from resizing the object.
26 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FCTL_ANGLE 3f Click to specify the rotation angle in multiples of 45 degrees.
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FNF_ANGLE 48 Enter the number of degrees that you want to rotate the selected object.
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FCTL_RECT 2e Click where you want to place the pivot point.
2a cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_Y 4d Enter the vertical distance from the top edge of the page to the pivot point.
2a cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_X 50 Enter the horizontal distance from the left edge of the page to the pivot point.
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FRotation 1c Rotates the selected object.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FMTR_FLD_ANGLE 22 Enter the angle of the slant axis.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FMTR_FLD_RADIUS 49 Enter the radius of the circle that you want to use to round the corners.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FSlantAndCornerRadius 4a Slants the selected object, or rounds the corners of a rectangular object.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Foptimal 3d Click here to display a single-angled line in an optimal way.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Flength 73 Enter the length of the callout line segment that extends from the callout box to the inflection point of the line.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fposition 56 Select where you want to extend the callout line from, in relation to the callout box.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fspacing 6a Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the end of the callout line, and the callout box.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fvalueset 47 Click the Callout style that you want to apply to the selected callout.
f .uno%3AFlipMenu 36 Flips the selected object horizontally, or vertically.
11 .uno%3AMirrorVert 3b Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom.
1d .uno%3AObjectMirrorHorizontal 3d Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right.
15 .uno%3AObjectPosition 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
13 .uno%3ABringToFront 64 Moves the selected object to the top of the stacking order, so that it is in front of other objects.
17 .uno%3AObjectForwardOne 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
e .uno%3AForward 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
14 .uno%3AObjectBackOne 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
f .uno%3ABackward 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
11 .uno%3ASendToBack 66 Moves the selected object to the bottom of the stacking order, so that it is behind the other objects.
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToForeground 2b Moves the selected object in front of text.
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToBackground 26 Moves the selected object behind text.
11 .uno%3AAnchorMenu 33 Sets the anchoring options for the selected object.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPage 2e Anchors the selected item to the current page.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPara 33 Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToCell 24 Anchors the selected item to a cell.
17 .uno%3ASetAnchorToFrame 33 Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToChar c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorAsChar c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectBezierMode 39 Lets you change the shape of the selected drawing object.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistancey 53 Enter the vertical distance between the text characters and the edge of the shadow.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fvertical 9c Adds a shadow to the text in the selected object. Click this button, and then enter the dimensions of the shadow in the Distance X and the Distance Y boxes.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Findent 6d Enter the amount of space to leave between the beginning of the text baseline, and the beginning of the text.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fslant a2 Adds a slant shadow to the text in the selected object. Click this button, and then enter the dimensions of the shadow in the Distance X and the Distance Y boxes.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcontour 46 Shows or hides the text baseline, or the edges of the selected object.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistance 75 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the text baseline and the base of the individual characters.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fautosize 38 Resizes the text to fit the length of the text baseline.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcenter 26 Centers the text on the text baseline.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Ftextcontour 44 Shows or hides the borders of the individual characters in the text.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fright 36 Aligns the text to the right end of the text baseline.
f .uno%3AFontWork 66 Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog.
16 HID_FONTWORK_CTL_FORMS 42 Click the shape of the baseline that you want to use for the text.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistancex 55 Enter the horizontal distance between the text characters and the edge of the shadow.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fvert 34 Vertically slants the characters in the text object.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Foff 1c Removes baseline formatting.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Frotate 4c Uses the top or the bottom edge of the selected object as the text baseline.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fupright 97 Uses the top or the bottom edge of the selected object as the text baseline and preserves the original vertical alignment of the individual characters.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcolor 23 Select a color for the text shadow.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fnoshadow 38 Removes the shadow effects that you applied to the text.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fhori 36 Horizontally slants the characters in the text object.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fleft 35 Aligns the text to the left end of the text baseline.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Forientation 9c Reverses the text flow direction, and flips the text horizontally or vertically. To use this command, you must first apply a different baseline to the text.
10 .uno%3AGroupMenu 61 Groups keep together selected objects, so that they can be moved or formatted as a single object.
12 .uno%3AFormatGroup 4a Groups the selected objects, so that they can be moved as a single object.
14 .uno%3AFormatUngroup 38 Breaks apart the selected group into individual objects.
11 .uno%3AEnterGroup a1 Opens the selected group, so that you can edit the individual objects. If the selected group contains nested group, you can repeat this command on the subgroups.
11 .uno%3ALeaveGroup 54 Exits the group, so that you can no longer edit the individual objects in the group.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_AUTO c5 $[officename] automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, clear this checkbox, and then enter a value in the Automatic box.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_AMOUNT 3b Enter the number of increments by which to scroll the text.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_DELAY 3d Enter the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_PIXEL 23 Measures increment value in pixels.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTextAnimation 44 Adds an animation effect to the text in the selected drawing object.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_ENDLESS 9a Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, clear this checkbox, and enter a number in the Continuous box.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FLB_EFFECT 8f Select the animation effect that you want to apply to the text in the selected drawing object. To remove an animation effect, select No Effect.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_DOWN 20 Scrolls text from top to bottom.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_STOP_INSIDE 31 Text remains visible after the effect is applied.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_RIGHT 20 Scrolls text from left to right.
23 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_UP 20 Scrolls text from bottom to top.
2d cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_START_INSIDE 49 Text is visible and inside the drawing object when the effect is applied.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_LEFT 20 Scrolls text from right to left.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FNUM_FLD_COUNT 47 Enter the number of times that you want the animation effect to repeat.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2Fdefault c1 Adjusts the row height to the size based on the default template. Existing contents may be shown vertically cropped. The height no longer increases automatically when you enter larger contents.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2Fvalue 2a Enter the row height that you want to use.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2FRowHeightDialog 3c Changes the height of the current row, or the selected rows.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2Fdefault 41 Automatically adjusts the column width based on the current font.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2Fvalue 2c Enter the column width that you want to use.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2FColWidthDialog 41 Changes the width of the current column, or the selected columns.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckHyphActive 3c Enables word hyphenation for text wrapping to the next line.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckAsianMode 133 Aligns Asian characters one below the other in the selected cell(s). If the cell contains more than one line of text, the lines are converted to text columns that are arranged from right to left. Western characters in the converted text are rotated 90 degrees to the right. Asian characters are not rotated.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckVertStack 17 Aligns text vertically.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2Freferences 3b Specify the cell edge from which to write the rotated text.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FspinDegrees a2 Enter the rotation angle for the text in the selected cell(s). A positive number rotates the text to the left and a negative number rotates the text to the right.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2Fdialcontrol 2e Click in the dial to set the text orientation.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FCellAlignPage 57 Sets the alignment options for the contents of the current cell, or the selected cells.
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft 2c Aligns the contents of the cell to the left.
13 .uno%3AAlignVCenter 2f Sets the text orientation of the cell contents.
11 .uno%3AAlignBlock 4a Aligns the contents of the cell to the left and to the right cell borders.
11 .uno%3AAlignRight 2d Aligns the contents of the cell to the right.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcomboboxHorzAlign 53 Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FspinIndentFrom 44 Indents from the left edge of the cell by the amount that you enter.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckWrapTextAuto 66 Wraps text onto another line at the cell border. The number of lines depends on the width of the cell.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcomboboxVertAlign 33 Aligns the cell contents to the bottom of the cell.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckShrinkFitCellSize aa Reduces the apparent size of the font so that the contents of the cell fit into the current cell width. You cannot apply this command to a cell that contains line breaks.
f .uno%3AAlignTop 3e Aligns the contents of the cell to the upper edge of the cell.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_NUMBEROFRECORDS b7 Displays the number of records. For example, "Record 7 of 9(2)" indicates that two records (2) are selected in a table containing 9 records, and that the cursor is in record number 7.
17 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_LAST 23 Go to the last record in the table.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE 4d Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press Enter.
19 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_FIRST 24 Go to the first record in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEXT 23 Go to the next record in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_PREV 27 Go to the previous record in the table.
1b DBACCESS_HID_CTL_TABBROWSER 87 Select database records. Drag-and-drop rows or cells to the document to insert contents. Drag-and-drop column headers to insert fields.
17 HID_BROWSER_TABLEFORMAT 1c Formats the selected row(s).
18 HID_BROWSER_COLUMNFORMAT 1f Formats the selected column(s).
f .uno%3AWindow3D 41 Specifies the properties of 3D object(s) in the current document.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdoublesided 60 Closes the shape of a 3D object that was created by extruding a freeform line (Convert - To 3D).
2b svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Finvertnormals 19 Inverts the light source.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fgeometry 108 Adjusts the shape of the selected 3D object. You can only modify the shape of a 3D object that was created by converting a 2D object. To convert a 2D object to 3D, select the object, right-click, and then choose Convert - To 3D, or Convert - To 3D Rotation Object.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdiagonal 52 Enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of the selected 3D object.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fscaleddepth 67 Enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the area of the front side of the selected 3D object.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fhori 52 Enter the number of horizontal segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fangle 45 Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3D rotation object.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fveri 4f Enter the number of vertical segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fobjspecific 80 Renders the 3D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdoublesidedillum 8f Lights the object from the outside and the inside. To use an ambient light source, click this button, and then click the Invert Normals button.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fflat 23 Renders the 3D surface as polygons.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdepth 67 Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3D object. This option is not valid for 3D rotation objects.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fspherical 1c Renders a smooth 3D surface.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ffocal 81 Enter the focal length of the camera, where a small value corresponds to a "fisheye" lens, and a large value to a telephoto lens.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdistance 55 Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the center of the selected object.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fslant 3b Enter an angle from 0 to 90 degrees for casting the shadow.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fshadow 35 Adds or removes a shadow from the selected 3D object.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fmode 135 Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single color to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colors across the polygons. Phong shading averages the color of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Frepresentation 3f Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3D object.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fambientcolor 25 Select a color for the ambient light.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flightcolor1 2c Select a color for the current light source.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flight8 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flight 33 Define the light source for the selected 3D object.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcircley 3f Wraps the vertical axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexfilter 37 Blurs the texture slightly to remove unwanted speckles.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexture 11f Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface texture to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the Gallery, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag an image onto the selected 3D object.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftextype 28 Converts the texture to black and white.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexreplace 24 Applies the texture without shading.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexmodulate 79 Applies the texture with shading. To define the shading options for the texture, click the Shading button in this dialog.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexobjx 4c Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexobjy 4c Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcolor 1e Converts the texture to color.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexparallelx 34 Applies the texture parallel to the horizontal axis.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcirclex 41 Wraps the horizontal axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexparallely 32 Applies the texture parallel to the vertical axis.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fintensity 2b Enter the intensity of the specular effect.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fspeccolor 35 Select the color that you want the object to reflect.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fillumcolor 2a Select the color to illuminate the object.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fobjcolor 36 Select the color that you want to apply to the object.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ffavorites 59 Select a predefined color scheme, or select User-defined to define a custom color scheme.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fmaterial 2f Changes the coloring of the selected 3D object.
1a .uno%3ADistributeSelection 9d Distributes three or more selected objects evenly along the horizontal axis or the vertical axis. You can also evenly distribute the spacing between objects.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhornone 2d Does not distribute the objects horizontally.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorleft 6b Distributes the selected objects, so that the left edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvernone 2b Does not distribute the objects vertically.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhordistance 66 Distributes the selected objects horizontally, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorcenter 73 Distributes the selected objects, so that the horizontal centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorright 6c Distributes the selected objects, so that the right edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fverdistance 64 Distributes the selected objects vertically, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvertop 6a Distributes the selected objects, so that the top edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fverbottom 6d Distributes the selected objects, so that the bottom edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvercenter 71 Distributes the selected objects, so that the vertical centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
15 .uno%3ATextAttributes 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fundo 74 Click to undo the last change in the current sentence. Click again to undo the previous change in the same sentence.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fchange 8a Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelled word, the entire sentence is replaced.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignoreall 7e Skips all occurrences of the unknown word until the end of the current %PRODUCTNAME session and continues with the spellcheck.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignorerule 74 While performing a grammar check, click Ignore Rule to ignore the rule that is currently flagged as a grammar error.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fchangeall 49 Replaces all occurrences of the unknown word with the current suggestion.
f .uno%3ASpelling 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Foptions 6c Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignore 39 Skips the unknown word and continues with the spellcheck.
1f .uno%3ASpellingAndGrammarDialog 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fadd 33 Adds the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2FSpellingDialog 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fcheckgrammar 58 Enable Check grammar to work first on all spellcheck errors, then on all grammar errors.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fsentence 91 Displays the sentence with the misspelled word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fsuggestionslb 82 Lists suggested words to replace the misspelled word. Select the word that you want to use, and then click Correct or Correct All.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Flanguagelb 34 Specifies the language to use to check the spelling.
17 .uno%3AMoreDictionaries 3d Opens the default browser on the dictionaries extension page.
13 .uno%3ALanguageMenu 40 Opens a submenu where you can choose language specific commands.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2Feditterms 51 Opens the Edit Dictionary dialog where you can edit the list of conversion terms.
30 svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2Fcommonterms a3 Converts words with two or more characters that are in the list of common terms. After the list is scanned, the remaining text is converted character by character.
32 svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2Ftotraditional b3 Converts simplified Chinese text characters to traditional Chinese text characters. Click OK to convert the selected text. If no text is selected, the whole document is converted.
31 svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2Ftosimplified b3 Converts traditional Chinese text characters to simplified Chinese text characters. Click OK to convert the selected text. If no text is selected, the whole document is converted.
3c svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2FChineseConversionDialog 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
18 .uno%3AChineseConversion 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fdelete 3c Removes the selected user-defined entry from the dictionary.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fmodify 2e Saves the modified entry to the database file.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fterm 3e Enter the text that you want to replace with the Mapping term.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fmapping 36 Enter the text that you want to replace the Term with.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Freverse 62 Automatically adds the reverse mapping direction to the list for each modification that you enter.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fsimpletotrad 33 Converts simplified Chinese to traditional Chinese.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Ftradtosimple 33 Converts traditional Chinese to simplified Chinese.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fadd 77 Adds the term to the conversion dictionary. If the term is already in the dictionary, the new term receives precedence.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fproperty 27 Defines the class of the selected term.
36 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2FChineseDictionaryDialog 22 Edit the Chinese conversion terms.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Flangcb 24 Select a language for the thesaurus.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Freplaceed af The word or words in the "Replace with" text box will replace the original word in the document when you click the Replace button. You can also type text directly in this box.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Falternatives c8 Click an entry in the Alternatives list to copy the related term to the "Replace with" text box. Double-click an entry to copy the related term to the "Current word" text box and to look up that term.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Fleft 3d Recalls the previous contents of the "Current word" text box.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Fwordcb b6 Displays the current word, or the related term that you selected by double-clicking a line in the Alternatives list. You can also type text directly in this box to look up your text.
10 .uno%3AThesaurus 51 Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcolor5 47 Select the color to replace the transparent areas in the current image.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcolor4 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Ftol4 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcbx5 4f Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the color that you select.
1a SVX_HID_BMPMASK_CTL_QCOL_1 af Displays the color in the selected image that you want to replace. To set the source color, click here, click the Color Replacer, and then click a color in the selected image.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcbx4 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fpipette a5 Displays the color in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the Color Replacer tool is selected.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Freplace 74 Replaces the selected source colors in the current image with the colors that you specify in the Replace with boxes.
e .uno%3ABmpMask 5f Membuka dialog Pengganti Warna, dimana Anda dapat mengganti warna dalam berkas meta dan bitmap.
15 .uno%3AAutoCorrectDlg 3e Sets the options for automatically replacing text as you type.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fapplyautofmtpage%2Fedit 29 Modifies the selected AutoCorrect option.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fapplyautofmtpage%2FApplyAutoFmtPage 56 Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click OK.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Ftextonly 85 Saves the entry in the With box without formatting. When the replacement is made, the text uses the same format as the document text.
24 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fnewtext f3 Enter the replacement text, graphic, frame, or OLE object that you want to replace the text in the Replace box. If you have selected text, a graphic, a frame, or an OLE object in your document, the relevant information is already entered here.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Forigtext 272 Enter the word, abbreviation or word part that you want to replace while you type. Wildcard character sequence .* in the end of word results the replacement of the word before arbitrary suffixes, too. Wildcard character sequence .* before the word results the replacement after arbitrary prefixes, too. For example, the pattern "i18n.*" with the replacement text "internationalization" finds and replaces "i18ns" with "internationalizations", or the pattern ".*..." with the replacement text "…" finds and replaces three dots in "word..." with the typographically correct precomposed Unicode horizontal ellipsis ("word…").
24 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Ftabview 13b Lists the entries for automatically replacing words, abbreviations or word parts while you type. To add an entry, enter text in the Replace and With boxes, and then click New. To edit an entry, select it, change the text in the With box, and then click Replace. To delete an entry, select it, and then click Delete.
20 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fnew 33 Adds or replaces an entry in the replacement table.
2c cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2FAcorReplacePage 6e Edits the replacement table for automatically correcting or replacing words or abbreviations in your document.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fautodouble 12e Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column onOptions tab of this dialog.
22 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdouble ce Type the word or abbreviation that starts with two capital letters that you do not want $[officename] to change to one initial capital. For example, enter PC to prevent $[officename] from changing PC to Pc.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fnewdouble 31 Adds the current entry to the list of exceptions.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fabbrevlist 3d Lists the abbreviations that are not automatically corrected.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdoublelist b3 Lists the words or abbreviations that start with two initial capitals that are not automatically corrected. All words which start with two capital letters are listed in the field.
22 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fabbrev d3 Type an abbreviation followed by a period, and then click New. This prevents $[officename] from automatically capitalizing the first letter of the word that comes after the period at the end of the abbreviation.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fautocorrectdialog%2Flang 4f Select the language for which you want to create or edit the replacement rules.
2a cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2FAcorExceptPage 6d Specify the abbreviations or letter combinations that you do not want $[officename] to correct automatically.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fdefaultdouble 32 Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2FApplyLocalizedPage 72 Specify the AutoCorrect options for quotation marks and for options that are specific to the language of the text.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Flist 5a Select to apply the replacements while you type [T], or when you modify existing text [M].
29 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fchecklist 5a Select to apply the replacements while you type [T], or when you modify existing text [M].
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fsinglereplace 83 Automatically replaces the default system symbol for the given type of quotation marks with the special character that you specify.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fstartsingle 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fstartdouble 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fendsingle 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fdoublereplace 83 Automatically replaces the default system symbol for the given type of quotation marks with the special character that you specify.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fenddouble 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fdefaultsingle 32 Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.
12 HID_LINGU_AUTOCORR ad To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.
17 HID_LINGU_PARA_LANGUAGE 7e Changes the language setting for the paragraph that contains the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fspellmenu%2Fignoreall 46 Ignores all instances of the highlighted word in the current document.
28 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fspellmenu%2Fadd 37 Adds the highlighted word to a user-defined dictionary.
17 HID_LINGU_WORD_LANGUAGE 63 Changes the language settings for the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fspellmenu%2Fspelldialog 1c Opens the Spellcheck dialog.
11 HID_LINGU_REPLACE 66 Click the word to replace the highlighted word. Use the AutoCorrect submenu for permanent replacement.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fdelete 41 Removes the selected word or words from the Word Completion list.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fmaxentries 55 Enter the maximum number of words that you want to store in the Word Completion list.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fwhenclosing f7 When enabled, the list gets cleared when closing the current document. When disabled, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fentries ed Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, disable "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Facceptwith 4c Select the key that you want to use to accept the automatic word completion.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fcollectwords 87 Adds the frequently used words to a list. To remove a word from the Word Completion list, select the word, and then click Delete Entry.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fshowastip 2a Displays the completed word as a Help Tip.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fminwordlen 5c Enter the minimum word length for a word to become eligible for the word completion feature.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fappendspace 49 If you do not add punctuation after the word, $[officename] adds a space.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fenablewordcomplete 92 Stores frequently used words, and automatically completes a word after you type three letters that match the first three letters of a stored word.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2Fproperties 78 To configure a Smart Tag, select the name of the Smart Tag, then click Properties. Not all Smart Tags can be configured.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2Fmain 43 Enables Smart Tags to be evaluated and shown in your text document.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2FSmartTagOptionsPage 56 When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you see the Smart Tags page.
20 .uno%3ABulletsAndNumberingDialog 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
14 .uno%3AOutlineBullet 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fpickbulletpage%2Fvalueset 2c Click the bullet style that you want to use.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpickbulletpage%2FPickBulletPage 38 Displays the different bullet styles that you can apply.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpicknumberingpage%2Fvalueset 2f Click the numbering style that you want to use.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpicknumberingpage%2FPickNumberingPage 3b Displays the different numbering styles that you can apply.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpickoutlinepage%2Fvalueset 2d Click the outline style that you want to use.
11 .uno%3ASetOutline 8e Displays the different styles that you can apply to a hierarchical list. $[officename] supports up to nine outline levels in a list hierarchy.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpickoutlinepage%2FPickOutlinePage 8e Displays the different styles that you can apply to a hierarchical list. $[officename] supports up to nine outline levels in a list hierarchy.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2Flinkgraphics 6c If enabled, the graphics are inserted as links. If not enabled, the graphics are embedded into the document.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2Fvalueset 33 Click the graphics that you want to use as bullets.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2FPickGraphicPage 4f Displays the different graphics that you can use as bullets in a bulleted list.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Forientlb 2c Select the alignment option for the graphic.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Flevellb 47 Select the level(s) that you want to define the formatting options for.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fprefix 4c Enter a character or the text to display in front of the number in the list.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fnumfmtlb 31 Select a numbering style for the selected levels.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fsuffix a0 Enter a character or the text to display behind the number in the list. If you want to create a numbered list that uses the style "1.)", enter ".)" in this box.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fstartat 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fbullet 4a Opens the Special Characters dialog, where you can select a bullet symbol.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fbitmap 50 Select the graphic, or locate the graphic file that you want to use as a bullet.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fwidthmf 1e Enter a width for the graphic.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fheightmf 1f Enter a height for the graphic.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fkeepratio 2e Maintains the size proportions of the graphic.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Findentatmf 6f Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the numbering symbol and the left edge of the text.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fstandard 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Frelative 4f Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fnumdistmf f1 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering symbol. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Falignedatmf 5b Enter the distance from the left page margin at which the numbering symbol will be aligned.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Findentatmf 7c Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fnumfollowedbylb 53 Select the element that will follow the numbering: a tab stop, a space, or nothing.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fnumalignlb 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fatmf 6e If you select a tab stop to follow the numbering, you can enter a non-negative value as the tab stop position.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Flevellb 2c Select the level(s) that you want to modify.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fscriptorganizer%2Fdelete 2a Prompts you to delete the selected script.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fscriptorganizer%2Fedit 3a Opens the default script editor for your operating system.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fscriptorganizer%2Fcreate 15 Creates a new script.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fscriptorganizer%2FScriptOrganizerDialog 83 Select a macro or script from "user", "share", or an open document. To view the available macros or scripts, double-click an entry.
2a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fimport 64 Menentukan lokasi pustaka $[officename] Basic yang ingin Anda tambahkan pada daftar, lalu klik Buka.
36 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fnewmodule 29 Saves the recorded macro in a new module.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Fnewdialog 2a Opens the editor and creates a new dialog.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fdelete 33 Creates a new macro, or deletes the selected macro.
35 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Forganize 28 Lets you manage modules or dialog boxes.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Frun 20 Runs or saves the current macro.
36 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Flibraries b2 Menampilkan daftar pustaka dan modul di mana Anda bisa membuka maupun menyimpan makro Anda. Untuk menyimpan makro pada dokumen tertentu, bukalah dokumennya, lalu buka dialog ini.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fassign 6e Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.
31 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fedit 59 Starts the $[officename] Basic editor and opens the selected macro or dialog for editing.
37 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fnewlibrary 2a Saves the recorded macro in a new library.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fmacros 52 Lists the macros that are contained in the module selected in the Macro from list.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fscriptorganizer%2Frun 41 To run a script, select a script in the list, and then click Run.
3a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fmacronameedit 67 Displays the name of the selected macro. To create or to change the name of a macro, enter a name here.
2b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Flibrary 56 Lists the existing macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.
12 .uno%3AMacroDialog 22 Opens a dialog to organize macros.
2b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Fedit 34 Membuka makro yang dipilih atau dialog untuk diedit.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fscriptorganizer%2Frename 44 Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected script.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Fnewmodule 2a Opens the editor and creates a new module.
2d modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Fdelete 57 Lets you manage the macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Flocation 60 Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.
28 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fedit 56 Membuka editor $[officename] Basic, sehingga Anda dapat mengubah pustaka yang dipilih.
2e modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Flibrary 26 Daftar dari makro dan dialog yang ada.
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fpassword 37 Assigns or edits the password for the selected library.
27 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fnew 15 Membuat pustaka baru.
35 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fnewlibdialog%2FNewLibDialog 1c Enter a name for the script.
27 .uno%3AMacroOrganizer%3FTabId%3Ashort=1 32 Opens the Dialogs tab page of the Macro Organizer.
15 .uno%3AMacroSignature 6e Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
f .uno%3ARunMacro 2b Opens a dialog where you can start a macro.
14 .uno%3AStopRecording 18 Stops recording a macro.
14 .uno%3AMacroRecorder 14 Records a new macro.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FnewpassEntry 2f Masukkan sandi baru untuk pustaka yang dipilih.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FconfirmpassEntry 34 Masukkan lagi sandi baru untuk pustaka yang dipilih.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FoldpassEntry 2a Masukkan sandi untuk pustaka yang dipilih.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FPasswordDialog 2e Mengamankan pustaka yang dipilih dengan sandi.
44 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=BeanShell 2e Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.
45 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=JavaScript 2e Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.
16 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer 50 Opens a submenu with links to dialogs where you can organize macros and scripts.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2Freplace 3c Gantikan pustaka yang memiliki nama sama dengan pustaka ini.
2f modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2Fref 8c Menambahkan pustaka yang telah dipilih sebagai berkas hanya-baca. Pustaka tersebut akan dimuat ulang tiap kali Anda menjalankan%PRODUCTNAME.
3b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2FImportLibDialog 6d Enter a name or the path to the library that you want to append. You can also select a library from the list.
12 .uno%3ALoadToolBox 59 Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fsavein 47 Select the application or open document where you want to add the menu.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fmodify 2f Opens a menu that contains additional commands.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fup 28 Moves the selected item up one position.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fadd 7d Opens the Add Commands dialog. Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog box.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fentries 6c Displays a list of the available menu commands for the selected menu in the current application or document.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fdown 2a Moves the selected item down one position.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fmenuedit 29 Opens a submenu with additional commands.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Ftoplevelbutton 71 Opens the New Menu dialog where you can enter the name of a new menu as well as select the location for the menu.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Ftoplevellist 32 Select the menu and submenu that you want to edit.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2FMenuAssignPage 47 Customizes and saves current menu layouts as well as creates new menus.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fmovemenu%2Fmenuname 76 Enter a name for the menu. To specify a letter in the name as an accelerator key, enter a tilde (~) before the letter.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fmovemenu%2FMoveMenuDialog 6e Moves the selected menu entry up one position or down one position in the menu when you click an arrow button.
22 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Freset 32 Resets modified values back to the default values.
2c cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2FAccelConfigPage 5d Assigns or edits the shortcut keys for $[officename] commands, or $[officename] Basic macros.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fchange 6c Assigns the key combination selected in the Shortcut keys list to the command selected in the Function list.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Foffice 49 Displays shortcut keys that are common to all $[officename] applications.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fsave 4c Saves the current shortcut key configuration, so that you can load it later.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fmodule 41 Displays shortcut keys for the current $[officename] application.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
26 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fshortcuts be Lists the shortcut keys and the associated commands. To assign or modify the shortcut key for the command selected in the Function list, click a shortcut in this list, and then click Modify.
25 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fcategory 63 Lists the available function categories. To assign shortcuts to Styles, open the "Styles" category.
25 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Ffunction dd Select a function that you want to assign a shortcut key to, click a key combination in the Shortcut keys list, and then click Modify. If the selected function already has a shortcut key, it is displayed in the Keys list.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fkeys 46 Displays the shortcut keys that are assigned to the selected function.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fload 4b Replaces the shortcut key configuration with one that was previously saved.
17 CUI_HID_SVX_RESETBUTTON 54 Restores the selected toolbar to its original state after you agree to the question.
1f CUI_HID_SVX_MODIFY_TOOLBAR_ITEM 21 The Modify button opens a submenu
15 CUI_HID_SVX_DESCFIELD 32 Displays a short description of the given command.
13 CUI_HID_SVX_SAVE_IN 49 Select the location where to load the configuration and where to save it.
19 CUI_HID_SVX_ADD_SEPARATOR 39 Inserts a separator line under the current toolbar entry.
1c CUI_HID_SVX_NEW_TOOLBAR_ITEM 72 Opens the Add Commands dialog. Select any command, then click Add to insert the command into the Customize dialog.
1f HID_SVX_CONFIG_TOOLBAR_CONTENTS 5c Displays a list of commands for the selected toolbar of the current application or document.
18 CUI_HID_SVX_REMOVEBUTTON 3a Deletes the selected command without any further question.
1a CUI_HID_SVX_CONFIG_TOOLBAR 2a Lets you customize $[officename] toolbars.
18 CUI_HID_SVX_ICONSANDTEXT 15 Shows icons and text.
1b CUI_HID_SVX_TOPLEVELLISTBOX 24 Select the toolbar you want to edit.
14 CUI_HID_SVX_TEXTONLY 10 Shows text only.
17 CUI_HID_SVX_NEW_TOOLBAR 70 Opens the Name dialog, where you can enter the name of a new toolbar and select the location of the new toolbar.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fnewtoolbardialog%2Fedit 14 Pilih format berkas.
1b CUI_HID_SVX_UP_TOOLBAR_ITEM 27 Moves the selected item up in the list.
15 CUI_HID_SVX_ICONSONLY 11 Shows icons only.
1a CUI_HID_SVX_MODIFY_TOOLBAR 22 The Toolbar button opens a submenu
1d CUI_HID_SVX_DOWN_TOOLBAR_ITEM 29 Moves the selected item down in the list.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FdeleteButton 58 Click to remove the selected icon from the list. Only user-defined icons can be removed.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FimportButton 99 Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see a file open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FIconSelector 99 Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see a file open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassignpage%2Fdelete 34 Deletes the macro assignment for the selected event.
12 .uno%3ATableEvents 6d Assigns macros to program events. The assigned macro runs automatically every time the selected event occurs.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feventsconfigpage%2Fevents b1 The big list box lists the events and the assigned macros. After you selected the location in the Save In list box, select an event in the big list box. Then click Assign Macro.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassignpage%2Fassign 41 Opens the Macro Selector to assign a macro to the selected event.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassignpage%2FMacroAssignPage 6d Assigns macros to program events. The assigned macro runs automatically every time the selected event occurs.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feventsconfigpage%2Fsavein 59 Select first where to save the event binding, in the current document or in %PRODUCTNAME.
1e CUI_HID_MACRO_HEADERTABLISTBOX b1 The big list box lists the events and the assigned macros. After you selected the location in the Save In list box, select an event in the big list box. Then click Assign Macro.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassigndialog%2FMacroAssignDialog 6d Assigns macros to program events. The assigned macro runs automatically every time the selected event occurs.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassignpage%2Fassignments b1 The big list box lists the events and the assigned macros. After you selected the location in the Save In list box, select an event in the big list box. Then click Assign Macro.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feventsconfigpage%2Fmacro 41 Opens the Macro Selector to assign a macro to the selected event.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feventsconfigpage%2Fdelete 34 Deletes the macro assignment for the selected event.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fclose 12 Closes the dialog.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fdelete 44 Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialog that follows.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Ftest 32 Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fedit 32 Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fnew 2d Opens a dialog with the name of a new filter.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fsave 56 Displays a Save as dialog to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
2c filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Ffilterlist 3a Select one or more filters, then click one of the buttons.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fhelp 27 Displays the help page for this dialog.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fopen 4d Displays an Open dialog to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
1c .uno%3AOpenXMLFilterSettings 7d Opens the XML Filter Settings dialog, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.
33 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Fdescription 1b Enter a comment (optional).
31 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Fextension 99 Enter the file extension to use when you open a file without specifying a filter. $[officename] uses the file extension to determine which filter to use.
35 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Finterfacename 4d Enter the name that you want to display in the File type box in file dialogs.
32 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Ffiltername 3c Select the application that you want to use with the filter.
3f filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2FXmlFilterTabPageGeneral 34 Enter or edit general information for an XML filter.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fxsltimport 6b If this is an import filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for importing.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fxsltexport 6b If this is an export filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for exporting.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Ftempimport 7b Enter the name of the template that you want to use for importing. In the template, styles are defined to display XML tags.
32 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fdoc 22 Enter the DOCTYPE of the XML file.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fbrowsetemp 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
4d filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2FXmlFilterTabPageTransformation 31 Enter or edit file information for an XML filter.
21 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_RECENT 3c Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.
21 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_BROWSE 5f Opens a file selection dialog. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.
29 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_DISPLAY_SOURCE 59 Opens the XML source of the selected document in your default XML editor after importing.
22 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_CURRENT 57 Displays the file name of the template that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
21 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_BROWSE a0 Locate the file that you want to apply the XML export filter to. The XML code of the transformed file is opened in your default XML editor after transformation.
2b FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_XSLT_FILE 5a Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
1c HID_XML_SOURCE_FILE_VALIDATE 37 Validates the contents of the XML Filter output window.
1c HID_XML_FILTER_OUTPUT_WINDOW 28 Lists the test results of an XML filter.
1e HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNOREALL 81 No changes will be made to the current selection, and every time the same selection is detected it will be skipped automatically.
1b HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGE 5d Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options.
1b HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNORE 6d No changes will be made to the current selection. The next word or character will be selected for conversion.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2FHangulHanjaOptDialog 26 Opens the Hangul/Hanja Options dialog.
34 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_HANGUL_ONLY 33 Check to convert only Hangul. Do not convert Hanja.
33 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_HANJA_ONLY 33 Check to convert only Hanja. Do not convert Hangul.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_ABOVE 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hanja part.
1c .uno%3AHangulHanjaConversion 4f Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_BELOW 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hangul part.
1a HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CLOSE 12 Closes the dialog.
14 HID_SPELLDLG_SETWORD 1f Displays the current selection.
1a HID_HANGULDLG_EDIT_NEWWORD 3e Displays the first replacement suggestion from the dictionary.
1e HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGEALL aa Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options. Every time the same selection is detected it will be replaced automatically.
2f SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_PB_FIND 57 Finds your Hangul input in the dictionary and replaces it with the corresponding Hanja.
3d SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_REPLACE_BY_CHARACTER 68 Check to move character-by-character through the selected text. If not checked, full words are replaced.
33 SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_LB_SUGGESTIONS 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
42 SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_BRACKETED 43 The Hangul part will be displayed in brackets after the Hanja part.
3d SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_SIMPLE_CONVERSION 41 The original characters are replaced by the suggested characters.
42 SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_BRACKETED 43 The Hanja part will be displayed in brackets after the Hangul part.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_BELOW 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hanja part.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_ABOVE 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hangul part.
33 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fautoreplaceunique 4b Automatically replaces words that only have one suggested word replacement.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fshowrecentfirst 60 Shows the replacement suggestion that you selected the last time as the first entry on the list.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fignorepost 56 Ignores positional characters at the end of Korean words when you search a dictionary.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fedit 57 Opens the Edit Custom Dictionary dialog where you can edit any user-defined dictionary.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fdelete 2d Deletes the selected user-defined dictionary.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaadddialog%2Fentry 20 Enter a name for the dictionary.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fnew 4b Opens the New dictionary dialog box, where you can create a new dictionary.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaadddialog%2FHangulHanjaAddDialog ae Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Select the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Clear the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fdelete 1b Deletes the selected entry.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fnew 3a Adds the current replacement definition to the dictionary.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fedit1 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Foriginal 79 Select the entry in the current dictionary that you want to edit. If you want, you can also type a new entry in this box.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fbook 39 Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit.
12 .uno%3ASpellDialog 19 Checks spelling manually.
10 .uno%3ANewWindow 44 Opens a new window that displays the contents of the current window.
2e xmlsec%2Fui%2Fdigitalsignaturesdialog%2Fremove 68 Removes the selected signature from the list. Removes all subsequent signatures as well, in case of PDF.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fdigitalsignaturesdialog%2Fsign 24 Opens the Select Certificate dialog.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fdigitalsignaturesdialog%2Fview 22 Opens the View Certificate dialog.
35 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fdigitalsignaturesdialog%2Fadescompliant 4e Prefers creating XAdES signatures for ODF and OOXML, PAdES signatures for PDF.
32 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fdigitalsignaturesdialog%2Fsignatures 36 Lists the digital signatures for the current document.
10 .uno%3ASignature 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
3f xmlsec%2Fui%2Fdigitalsignaturesdialog%2FDigitalSignaturesDialog 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
28 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FUPDATE_ALL 8c By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialog. Mark Show all Updates to see also other extensions and error messages.
25 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FINSTALL 54 When you click the Install button the Download and Installation dialog is displayed.
2a desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FDESCRIPTIONS 95 While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialog, or click Cancel to abort the update check.
38 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdateinstalldialog%2FUpdateInstallDialog ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extension Manager to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
2a desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FUpdateDialog ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extension Manager to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
10 .uno%3AInsertRLM 92 Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
10 .uno%3AInsertLRM 92 Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
11 .uno%3AInsertZWSP a9 Inserts an invisible space within a word that will insert a line break once it becomes the last character in a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
13 .uno%3AInsertZWNBSP 94 Inserts an invisible space within a word that will keep the word together at the end of a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
17 .uno%3AInsertSoftHyphen 89 Inserts an invisible optional hyphen within a word that will appear and create a line break once it becomes the last character in a line.
1d .uno%3AInsertNonBreakingSpace 4c Inserts a space that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.
17 .uno%3AInsertHardHyphen 4d Inserts a hyphen that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.
19 .uno%3AFormattingMarkMenu 6c Opens a submenu to insert special formatting marks like non-breaking space, soft hyphen, and optional break.
18 SVX_HID_GALLERY_NEWTHEME 56 Adds a new theme to the Gallery and lets you choose the files to include in the theme.
19 SVX_HID_GALLERY_THEMELIST 3c Click a theme to view the objects associated with the theme.
e .uno%3AGallery 70 Opens the Gallery deck of the Sidebar, where you can select images and audio clips to insert into your document.
18 SVX_HID_GALLERY_LISTVIEW 55 Displays the contents of the Gallery as small icons, with title and path information.
16 SVX_HID_GALLERY_WINDOW 52 To insert a Gallery object, select the object, and then drag it into the document.
18 SVX_HID_GALLERY_ICONVIEW 2e Displays the contents of the Gallery as icons.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Fpreview 31 Displays or hides a preview of the selected file.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Faddall 37 Adds all of the files in the list to the current theme.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Fadd 2f Adds the selected file(s) to the current theme.
13 HID_GALLERY_PREVIEW 28 Displays a preview of the selected file.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffindfiles 52 Locate the directory containing the files that you want to add, and then click OK.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffiles 8b Lists the available files. Select the file(s) that you want to add, and then click Add. To add all of the files in the list, click Add All.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffiletype 2d Select the type of file that you want to add.
f .uno%3AGridMenu 26 Sets the display properties of a grid.
b .uno%3Axxxx 75 Toggle the visibility of grid points and guide lines to help object moving and precise position in the current sheet.
15 .uno%3AHelplinesFront 45 Displays the snap lines in front of the objects on the slide or page.
13 .uno%3AHelplinesUse 45 Displays the snap lines in front of the objects on the slide or page.
17 .uno%3AHelplinesVisible 45 Displays the snap lines in front of the objects on the slide or page.
14 .uno%3ASnapLinesMenu 2d Specifies the display options for snap lines.
14 .uno%3AAVMediaPlayer 82 Opens the Media Player window where you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document.
25 vnd.sun.star.findbar%3AFocusToFindbar 5f Toggle the visibility of the Find toolbar to search for text or navigate a document by element.
e .uno%3ASidebar a4 The Sidebar is a vertical graphical user interface that primarily provides contextual properties, style management, document navigation, and media gallery features.
14 .uno%3AInsertAVMedia 31 Inserts a video or audio file into your document.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_INSTALL 1f Installs the downloaded update.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_PAUSE 40 Pauses the download. Later click Resume to continue downloading.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DOWNLOAD 9c Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_RESUME 1c Continues a paused download.
26 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DOWNLOAD2 9c Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_CANCEL 3b Aborts the download and deletes the partly downloaded file.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DLG f2 Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.
21 SFX2_HID_DLG_CHECKFORONLINEUPDATE f2 Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.
26 desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fuser 42 Filter extensions only available for the currently logged in user.
28 desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fshared 3b Filter extensions available for all users of this computer.
38 desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2FExtensionManagerDialog 5c The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.
2f desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fgetextensions 33 You can find a collection of extensions on the Web.
2b desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fupdatebtn de Click to check for online updates of all installed extensions. To check for updates of the selected extension only, choose the Update command from the context menu. The check for availability of updates starts immediately.
2c desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fextensions 7b Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialog.
28 desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Faddbtn 1e Click Add to add an extension.
2b desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fremovebtn 44 Select the extension that you want to remove, and then click Remove.
34 desktop%2Fui%2Fshowlicensedialog%2FShowLicenseDialog 87 Read the license. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.
2c DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_ENABLE 44 Select the extension that you want to enable, and then click Enable.
29 desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fbundled a9 Bundled extensions are installed by the system administrator using the operating system specific installer packages. These can not be installed, updated or removed here.
2d DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_DISABLE 46 Select the extension that you want to disable, and then click Disable.
2c desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Foptionsbtn 57 Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialog for the extension.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fexpander 29 Klik untuk pergi ke halaman pemandu nama.
26 uui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2FconfirmpassEntry 16 Re-enter the password.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirm2ed 16 Re-enter the password.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirm1ed 16 Re-enter the password.
22 uui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2FnewpassEntry 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
13 SC_HID_PASSWD_TABLE 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
1d sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fpass2ed 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
1d sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fpass1ed 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
27 uui%2Fui%2Fmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2FPasswordDialog 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword2 1d Re-enter the master password.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword1 55 Type a master password to prevent unauthorized users from accessing stored passwords.
39 uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2FSetMasterPasswordDialog 43 Assign a master password to protect the access to a saved password.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fsafemodedialog%2FSafeModeDialog b0 Safe mode is a mode where %PRODUCTNAME temporarily starts with a fresh user profile and disables hardware acceleration. It helps to restore a non-working %PRODUCTNAME instance.
1f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Ftsa 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Flocation 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fpassword 60 Enter the password used for protecting the private key associated with the selected certificate.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fpdfsignpage 4a Allows you to select a certificate to be used for signing this PDF export.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fenablecopy 35 Select to enable copying of content to the clipboard.
2d filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangecomment 38 Only commenting and filling in form fields is permitted.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeform 29 Only filling in form fields is permitted.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeinsdel 3a Only inserting, deleting, and rotating pages is permitted.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprinthigh 2f The document can be printed in high resolution.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fselect 24 Opens the Select Certificate dialog.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprintnone 27 Printing the document is not permitted.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2FPdfSecurityPage 68 Membuka dialog Tabel Data. Dengan tabel tersebut, Anda bisa menyunting atau menambahkan data pada bagan.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fopenpdf c2 Cross-document links are opened with the PDF reader application that currently shows the document. The PDF reader application must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fformat 3f Select the format of submitting forms from within the PDF file.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprintlow 65 The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honor this setting.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fresolution 2c Select the target resolution for the images.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fcontact 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Feffects 4c Select to export Impress slide transition effects to respective PDF effects.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fpageonly 40 Select to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fenablea11y 35 Select to enable text access for accessibility tools.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fallowdups 9c Allows you to use the same field name for multiple fields in the generated PDF file. If disabled, field names will be exported using generated unique names.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fdefault 6c Links from your PDF document to other documents will be handled as it is specified in your operating system.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fthumbs 54 Select to generate a PDF file that shows a thumbnails palette and the page contents.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Ftoolbar 40 Select to hide the reader's toolbar when the document is active.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeany 33 All changes are permitted, except extracting pages.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fcomments 44 Select to export comments of Writer and Calc documents as PDF notes.
27 FILTER_EDIT_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_ED_PAGES 45 Saves the current file to Portable Document Format (PDF) version 1.4.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fpdfa ea Converts to the PDF/A-1a format. This is defined as an electronic document file format for long term preservation. All fonts that were used in the source document will be embedded into the generated PDF file. PDF tags will be written.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2FPdfViewPage 40 Select to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fembed 68 This setting enables you to export the document as a .pdf file containing two file formats: PDF and ODF.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fexporturl 82 Enable this checkbox to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See "relative hyperlinks" in the Help.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fall 5c Exports all defined print ranges. If no print range is defined, exports the entire document.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fpages 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fforms 60 Choose to create a PDF form. This can be filled out and printed by the user of the PDF document.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fsinglelayout 3c Select to generate a PDF file that shows one page at a time.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fopen 69 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a full screen reader window in front of all other windows.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Freduceresolution 50 Select to resample or down-size the images to a lower number of pixels per inch.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Ftagged 46 Select to write PDF tags. This can increase file size by huge amounts.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fjpegcompress ca Selects a JPEG compression of images. With a high quality level, almost all pixels are preserved. With a low quality level, some pixels get lost and artefacts are introduced, but file sizes are reduced.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fbookmarks ef Select to export bookmarks of Writer documents as PDF bookmarks. Bookmarks are created for all outline paragraphs (Tools - Chapter Numbering) and for all table of contents entries for which you did assign hyperlinks in the source document.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fcontfacinglayout 96 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the right.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fselection 1e Exports the current selection.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2FPdfLinksPage 145 The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows you to link to those objects by name from other documents.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Flosslesscompress 43 Selects a lossless compression of images. All pixels are preserved.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fpage 41 Select to show the given page when the reader opens the PDF file.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangenone 28 No changes of the content are permitted.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Foutline 53 Select to generate a PDF file that shows a bookmarks palette and the page contents.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Femptypages 191 If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to the PDF file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fcert 4a Allows you to select a certificate to be used for signing this PDF export.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fquality 2d Enter the quality level for JPEG compression.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Frange 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitdefault b7 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page contents without zooming. If the reader software is configured to use a zoom factor by default, the page shows with that zoom factor.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitwin 62 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit entirely into the reader's window.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitwidth 61 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fzoom 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fvisiblelevel 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitvis 7a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the text and graphics on the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fopeninternet 94 Cross-document links are opened with the Internet browser. The Internet browser must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fconvert d2 Enable this checkbox to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitzoom 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fdefaultlayout 6a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the pages according to the layout setting of the reader software.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffirstonleft 101 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the left. You must enable support for complex text layout on Language settings - Languages in the Options dialog box.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fdisplay 5e Select to generate a PDF file that is shown with the document title in the reader's title bar.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2FPdfUserInterfacePage 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fcontlayout 4f Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages in a continuous vertical column.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fresize 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fcenter 52 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centered on screen.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fsetpassword 68 Membuka dialog Tabel Data. Dengan tabel tersebut, Anda bisa menyunting atau menambahkan data pada bagan.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fmenubar 41 Select to hide the reader's menu bar when the document is active.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fexport 145 The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows you to link to those objects by name from other documents.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fwindow 41 Select to hide the reader's controls when the document is active.
34 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fvisiblebookmark 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Freason 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fallbookmarks 46 Select to show all bookmark levels when the reader opens the PDF file.
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsPDF a6 Shows the Export as PDF dialog, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an e-mail sending window with the PDF as an attachment.
23 uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2Fcancel 2d Does not allow macros in the document to run.
1f uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2Fok 25 Allows macros in the document to run.
2c uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FviewSignsButton 30 Opens a dialog where you can view the signature.
33 uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FalwaysTrustCheckbutton 3d Adds the current macro source to the list of trusted sources.
2c uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FMacroWarnMedium 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
23 SFX2_HID_WARNING_SECURITY_HYPERLINK 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
33 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fselectcertificatedialog%2Fdescription 21 Type a purpose for the signature.
30 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fselectcertificatedialog%2Fviewcert 51 Opens the View Certificate dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.
32 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fselectcertificatedialog%2Fsignatures 51 Select the certificate that you want to digitally sign the current document with.
3f xmlsec%2Fui%2Fselectcertificatedialog%2FSelectCertificateDialog 51 Select the certificate that you want to digitally sign the current document with.
e .uno%3AWebHtml 95 Creates a temporary copy of the current document in HTML format, opens the system default Web browser, and displays the HTML file in the Web browser.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_REMOVE 47 Deletes the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
25 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_EDIT 56 Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
20 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_EDIT 56 Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsbutton 29 Adds, renames, and removes XForms models.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD_ELEMENT 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelslist 2e Selects the XForms model that you want to use.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsedit 21 Renames the selected Xform model.
29 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ATTRIBUTE 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
20 svx%2Fui%2Faddmodeldialog%2Fname 14 Pilih format berkas.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsadd 3c Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model.
1f SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsremove 43 Deletes the selected XForm model. You cannot delete the last model.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2FDataNavigator 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
22 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_REMOVE 47 Deletes the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
18 .uno%3AShowDataNavigator 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesdetails 2d Switches the display to show or hide details.
1d svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2Fitems 34 Lists the items that belong to the current instance.
1f svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2Ftoolbar 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesadd 30 Opens a dialog where you can add a new instance.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstances 3a This button has submenus to add, edit or remove instances.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesedit 39 Opens a dialog where you can modify the current instance.
22 svx%2Fui%2Faddmodeldialog%2Fmodify d4 When enabled, the document status will be set to "modified" when you change any form control that is bound to any data in the model. When not enabled, such a change does not set the document status to "modified".
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesremove 42 Deletes the current instance. You cannot delete the last instance.
27 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ELEMENT 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD_ATTRIBUTE 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fcalculate 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Freadonly 1f Declares the item as read-only.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frelevant 1e Declares the item as relevant.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fname 1b Enter the name of the item.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fconstraint 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
30 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2FAddDataItemDialog 48 Adds a new item or edits the selected item in the XForms Data Navigator.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fvalue 2c Enter a default value for the selected item.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fdatatype 2b Select the data type for the selected item.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frequiredcond 1e Declares the item as relevant.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY 1f Declares the item as read-only.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fconstraintcond 1f Declares the item as read-only.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frequired 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT 1e Declares the item as relevant.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Freadonlycond 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frelevantcond 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
24 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2Fedit 4f Opens the Form Namespaces dialog where you can add, edit, or delete namespaces.
29 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2Fcondition 12 Enter a condition.
32 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2FAddConditionDialog 5b Add a condition in this subdialog of the Add Item / Edit Item dialog of the Data Navigator.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fdelete 1f Deletes the selected namespace.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fedit 1d Edits the selected namespace.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fadd 21 Adds a new namespace to the list.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fnamespaces 34 Lists the currently defined namespaces for the form.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_LENGTH 38 Specifies the maximum number of characters for a string.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_EXCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an exclusive upper bound for values.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_INCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an inclusive upper bound for values.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_TOTAL_DIGITS 5b Specifies the maximum total number of digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
21 EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_ADD_DATA_TYPE ac Click the button to open a dialog where you can enter the name of a new user-defined data type. The new data type inherits all facets from the currently selected data type.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_EXCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an exclusive lower bound for values.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_INCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an inclusive lower bound for values.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BINDING_NAME d1 Select or enter the name of a binding. Selecting the name of an existing binding associates the binding with the form control. Entering a new name creates a new binding and associates it with the form control.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BIND_EXPRESSION 71 Enter the DOM node to bind the control model to. Click the ... button for a dialog to enter the XPath expression.
27 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_FRACTION_DIGITS 66 Specifies the maximum total number of fractional digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
24 EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_REMOVE_DATA_TYPE 5a Select a user-defined data type and click the button to delete the user-defined data type.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_LENGTH 30 Specifies the number of characters for a string.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_PATTERN 125 Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elseswhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the Find & Replace dialog.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT 1e Declares the item as relevant.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY 1f Declares the item as read-only.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XML_DATA_MODEL 43 Select a model from the list of all models in the current document.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_WHITESPACES f3 Specifies how whitespaces are to be handled when a string of the current data type is being processed. Possible values are Preserve, Replace, and Collapse. The semantics follow the definition at http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#rf-whiteSpace.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_DATA_TYPE 41 Select a data type which the control should be validated against.
13 .uno%3APrintDefault 72 Klik ikon Cetak Berkas Secara Langsung untuk mencetak dokumen yang aktif dengan pengaturan pencetak baku saat ini.
16 .uno%3AVerticalCaption 1fd Menggambar sebuah garis yang berakhir dalam sebuah dialog komik persegi panjang dengan arah teks vertikal darimana Anda menyeret dalam dokumen saat ini. Seret sebuah pegangan dari dialog komik untuk mengubah ukurannya. Untuk menambahkan teks, klik tepi dialog komik, lalu ketikkan atau tempelkan teks Anda. Untuk mengubah sebuah dialog komik persegi panjang ke dialog komik membulat, seret pegangan pojok terbesar ketika penunjuk berubah menjadi tangan. Hanya tersedia ketika dukungan bahasa Asia difungsikan.
13 .uno%3AText_Marquee d2 Menyisipkan teks teranimasi dengan arah teks horisontal ke dalam dokumen saat ini. Seret suatu kotak teks, lalu ketik atau tempelkan teks Anda. Untuk menentukan efek animasi, pilih Format - Teks - Animasi Teks.
f .uno%3ADrawText 104 Menggambar kotak teks dengan arah teks horisontal di tempat Anda menyeret dalam dokumen saat ini. Seret kotak teks ke ukuran yang Anda inginkan dimanapun dalam dokumen, lalu ketik atau tempelkan teks Anda. Putar kotak teks untuk mendapatkan teks yang terputar.
13 .uno%3AVerticalText 17f Menggambar sebuah kotak teks dengan arah teks vertikal dimana Anda mengklik atau menyeret dalam dokumen saat ini. Klik dimanapun dalam dokumen, lalu ketikkan atau tempelkan teks Anda. Anda juga dapat memindah kursor ke dimana Anda ingin menambahkan teks, menyeret sebuah kotak teks, lalu mengetikkan atau menempelkan teks Anda. Hanya tersedia ketika dukungan bahasa Asia difungsikan.
11 .uno%3AInsertDraw 87 Klik untuk membuka atau menutup bilah Menggambar, dimana Anda dapat menambah bentuk, garis, teks, dan dialog komik ke dokumen saat ini.
e .uno%3AEllipse dc Menggambar lonjong di tempat Anda menyeret dalam dokumen saat ini. Klik di posisi Anda ingin untuk menggambar lonjong, dan seret ke ukuran yang Anda inginkan. Untuk menggambar lingkaran, tahan Shift ketika Anda menyeret.
b .uno%3ALine 91 Menggambar sebuah garis lurus dimana Anda menyeret dalam dokumen saat ini. Untuk membatasi garis ke 45 derajat, tahan Shift ketika Anda menyeret.
12 .uno%3ADrawCaption 1c7 Menggambar sebuah garis yang berakhir dalam sebuah dialog komik persegi panjang dengan arah teks horisontal darimana Anda menyeret dalam dokumen saat ini. Seret sebuah pegangan dari dialog komik untuk mengubah ukurannya. Untuk menambahkan teks, klik tepi dialog komik, lalu ketikkan atau tempelkan teks Anda. Untuk mengubah sebuah dialog komik persegi panjang ke dialog komik membulat, seret pegangan pojok terbesar ketika penunjuk berubah menjadi tangan.
16 .uno%3ABezier_Unfilled 16d Menggambar sebuah kurva Bezier yang mulus. Klik di mana Anda ingin kurva berawal, seret, lepas, lalu pindahkan penunjuk ke tempat mana Anda ingin kurva berakhir dan klik. Pindahkan penunjuk dan klik lagi untuk menambahkan segmen garis lurus ke kurva. Klik ganda untuk menyelesaikan menggambar kurva. Untuk membuat suatu bentuk tertutuk, klik ganda titik awal kurva.
b .uno%3ARect e5 Menggambar persegi panjang di tempat Anda menyeret dalam dokumen saat ini. Untuk menggambar bujur sangkar, tahan Shift ketika Anda menyeret. Klik di posisi Anda ingin tempatkan pojok kotak, dan seret ke ukuran yang Anda inginkan.
17 .uno%3APolygon_Unfilled 13e Menggambar garis yang tersusun dari serangkaian segmen garis lurus. Seret untuk menggambar sebuah segmen garis, klik untuk menentukan titik akhir segmen, lalu seret untuk menggambar segmen garis baru. Klik ganda untuk mengakhiri menggambar garis. Untuk membuat bentuk yang tertutup, klik ganda pada titik awalan garis.
10 .uno%3ACircleCut 1dd Menggambar bentuk beserta isinya yang ditentukan oleh busur sebuah lingkaran dan satu garis diameter dalam dokumen saat ini. Untuk menggambar segmen lingkaran, seret sebuah lingkaran ke ukuran yang Anda inginkan, lalu klik untuk menentukan titik awal garis radius. Pindahkan penunjuk tetikus Anda ke tempat untuk meletakkan titik akhir garis diameter dan klik. Anda tidak perlu mengklik pada lingkarannya. Untuk menggambar segmen elips, tahan tombol Shift ketika Anda menyeret.
a .uno%3AArc 176 Menggambar sebuah busur dalam dokumen saat ini. Untuk menggambar suatu busur, seret sebuah oval ke ukuran yang Anda inginkan, lalu klik untuk menetapkan titik mulai busur tersebut. Pindahkan penunjuk Anda ke lokasi untuk titik akhir dan klik. Anda tidak perlu mengklik pada ovalnya. Untuk menggambar busur yang berbasiskan lingkaran, tahan tombol Shift ketika Anda menyeret.
a .uno%3APie 1c0 Menggambar bentuk beserta isinya yang telah ditentukan oleh busur sebuah oval dan dua garis radius dalam dokumen saat ini. Untuk menggambar pai elips, seret sebuah oval ke ukuran yang Anda inginkan, lalu klik untuk menentukan garis radius pertama. Pindahkan penunjuk tetikus Anda ke tempat untuk meletakkan garis radius kedua dan klik. Anda tidak perlu mengklik pada ovalnya. Untuk menggambar pai lingkaran, tahan tombol Shift ketika Anda menyeret.
18 .uno%3AFreeline_Unfilled db Menggambar sebuah garis bentuk bebas dimana Anda menyeret dalam dokumen saat ini. Untuk mengakhiri garis, lepaskan tombol tetikus. Untuk menggambar sebuah bentuk tertutup, lepaskan tombol tetikus dekat titik awal garis.
16 .uno%3AFormDesignTools 1e Opens the Form Design toolbar.
d .uno%3AConfig 68 Bilah alat Kendali Formulir memuat alat-alat yang Anda perlukan untuk membuat suatu formulir interaktif.
f .uno%3ACheckBox 1e Membuat sebuah kotak contreng.
15 .uno%3AFormattedField 1d Membuat suatu ruas terformat.
11 .uno%3APushbutton 16 Creates a push button.
b .uno%3AEdit 1a Membuat sebuah kotak teks.
12 .uno%3ARadioButton 19 Creates an option button.
e .uno%3AListBox 13 Creates a list box.
f .uno%3AComboBox 14 Creates a combo box.
c .uno%3ALabel 24 Creates a field for displaying text.
13 .uno%3AMoreControls 20 Opens the More Controls toolbar.
19 .uno%3AConvertToFormatted 45 Kendali yang dipilih ditransformasikan menjadi sebuah ruas terformat.
17 .uno%3AConvertToNumeric 43 Kendali yang dipilih ditransformasikan menjadi sebuah ruas numerik.
14 .uno%3AConvertToTime 41 Kendali yang dipilih ditransformasikan menjadi sebuah ruas waktu.
18 .uno%3AConvertToCurrency 45 Kendali yang dipilih ditransformasikan menjadi sebuah ruas mata uang.
14 .uno%3AConvertToDate 43 Kendali yang dipilih ditransformasikan menjadi sebuah ruas tanggal.
17 .uno%3AConvertToPattern 40 Kendali yang dipilih ditransformasikan menjadi sebuah ruas pola.
18 .uno%3AChangeControlType 64 Calls a submenu where you can select a control type to replace the control selected in the document.
1c .uno%3AConvertToImageControl 45 Kendali yang dipilih ditransformasikan menjadi sebuah kendali gambar.
14 .uno%3AConvertToEdit 41 Kendali yang dipilih ditransformasikan menjadi sebuah kotak teks.
16 .uno%3AConvertToButton 43 Kendali yang dipilih ditransformasikan menjadi sebuah kotak tombol.
18 .uno%3AConvertToCheckBox 45 Kendali yang dipilih ditransformasikan menjadi sebuah kotak contreng.
14 .uno%3AConvertToList 44 Kendali yang dipilih ditransformasikan menjadi sebuah kotak senarai.
15 .uno%3AConvertToRadio 42 Kendali yang dipilih ditransformasikan menjadi sebuah tombol opsi.
15 .uno%3AConvertToCombo 42 Kendali yang dipilih ditransformasikan menjadi sebuah kotak kombo.
15 .uno%3AConvertToFixed 3c Kendali yang dipilih ditransformasikan menjadi sebuah label.
1b .uno%3AConvertToFileControl 45 Kendali yang dipilih ditransformasikan menjadi sebuah seleksi berkas.
18 .uno%3AConvertToImageBtn 44 Kendali yang dipilih ditransformasikan menjadi sebuah tombol gambar.
14 SID_FM_SHOWCOLS_MORE 1e Calls the Show Columns dialog.
e SID_FM_HIDECOL 1a Hides the selected column.
12 SID_FM_SHOWALLCOLS 2a Click All if you want to show all columns.
f SID_FM_SHOWCOLS 3f Calls a submenu where you can select the columns to show again.
10 SID_FM_DELETECOL 26 Deletes the currently selected column.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fshowcoldialog%2FShowColDialog 7e In the Show Columns dialog you can select the columns to be shown. Hold down the Shift or Ctrl key to select multiple entries.
10 SID_FM_CHANGECOL 5f Opens a submenu to select a data field to replace the data field selected in the table control.
10 SID_FM_INSERTCOL 48 Calls a submenu to select a data field to adopt it in the table control.
18 .uno%3AControlProperties 40 Opens a dialog for editing the properties of a selected control.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ENABLE_VISIBLE 68 Defines whether the control will be visible in live mode. In design mode, the control is always visible.
26 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_RECORDACTIONS 50 Specifies to show or hide the action items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
13 HID_PROP_TIMEFORMAT 37 You can define the desired format for the time display.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINEEND_FORMAT 5e For text fields, select the line end code to be used when writing text into a database column.
d HID_PROP_FONT 3a Select the font for the text that is in the control field.
12 HID_PROP_FORMATKEY 5a Specifies the format code for the control. Click the ... button to select the format code.
12 HID_PROP_ECHO_CHAR b5 If the text box is used as a password input, enter the ASCII-code of the display character. This character is displayed instead of the characters typed by the user for the password.
15 HID_PROP_HIDDEN_VALUE 3f You can enter the data that is inherited by the hidden control.
17 HID_PROP_CURRENCYSYMBOL 3e You can enter a character or a string for the currency symbol.
13 HID_PROP_TARGET_URL 59 Specifies the URL address that opens when you click an "Open document / web page" button.
17 HID_PROP_DEFAULT_BUTTON 73 The Default button property specifies that the corresponding button will be operated when you press the Return key.
18 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TEXT 34 Sets the default text for a text box or a combo box.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_DATE 16 Sets the default date.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BLOCKINCREMENT 5e Specify the value to add or subtract when the user clicks next to the slider on the scrollbar.
18 HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MIN 31 Specify the minimum value of a scrollbar control.
18 HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MAX 31 Specify the maximum value of a scrollbar control.
1c HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SCROLLVALUE 29 Sets the default value for the scrollbar.
19 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEDEFAULT 2d Sets the default value for the control field.
1b HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SELECT_SEQ 3a Specifies the list box entry to mark as the default entry.
18 HID_PROP_DEFAULT_CHECKED 42 Specifies whether an option or a check box is selected by default.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WHEEL_BEHAVIOR 165 Sets whether the value changes when the user scrolls a mouse wheel. Never: No change of the value. When focused: (default) The value changes when the control has the focus and the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled. Always: The value changes when the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled, no matter which control has the focus.
11 HID_PROP_READONLY 49 Determines if the control is read-only (Yes) or if it can be edited (No).
16 HID_PROP_NAVIGATIONBAR 59 Specifies whether to display the navigation bar on the lower border of the table control.
d HID_PROP_NAME 9f On the Properties tab page, this option specifies the name for the control field. On the Form Properties tab page, this option specifies the name for the form.
19 HID_PROP_CURRSYM_POSITION 65 Determines if the currency symbol is displayed before or after the number when using currency fields.
19 HID_PROP_DECIMAL_ACCURACY 4c Determines the number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_POSITION 55 Specifies to show or hide the positioning items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
10 HID_PROP_TIMEMIN 32 Determines the minimum time that a user can enter.
15 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMIN 67 You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.
10 HID_PROP_DATEMIN 33 Determines the earliest date that a user can enter.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ANCHOR_TYPE 2b Defines where the control will be anchored.
11 HID_PROP_TRISTATE 77 Specifies whether a check box can also represent ZERO values of a linked database apart from the TRUE and FALSE values.
c HID_PROP_TAG 4d Specifies additional information or a descriptive text for the control field.
17 HID_PROP_STRINGITEMLIST 105 Defines the list entries visible in the document. Open this list and type your text. Use Shift+Enter for a new line. With list and combo boxes, you can define the list entries that will be visible in the document. Open the List entries field and type your text.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VISIBLESIZE bb Specifies the size of scrollbar thumb in "value units". A value of ("Scroll value max." minus "Scroll value min." ) / 2 would result in a thumb which occupies half of the background area.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WORDBREAK 24 Displays text on more than one line.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_POSITIONX 3e Defines the X position of the control, relative to the anchor.
12 HID_PROP_ROWHEIGHT 32 Specifies the row height of a table control field.
15 HID_PROP_STRICTFORMAT 5b If the strict format function is activated (Yes), only the allowed characters are accepted.
14 HID_PROP_LITERALMASK 76 Defines the literal mask. The literal mask contains the initial values and is always visible after downloading a form.
d HID_PROP_SPIN 6e The "Yes" option transforms the control field into a spin button, where corresponding arrow buttons are added.
10 HID_PROP_TABSTOP 54 The Tabstop property determines if a control field can be selected with the tab key.
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WIDTH 21 Defines the width of the control.
15 HID_PROP_RECORDMARKER 73 Specifies whether the first column is displayed with row labels, in which the current record is marked by an arrow.
12 HID_PROP_PRINTABLE 50 Specifies whether you want the control field to appear in a document's printout.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_POSITIONY 3e Defines the Y position of the control, relative to the anchor.
12 HID_PROP_VALUESTEP 21 Determines spin button intervals.
10 HID_PROP_ENABLED 69 If a control field has the property "Enabled" (Yes), the form user will be able to use the control field.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ORIENTATION 50 Specifies the horizontal or vertical orientation for a scrollbar or spin button.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_TIME 16 Sets the default time.
15 HID_PROP_CONTROLLABEL 32 Specifies the source for the label of the control.
e HID_PROP_LABEL 55 The Label property sets the label of the control field that is displayed in the form.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HEIGHT 22 Defines the height of the control.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VISUALEFFECT 65 Specifies whether Check boxes and Option buttons are displayed in a 3D look (default) or a flat look.
13 HID_PROP_DATEFORMAT 41 Here, you can determine the format you want for the date readout.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ICONSIZE 52 Specifies whether the icons in a selected Navigation Bar should be small or large.
f HID_PROP_BORDER 62 Determines if the field's border should be displayed "Without frame", with a "3-D look" or "Flat".
12 HID_PROP_LINECOUNT 8b Specifies how many lines should be displayed in the dropdown list. This setting is only active if you chose "Yes" in the "Dropdown" option.
11 HID_PROP_HELPTEXT 5b Provides the option of entering a help text that will be displayed as a tip on the control.
e HID_PROP_WIDTH 31 Sets the column width in the table control field.
13 HID_PROP_SCALEIMAGE 31 Resizes the image to fit the size of the control.
15 HID_PROP_AUTOCOMPLETE 2d Assigns the AutoFill function to a combo box.
29 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HIDEINACTIVESELECTION 6c Specifies whether a text selection on a control remains selected when a the focus is no longer on a control.
13 HID_PROP_MAXTEXTLEN 41 Defines the maximum number of characters that the user can enter.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BORDERCOLOR 54 Specifies the border color for controls that have the Border property set to "flat".
47 modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Flabelselectiondialog%2FLabelSelectionDialog 5e Check the No assignment box to remove the link between a control and the assigned label field.
15 HID_PROP_REPEAT_DELAY 3d Specifies the delay in milliseconds between repeating events.
f HID_PROP_REPEAT 7d Specifies if the action of a control such as a spin button repeats when you click the control and hold the mouse button down.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_NAVIGATION 54 Specifies to show or hide the navigation items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
18 HID_PROP_SHOWTHOUSANDSEP 1e Inserts a thousands separator.
12 HID_PROP_IMAGE_URL 6f The Graphics property specifies the graphic's path and file name that you want to have displayed on the button.
11 HID_PROP_DROPDOWN 42 Specifies whether the combo box should dropdown (Yes) or not (No).
15 HID_PROP_TARGET_FRAME 6b Specifies the target frame to display the document that is opened by the "Open document / web page" action.
15 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMAX 68 Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
10 HID_PROP_HELPURL 83 Specifies a batch label in URL spelling which refers to a help document and which can be called with the help of the control field.
11 HID_PROP_TABINDEX 75 The Tab order property determines the order in which the controls are focused in the form when you press the Tab key.
10 HID_PROP_HSCROLL 37 Adds the scrollbar type that you specify to a text box.
e HID_PROP_ALIGN 4f Specifies the alignment option for text or graphics that are used on a control.
18 HID_PROP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR 2f Sets the background color of the control field.
10 HID_PROP_TIMEMAX 54 Determines a time which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
17 HID_PROP_MULTISELECTION 36 Allows you to select more than one item in a list box.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINEINCREMENT 5a Specify the value to add or subtract when the user clicks the arrow icon on the scrollbar.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TEXTTYPE cf Allows you to use line breaks and formatting in a control field, such as a text box or label. To manually enter a line break, press the Enter key. Select "Multi-line with formatting" to enter formatted text.
13 HID_PROP_BUTTONTYPE 51 The Action property determines the action that occurs when you activate a button.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_MULTILINE cf Allows you to use line breaks and formatting in a control field, such as a text box or label. To manually enter a line break, press the Enter key. Select "Multi-line with formatting" to enter formatted text.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPININCREMENT 58 Determines intervals to add or subtract with each activation of the spin button control.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TOGGLE 122 Specifies if a Push Button behaves as a Toggle Button. If you set Toggle to "Yes", you can switch between the "selected" and "not selected" control states when you click the button or press the spacebar while the control has the focus. A button in the "selected" state appears "pressed in".
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_FILTERSORT 5f Specifies to show or hide the filtering and sorting items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
10 HID_PROP_DATEMAX 54 Determines a date which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FOCUSONCLICK 5e If you set this option to "Yes", the Push Button receives the focus when you click the button.
11 HID_PROP_EDITMASK 75 Defines the edit mask. By specifying a character code you can determine what the user can enter in the control field.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SYMBOLCOLOR 53 Specifies the color for symbols on controls, for example the arrows on a scrollbar.
18 HID_PROP_LIST_CELL_RANGE 5a Enter a cell range that contains the entries for a list box or combo box on a spreadsheet.
11 HID_PROP_REFVALUE d3 You can enter a reference value for the web form, which will be remitted to a server when sending the form. With database forms, the value entered is written in the database field, assigned to the control field.
17 HID_PROP_FILTERPROPOSAL f9 While designing your form, you can set the "Filter proposal" property for each text box in the Data tab of the corresponding Properties dialog. In subsequent searches in the filter mode, you can select from all information contained in these fields.
16 HID_PROP_CONTROLSOURCE 49 Specifies the field of the data source table to which the control refers.
14 HID_PROP_BOUNDCOLUMN a9 Use an index to specify the table field or table SQL query to link to the field that is provided under Data field. Valid values for this property are 1, 2, 3, and so on.
17 HID_PROP_LISTSOURCETYPE 3e Determines the data to fill the lists in list and combo boxes.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_UNCHECKEDREFVALUE 112 Check boxes and radio buttons in spreadsheets can be bound to cells in the current document. If the control is enabled, the value you enter in Reference value (on) is copied to the cell. If the control is disabled, the value from Reference value (off) is copied to the cell.
16 HID_PROP_EMPTY_IS_NULL c9 Defines how an empty string input should be handled. If set to Yes, an input string of length zero will be treated as a value NULL. If set to No, any input will be treated as-is without any conversion.
13 HID_PROP_BOUND_CELL 85 Specifies the reference to a linked cell on a spreadsheet. The live state or contents of the control are linked to the cell contents.
13 HID_PROP_LISTSOURCE b3 With database forms, specifies the data source for the list content of the form-element. This field can be used to define a value list for documents without a database connection.
1b HID_PROP_CELL_EXCHANGE_TYPE 4a Select the mode of linking a list box with a linked cell on a spreadsheet.
13 HID_EVT_MOUSEEXITED 50 The Mouse outside event takes place when the mouse is outside the control field.
15 HID_EVT_MOUSERELEASED 71 The Mouse button released event occurs if the mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is on the control.
14 HID_EVT_MOUSEPRESSED 6f The Mouse button pressed event occurs if the mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is on the control.
1e HID_EVT_APPROVEACTIONPERFORMED 4d This event takes place before an action is triggered by clicking the control.
13 HID_EVT_FOCUSGAINED 51 The When receiving focus event takes place if a control field receives the focus.
12 HID_EVT_MOUSEMOVED 41 The Mouse moved event occurs if the mouse moves over the control.
17 HID_EVT_ACTIONPERFORMED 3a The Execute action event occurs when an action is started.
14 HID_EVT_MOUSEENTERED 4c The Mouse inside event takes place if the mouse is inside the control field.
14 HID_EVT_MOUSEDRAGGED 65 The Mouse moved while key pressed event takes place when the mouse is dragged while a key is pressed.
13 HID_EVT_TEXTCHANGED 54 The Text modified event takes place if you enter or modify a text in an input field.
10 HID_EVT_KEYTYPED 5b The Key pressed event occurs when the user presses any key while the control has the focus.
f HID_EVT_CHANGED 82 The Changed event takes place when the control loses the focus and the content of the control has changed since it lost the focus.
18 HID_EVT_ITEMSTATECHANGED 59 The Item status changed event takes place if the status of the control field has changed.
11 HID_EVT_FOCUSLOST 4b The When losing focus event takes place if a control field loses the focus.
d HID_EVT_KEYUP 5d The Key released event occurs when the user releases any key while the control has the focus.
15 .uno%3AFormProperties 61 In this dialog you can specify, among others,  the data source and the events for the whole form.
18 HID_PROP_SUBMIT_ENCODING 32 Specifies the type for encoding the data transfer.
16 HID_PROP_SUBMIT_METHOD 40 Specifies the method to transfer the completed form information.
12 HID_EVT_POSITIONED 60 The After record change event occurs directly after the current record pointer has been changed.
11 HID_EVT_ROWCHANGE 58 The After record action event occurs directly after the current record has been changed.
18 HID_EVT_APPROVEROWCHANGE 4b The Before record action event occurs before the current record is changed.
13 HID_EVT_AFTERUPDATE 72 The After update event occurs after the control content changed by the user has been written into the data source.
10 HID_EVT_RESETTED 3d The After resetting event occurs after a form has been reset.
e HID_EVT_LOADED 46 The When loading event occurs directly after the form has been loaded.
13 HID_EVT_POSITIONING 53 The Before record change event occurs before the current record pointer is changed.
11 HID_EVT_SUBMITTED 40 The Before submitting event occurs before the form data is sent.
18 HID_EVT_APPROVEPARAMETER 63 The Fill parameters event occurs when the form to be loaded has parameters that must be filled out.
11 HID_EVT_RELOADING 3e The Before reloading event occurs before the form is reloaded.
10 HID_EVT_RELOADED 4a The When reloading event occurs directly after the form has been reloaded.
17 HID_EVT_APPROVERESETTED 37 The Prior to reset event occurs before a form is reset.
10 HID_EVT_UNLOADED 73 The When unloading event occurs directly after the form has been unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
11 HID_EVT_UNLOADING 67 The Before unloading event occurs before the form is unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
15 HID_EVT_ERROROCCURRED 58 The Error occurred event is activated if an error occurs when accessing the data source.
15 HID_EVT_CONFIRMDELETE 51 The Confirm deletion event occurs as soon as data has been deleted from the form.
14 HID_PROP_SLAVEFIELDS 6b If you create a subform, enter the variable where possible values from the parent form field can be stored.
14 HID_PROP_ALLOW_EDITS 27 Determines if the data can be modified.
18 HID_PROP_ALLOW_DELETIONS 26 Determines if the data can be deleted.
13 HID_PROP_DATASOURCE 37 Defines the data source to which the form should refer.
15 HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCE fd Determines the content to be used for the form. The content can be an existing table or a query (previously created in the database), or it can be defined by an SQL-statement. Before you enter a content you have to define the exact type in Content type.
15 HID_PROP_MASTERFIELDS 80 If you create a subform, enter the data field of the parent form responsible for the synchronization between parent and subform.
18 HID_PROP_FILTER_CRITERIA 8c Enter the required conditions for filtering the data in the form. The filter specifications follow SQL rules without using the WHERE clause.
1a HID_PROP_ESCAPE_PROCESSING 46 Specifies whether the SQL statement is to be analyzed by %PRODUCTNAME.
12 HID_PROP_DATAENTRY 70 Determines if the form only allows the addition of new data (Yes) or if it allows other properties as well (No).
e HID_PROP_CYCLE 3f Determines how the navigation should be done using the tab key.
19 HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCETYPE 8a Defines whether the data source is to be an existing database table or query, or if the form is to be generated based on an SQL statement.
16 HID_PROP_SORT_CRITERIA 9c Specifies the conditions to sort the data in the form. The specification of the sorting conditions follows SQL rules without the use of the ORDER BY clause.
13 HID_PROP_NAVIGATION 4d Specifies whether the navigation functions in the lower form bar can be used.
18 HID_PROP_ALLOW_ADDITIONS 20 Determines if data can be added.
2c modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FautoB 6f Click the Automatic Sort button to automatically sort the controls according to their position in the document.
2c modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FdownB 5d Click the Move Down button to shift the selected control one position lower in the tab order.
2a modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FupB 5c Click the Move Up button to shift the selected control one position higher in the tab order.
2f modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FCTRLtree 76 Lists all controls in the form. These controls can be selected with the tab key in the given order from top to bottom.
10 .uno%3ATabDialog 79 In the Tab Order dialog you can modify the order in which control fields get the focus when the user presses the tab key.
d HID_FIELD_SEL 88 The field selection window lists all database fields of the table or query that was specified as the data source in the Form Properties.
f .uno%3AAddField 52 Opens a window where you can select a database field to add to the form or report.
1e .uno%3ASwitchControlDesignMode b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
14 SID_FM_RENAME_OBJECT 1c Renames the selected object.
1a .uno%3AShowPropertyBrowser 34 Starts the Properties dialog for the selected entry.
11 SID_FM_NEW_HIDDEN a6 Creates a hidden control in the selected form that is not displayed on the screen. A hidden control serves to include data that is transmitted together with the form.
a SID_FM_NEW 6f Adds new elements to the form. The Add function can only be called if a form is selected in the Form Navigator.
12 HID_FORM_NAVIGATOR 68 The Form Navigator contains a list of all created (logical) forms with the corresponding control fields.
d SID_FM_DELETE 1b Deletes the selected entry.
f SID_FM_NEW_FORM 23 Creates a new form in the document.
15 .uno%3AShowFmExplorer 84 Opens the Form Navigator. The Form Navigator displays all forms and subforms of the current document with their respective controls.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ftableselectionpage%2Ftable 1c Specifies the desired table.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ftableselectionpage%2Fdatasource 3a Specifies the data source that contains the desired table.
38 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fcontentfieldpage%2Fselectfield 3f Displays the data fields that are accepted into the form field.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fcontenttablepage%2Ftable 76 In the Table field, select the table containing the data field whose content should be displayed in the control field.
3e DBP_EDIT_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_ET_DISPLAYEDFIELD 4a Specifies the field whose data are to be shown in the combo or list boxes.
3e DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_LB_SELECTFIELD 3d Displays all table fields chosen on the previous Wizard page.
33 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldlinkpage%2Flisttable 5b Specifies the linked table data field, which is related to the specified value table field.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldlinkpage%2Fvaluefield 5d Specifies the current form data field which should be related to a field in the linked table.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FnoRadiobutton 7a Specifies that the value of this combination field will not be written in the database and will only be saved in the form.
42 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FstoreInFieldCombobox 4b Specifies the data field where the combination field value should be saved.
3c modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FyesRadiobutton 6d Specifies whether the user's entered or selected combination field value should be saved in a database field.
13 .uno%3AOpenReadOnly 3a Opens forms in Design Mode so that the form can be edited.
11 .uno%3AUseWizards 51 Specifies whether to start the wizard automatically when inserting a new control.
15 .uno%3ADesignerDialog 67 Specifies whether to show or hide the Styles window, which is where you can assign and organize Styles.
11 .uno%3AStyleApply 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
16 .uno%3AStyleApplyState 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
15 SVX_HID_STYLE_LISTBOX 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
13 .uno%3ACharFontName 4d Allows you to select a font name from the list or enter a font name directly.
11 .uno%3AFontHeight 5d Allows you to choose between different font sizes from the list, or to enter a size manually.
1e .uno%3ATextdirectionLeftToRigh 2f Specifies the horizontal direction of the text.
1e .uno%3ATextdirectionTopToBotto 2d Specifies the vertical direction of the text.
16 .uno%3ADecrementIndent 92 Click the Decrease Indent icon to reduce the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the previous default tab position.
16 .uno%3AIncrementIndent 90 Click the Increase Indent icon to increase the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the next default tab position.
10 .uno%3ABackColor 156 Applies the current highlight color to the background of a text selection. If no text is selected, click the Highlight Color icon, select the text that you want to highlight, and then click the Highlight Color icon again. To change the highlight color, click the arrow next to the Highlight Color icon, and then click the color that you want.
16 .uno%3ABackgroundColor ab Click to open a toolbar where you can click a background color for a paragraph. The color is applied to the background of the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceIncrease 5f Click the Increase Spacing icon to increase the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceDecrease 5f Click the Decrease Spacing icon to decrease the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
15 .uno%3ASetBorderStyle 71 Click the Borders icon to open the Borders toolbar, where you can modify the border of a sheet area or an object.
10 .uno%3ALineStyle 5b Click this icon to open the Line Style toolbar, where you can modify the border line style.
15 .uno%3AFrameLineColor 86 Click the Line Color (of the border) icon to open the Border Color toolbar, which enables you to change the border color of an object.
17 .uno%3AToggleAnchorType 2f Allows you to switch between anchoring options.
14 .uno%3AOptimizeTable 57 Opens a toolbar that contains functions for optimizing the rows and columns in a table.
13 .uno%3ALineEndStyle 69 Opens the Arrowheads toolbar. Use the symbols shown to define the style for the end of the selected line.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectRotateMode 1c Rotates the selected object.
12 .uno%3AObjectAlign 2b Modifies the alignment of selected objects.
15 .uno%3ADecrementLevel 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
15 .uno%3AIncrementLevel 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
d .uno%3AMoveUp 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
f .uno%3AMoveDown 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
14 .uno%3ADefaultBullet 5b Assigns bullet points to the selected paragraphs, or removes them from bulleted paragraphs.
e .uno%3AOpenURL 9f Loads a document specified by an entered URL. You can type a new URL, edit an URL, or select one from the list. Displays the full path of the current document.
d .uno%3AReload 3a Replaces the current document with the last saved version.
1c HID_HELP_TEXT_SELECTION_MODE d6 You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose Edit - Select Text or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose Select Text. The selection cursor does not blink.
e .uno%3AEditDoc 3b Enables you to edit a read-only document or database table.
11 .uno%3ADSBEditDoc 3d Turns the edit mode for the current database table on or off.
b .uno%3AStop 5e Click to interrupt the current loading process, Ctrl-click to interrupt all loading processes.
18 .uno%3AExportDirectToPDF 4a Exports the current document directly as PDF. No settings dialog is shown.
15 .uno%3AStatusGetTitle 42 Displays information about the active %PRODUCTNAME Basic document.
18 .uno%3AStatusGetPosition 7d Displays the current cursor position in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic document. The row number is specified, then the column number.
18 HID_ICCDIALOG_CANCEL_BTN 21 Closes the dialog without saving.
14 HID_ICCDIALOG_OK_BTN 22 Applies the data to your document.
17 HID_ICCDIALOG_RESET_BTN 39 Resets the entries in the dialog to their original state.
16 .uno%3ARemoveHyperlink 2a Removes the hyperlink, leaving plain text.
1c .uno%3ACopyHyperlinkLocation 20 Copies the URL to the clipboard.
18 HID_ICCDIALOG_CHOICECTRL 2c Select the type of hyperlink to be inserted.
14 .uno%3AEditHyperlink 1b Opens the Hyperlink dialog.
1c .uno%3AOpenHyperlinkOnCursor 30 Opens the hyperlink in your default web browser.
16 .uno%3AHyperlinkDialog 3e Opens a dialog that enables you to create and edit hyperlinks.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Fname 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Fname 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Fname 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Fframe c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Fanonymous 3d Allows you to log in to the FTP address as an anonymous user.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Fpassword 3f Specifies your password, if you are working with FTP addresses.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Flogin 41 Specifies your login name, if you are working with FTP addresses.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Fform 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2Fclose 64 Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on Close to set the link and leave the dialog.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Findication 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
1a CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_INET_PATH a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Fform 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Flinktyp_ftp 19 Creates an FTP hyperlink.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Fframe c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2Fapply 3f Inserts the target in the Target field of the Hyperlink dialog.
33 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Flinktyp_internet 1a Creates an http hyperlink.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Fname 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Findication 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Fscript 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Fframe c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Fscript 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Findication 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Fscript 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Fframe c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Findication 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Fform 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Fform 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2FTreeListBox 48 Specifies the position in the target document where you wish to jump to.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Fscript 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Fsubject 57 Specifies the subject that is inserted in the subject line of the new message document.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Fadressbook 27 Hides or shows the data source browser.
1a CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_MAIL_PATH 36 Assigns the specified e-mail address to the hyperlink.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Fbrowse 24 Opens the Target in Document dialog.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Ftarget 4c Specifies a target for the hyperlink into the document specified under Path.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Furl 45 Specifies the URL, which results from the entries in Path and Target.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Ffileopen 33 Opens the Open dialog, where you can select a file.
19 CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_DOC_PATH a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2FHyperlinkDocPage a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Ftypes 2d Specifies the file type for the new document.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Fcreate 3a Opens the Select Path dialog, where you can select a path.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Fpath 4c Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Feditlater 48 Specifies that the document is created but it is not immediately opened.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Feditnow 4e Specifies that the new document is created and immediately opened for editing.
13 .uno%3APreviousPage 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
f .uno%3ANextPage 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
10 .uno%3AFirstPage 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
f .uno%3ALastPage 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
f .uno%3ACloseWin 19 Menutup jendela saat ini.
16 .uno%3ADSBAdministrate b3 Opens a dialog to add/edit/remove a database file from the list of registered databases. The same dialog opens by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases in the Options dialog box.
10 .uno%3ADSBEditDB 2d Opens the selected database file for editing.
21 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_RENAME_ENTRY c5 To rename an entry, call this command and enter the new name. You can also do this by selecting the entry and pressing F2. The database must support renaming, otherwise this command is not enabled.
19 .uno%3ADSBCloseConnection 68 Closes the connection to the data source. See %PRODUCTNAME Base - Connections in the Options dialog box.
18 .uno%3ADSBrowserExplorer 36 Turns on and off the view of the data source explorer.
f .uno%3ASortDown 39 Sorts the data of the selected field in descending order.
11 .uno%3AAutoFilter 4f Filters the records, based on the content of the currently selected data field.
17 .uno%3ARemoveFilterSort 51 Cancels the filter settings and displays all of the records in the current table.
1f HID_BROWSER_REFRESH_REBUILDVIEW 6b Rebuilds the view of the database table. Use this command when you have changed the structure of the table.
e .uno%3ARefresh 1d Refreshes the displayed data.
13 .uno%3ASbaBrwInsert 59 Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fautoformat 79 Opens the AutoFormat dialog, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftableformat 7e Opens the Table Format dialog, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fcolumnname 5a Uses the field names of the database table as headings for each of the text table columns.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fastable 50 Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as a table.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftabledbcols 42 Specifies the database columns to be inserted into the text table.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftablecols 3c Lists all database columns to be inserted into the document.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fallright 43 Moves all listed database fields into the Table column(s) list box.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fnumformat 63 Specifies a format from the list, if the format information of certain data fields is not accepted.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Foneright 44 Moves the selected database field into the Table column(s) list box.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Foneleft 45 Removes the selected database field from the Table column(s) list box
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftableheading 4d Specifies whether to insert a heading line for the columns in the text table.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fallleft 3e Removes all database fields from the Table column(s) list box.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Frowonly 32 Inserts an empty heading line into the text table.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ffromdatabase 1d Accepts the database formats.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fastext 4d Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as text.
28 .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FInsertContent 4b Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records.
11 .uno%3AFilterCrit 28 Allows you to set the filtering options.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fvalue1 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Ffield3 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fvalue3 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Ffield2 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fop3 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fcond2 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fval2 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Ffield1 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fval1 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fconnect2 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fcond1 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fconnect1 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fvalue2 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2FStandardFilterDialog 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
1f .uno%3ADataFilterStandardFilter 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Ffield3 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fcond1 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
35 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2FQueryFilterDialog 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fop2 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Ffield1 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Ffield2 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fcond3 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fcond2 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fcond3 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fval3 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
10 .uno%3AOrderCrit 3a Specifies the sort order (either ascending or descending).
29 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FpbSearchAgain 1d Starts or cancels the search.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbWildCard 27 Allows a search with a * or ? wildcard.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbStartOver 77 Restarts the search. A forward search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbBackwards 63 Specifies that the search process will run in reverse direction, from the last to the first record.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbAllFields 1c Searches through all fields.
10 .uno%3ARecSearch 23 Searches database tables and forms.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSingleField 28 Searches through a specified data field.
21 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2Fclose 5d Closes the dialog. The settings of the last search will be saved until you quit %PRODUCTNAME.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbRegular 22 Searches with regular expressions.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForText 3c Enter the search term in the box or select it from the list.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForNull 39 Specifies that fields will be found that contain no data.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForNotNull 36 Specifies that fields will be found that contain data.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbUseFormat 57 Specifies that all field formats are considered when searching in the current document.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbCase 53 Specifies that upper and lower case are taken into consideration during the search.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FlbForm 46 Specifies the logical form in which you want the search to take place.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FlbPosition 45 Specifies the relationship of the search term and the field contents.
11 .uno%3AFormFilter 4d Prompts the database server to filter the visible data by specified criteria.
13 .uno%3AFormFiltered 3f Switches between the filtered and unfiltered view of the table.
15 .uno%3AViewFormAsGrid 39 Activates an additional table view when in the form view.
2d .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FDocumentDataSource 57 Displays, in the data source browser, the table that is linked to the current document.
14 .uno%3ASbaExecuteSql 31 Runs the SQL query and displays the query result.
13 .uno%3ADBClearQuery 3f Clears the query and removes all tables from the design window.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fadd 25 Inserts the currently selected table.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fqueries 13 Shows only queries.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Ftables 12 Shows only tables.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fclose 1d Closes the Add Tables dialog.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Ftablelist 1b Lists the available tables.
19 .uno%3ADBChangeDesignMode 36 Displays the design view or the SQL view of the query.
13 .uno%3ASbaNativeSql 8c In Native SQL mode you can enter SQL commands that are not interpreted by $[officename], but are instead passed directly to the data source.
16 .uno%3ADBViewFunctions 5c Displays the "Function" row in the lower part of the design view of the Query Design window.
17 .uno%3ADBViewTableNames 3f Displays the "Table" row in the lower part of the Query Design.
14 .uno%3ADBViewAliases 3f Displays the "Alias" row in the lower part of the Query Design.
17 .uno%3ADBDistinctValues 66 Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query in the current column by the parameter DISTINCT.
13 .uno%3ASelectObject 33 Memungkinkan Anda memilih objek dalam dokumen kini.
11 .uno%3ASourceView 8b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. This view is available when creating a new HTML document or opening an existing one.
11 SW_HID_SOURCEVIEW 8b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. This view is available when creating a new HTML document or opening an existing one.
13 .uno%3ALayoutStatus 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
10 .uno%3AStateZoom 2f Specifies the current page display zoom factor.
11 .uno%3AInsertMode 5d Displays the current insert mode. You can toggle between INSRT = insert and OVER = overwrite.
1a .uno%3AStatusSelectionMode 36 Here you can switch between different selection modes.
10 SID_MODIFYSTATUS 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
12 .uno%3ACurrentTime 1a Displays the current time.
12 .uno%3ACurrentDate 1a Displays the current date.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fwidth 2a Defines the width of the individual tiles.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterMosaic 46 Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterRelief 27 Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fedges 2f Enhances, or sharpens, the edges of the object.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPopart 26 Converts an image to a pop-art format.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fposterdialog%2Fvalue 43 Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPoster 38 Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fheight 2b Defines the height of the individual tiles.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSobel 7e Displays the image as a charcoal sketch. The contours of the image are drawn in black, and the original colors are suppressed.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterToolbox 71 This icon on the Image bar opens the Image Filter bar, where you can use various filters on the selected picture.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterSmooth 39 Softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter.
1f .uno%3AGraphicFilterRemoveNoise 2a Removes noise by applying a median filter.
1c .uno%3AGraphicFilterSolarize c4 Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterInvert 86 Inverts the color values of a color image, or the brightness values of a grayscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fsolarizedialog%2Fvalue 5b Specifies the degree of brightness, in percent, above which the pixels are to be solarized.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fagingdialog%2Fvalue 84 Defines the intensity of aging, in percent. At 0% you see the gray values of all pixels. At 100% only the red color channel remains.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsolarizedialog%2Finvert 24 Specifies to also invert all pixels.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterSharpen 32 Sharpens the image by applying a high pass filter.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSepia a0 All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.
f .uno%3AGrafMode a2 Lists view attributes for the selected graphic object. The embedded or linked graphic object in the current file will not be changed, only the view of the object.
e .uno%3AGrafRed 55 Specifies the proportion of red RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
10 .uno%3AGrafGreen 57 Specifies the proportion of green RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
f .uno%3AGrafBlue 4f Specifies the proportion of blue RGB color components for the selected graphic.
14 .uno%3AGrafLuminance 39 Specifies the brightness for the selected graphic object.
13 .uno%3AGrafContrast 3e Specifies the contrast for viewing the selected graphic image.
10 .uno%3AGrafGamma 72 Specifies the gamma value for the view of the selected object, which affects the brightness of the midtone values.
17 .uno%3AGrafTransparence 31 Specifies the transparency in the graphic object.
b .uno%3ACrop 3b Drag any of the eight cropping handles to crop the picture.
13 .uno%3AGrafAttrCrop 76 Allows to crop the display of an inserted picture. Only the display gets cropped, the inserted picture is not changed.
25 .uno%3ABasicShapes.isosceles-triangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.rectangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ABasicShapes.right-triangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-rectangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.quadrat 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3ABasicShapes.can 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle-pie 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.ellipse 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
12 .uno%3ABasicShapes 57 Opens the Basic Shapes toolbar which you can use to insert graphics into your document.
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-quadrat 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.trapezoid 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3ABasicShapes.pentagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cross 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.diamond 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.parallelogram 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.paper 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.hexagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.frame 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.octagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.ring 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cube 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.block-arc 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3AArrowShapes.s-sharped-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
24 .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-round-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.corner-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.circular-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.notched-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2b .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down--arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
12 .uno%3AArrowShapes 55 Opens the Block Arrows toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.striped-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3AArrowShapes.chevron 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.pentagon-right 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-3 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-2 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-1 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.cloud-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-rectangular-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.rectangular-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
14 .uno%3ACalloutShapes 51 Opens the Callouts toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
14 .uno%3AColorSettings 4b With the Color toolbar you can edit some properties of the selected object.
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-delay 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-merge 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2a .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-connector 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-display 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-internal-storage 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-summing-junction 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-extract 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sequential-access 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-predefined-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
36 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-direct-access-storage 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes 52 Opens the Flowchart toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-decision 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2b .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-terminator 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-alternate-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-stored-data 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-multidocument 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-data 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-preparation 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-operation 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-magnetic-disk 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-input 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-off-page-connector 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-card 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-document 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-or 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-punched-tape 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-collate 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sort 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AFontworkGalleryFloater 81 Opens the Fontwork dialog from which you can insert styled text not possible through standard font formatting into your document.
e .uno%3ADBLimit 4b Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query by the LIMIT X clause
17 .uno%3AFormatPaintbrush 93 First select some text or an object, then click this icon. Then click on or drag across other text or click an object to apply the same formatting.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2Fnondistinct 21 Not use distinct values in query.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2Fdistinct 1d Use distinct values in query.
3d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2FQueryPropertiesDialog 1d Use distinct values in query.
23 .uno%3AStarShapes.horizontal-scroll 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
11 .uno%3AStarShapes 5a Opens the Stars and Banners toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
16 .uno%3AStarShapes.bang 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star4 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star5 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star6 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star8 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star12 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star24 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1f .uno%3AStarShapes.concave-star6 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3AStarShapes.doorplate 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.signet 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AStarShapes.vertical-scroll 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.diamond-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1f .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-brace 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-brace 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.brace-pair 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-bracket 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
13 .uno%3ASymbolShapes 56 Opens the Symbol Shapes toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.heart 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.sun 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.bracket-pair 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.moon 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-bracket 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.smiley 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.flower 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.quad-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.lightning 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.cloud 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.forbidden 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.octagon-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.puzzle 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fsearch 37 Temukan kemunculan berikutnya dari istilah yang dicari.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fbackwards 37 Mencari dengan arah mundur dari posisi kursor saat itu.
1e sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fwrap 48 Mencari ke seluruh halaman Bantuan, dimulai dari posisi kursor saat itu.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fmatchcase 2a Bedakan antara teks huruf besar dan kecil.
10 HID_HELP_TOOLBOX 4f The Baris Alat mengandung fungsi-fungsi penting untuk mengontrol sistem Bantuan
1a HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_START 41 Berpindah ke halaman pertama dari topik Bantuan yang bersangkutan
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontrol%2Ftabcontrol 5b Panel navigasi dari jendela Bantuan memuat halaman tab Isi, Indeks, Cari, dan Penanda Taut.
1a HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_INDEX 2e Menyembunyika dan menampilkan jendela navigasi
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fwholewords 20 Mencari hanya kata-kata lengkap.
11 .uno%3AHelpOnHelp 29 Menyediakan ringkasan dari sistem Bantuan
1d HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BACKWARD 1d Kembali ke halaman sebelumnya
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontrol%2Factive 69 Kotak senarai yang terletak paling atas adalah dimana Anda dapat memilih modul Bantuan %PRODUCTNAME lain.
1c HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_FORWARD 1b Maju ke halaman selanjutnya
1a HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_PRINT 1d Mencetak halaman bersangkutan
1e HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BOOKMARKS 2c Menambahkan halaman ini ke penanda buku Anda
21 HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_SEARCHDIALOG 23 Membuka dialog Cari di halaman ini.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fsearchterm 4b Memasukkan teks yang hendak Anda cari atau pilih teksnya dari daftar entri.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpindexpage%2Fdisplay 2a Klik untuk menampilkan topik yang dipilih.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpindexpage%2FHelpIndexPage 4e Klik ganda sebuan entri atau ketik kata yang hendak Anda cari di dalam indeks.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fdisplay 2c Menampilkan entri yang dipilih dalam daftar.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fcompletewords 73 Menyatakan apakah akan melakukan pencarian eksak atas kata yang Anda masukkan. Kata tak lengkap tak akan ditemukan.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fresults 90 Menampilkan daftar tajuk halaman-halaman yang ditemukan dalam pencarian teks lengkap. Untuk menampilkan suatu halaman, klik ganda pada entrinya.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Ffind 48 Klik untuk mulai pencarian teks lengkap bagi istilah yang Anda masukkan.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fheadings 51 Menyatakan apakah hanya akan mencari pada tajuk dokumen bagi istilah yang dicari.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fsearch 58 Masukkan istilah yang hendak dicari di sini. Pencarian tak membedakan huruf besar kecil.
19 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_DELETE 1e menghapus penanda yang dipilih
19 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_RENAME 36 membuka dialog untuk memasukkan nama lain bagi penanda
17 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_OPEN 27 menampilkan subjek bantuan yang dipilih
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpbookmarkpage%2FHelpBookmarkPage 7e Klik ganda pada penanda atau menekan tombol Return membuka halaman yang dituju dalam Bantuan. Klik kanan membuka menu konteks.
2a sfx%2Fui%2Fbookmarkdialog%2FBookmarkDialog 60 Menampilkan nama dari halaman yang ditandai. Anda juga dapat mengetikkan nama baru bagi penanda.
2c sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontentpage%2FHelpContentPage 62 Menampilkan tema bantuan utama, diatur dengan cara yang serupa dengan folder dalam manajer berkas.
16 .uno%3AExtrusionToggle 3b Berpindah efek (antara 2D dan 3D) untuk objek yang dipilih.
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltDown 3d Memiringkan objek yang dipilih sebesar lima derajat ke bawah.
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltLeft 3c Memiringkan objek yang dipilih sebesar lima derajat ke kiri.
17 .uno%3AExtrusion3DColor 22 Membuka bilah alat Warna Ekstrusi.
1f .uno%3AExtrusionLightingFloater 25 Membuka jendela Pencahayaan Ekstrusi.
19 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltRight 3d Memiringkan objek yang dipilih sebesar lima derajat ke kanan.
38 svx%2Fui%2Fextrustiondepthdialog%2FExtrustionDepthDialog 24 Memasukkan nilai kedalaman ekstrusi.
1c .uno%3AExtrusionDepthFloater 23 Membuka jendela Kedalaman Ekstrusi.
1e .uno%3AExtrusionSurfaceFloater 23 Membuka jendela Permukaan Ekstrusi.
20 .uno%3AExtrusionDirectionFloater 1e Membuka jendela Arah Ekstrusi.
16 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltUp 3c Memiringkan objek yang dipilih sebesar lima derajat ke atas.
1a SVX_HID_POPUP_LINEEND_CTRL 16 Memilih arah ekstrusi.
14 .uno%3AAutoPilotMenu 62 Memandu Anda dalam membuat surat bisnis maupun pribadi, faks, agenda, presentasi, dan banyak lagi.
14 HID_LTRWIZARD_CREATE 6c Sesuai dengan pilihan Anda, wisaya membuat sebuah templat dokumen baru dan menyimpannya pada hard disk Anda.
12 HID_LTRWIZARD_NEXT 43 Menyimpan pengaturan bersangkutan dan lanjut ke halaman berikutnya.
12 HID_LTRWIZARD_BACK 50 Mengizinkan Anda melihat pilihan yang Anda buat pada langkah-langkah sebelumnya.
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotLetter 29 Mulailah wisaya bagi suatu templat surat.
1b HID_LTRWIZ_CHKBUSINESSPAPER 9f Menyatakan apakah kertas yang dipakai yang sudah mengandung baris kaki, alamat, atau logo tercetak. Wisaya menampilkan tata letak halaman Kop Surat berikutnya.
1b HID_LTRWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE 27 Memilih disain bagi templat surat Anda.
1b HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVATELETTER 39 Menyatakan bahwa Anda ingin membuat sebuah surat pribadi.
20 HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVOFFICIALLETTER 44 Menyatakan bahwa Anda ingin membuat sebuah surat pribadi yang resmi.
1c HID_LTRWIZ_OPTBUSINESSLETTER 40 Menyatakan bahwa Anda ingin membuat sebuah templat surat bisnis.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE1 45 Menyatakan apakah Anda ingin membuat suatu surat pribadi atau bisnis.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_NUMFOOTERHEIGHT 7a Masukkan tinggi area kaki yang sudah tercetak pada kertas kop surat Anda. %PRODUCTNAME tidak mencetak lagi dalam area itu.
19 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERFOOTER 6b Menyatakan bahwa suatu area kaki telah tercetak pada kertas kop surat Anda. %PRODUCTNAME tak mencetak kaki.
21 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYADDRESS 71 Menyatakan bahwa sebuah alamat telah tercetak pada kertas kop surat Anda. %PRODUCTNAME tak mencetak suatu alamat.
13 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOY 2e Mengatur jarak objek dari marjin atas halaman.
13 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOX 2e Mengatur jarak objek dari marjin kiri halaman.
17 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOWIDTH 17 Menentukan lebar objek.
1d HID_LTRWIZ_CHKCOMPANYRECEIVER 97 Menyatakan bahwa alamat Anda telah tercetak dalam ukuran kecil di atas area alamat penerima. %PRODUCTNAME tak mencetak suatu alamat dalam ukuran kecil.
18 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOHEIGHT 18 Menentukan tinggi objek.
1e HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYLOGO 6d Menyatakan bahwa sebuah logo telah tercetak pada kertas kop surat Anda. %PRODUCTNAME tak mencetak suatu logo.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE2 53 Memungkinkan Anda menyatakan elemen yang telah tercetak pada kertas kop surat Anda.
19 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEGREETING 59 Includes a complimentary close on the letter template. Select the text from the list box.
17 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEFOOTER 24 Menyertakan kaki pada templat surat.
18 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESUBJECT 31 Menyertakan satu baris subjek pada templat surat.
16 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESIGNS 50 Menyertakan satu baris dengan rujukan ke sebuah surat bisnis pada templat surat.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEBENDMARKS 2d Menyertakan tanda lipatan pada templat surat.
20 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEADDRESSRECEIVER 40 Menyertakan alamat pengembalian ukuran kecil pada templat surat.
1b HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESALUTATION 50 Menyertakan suatu salutasi pada templat surat. Pilih salutasi dari kotak daftar.
15 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSELOGO 24 Menyertakan logo pada templat surat.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE3 3a Menentukan butir yang akan disertakan dalam templat surat.
21 HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER 40 Menyatakan bahwa ruas pewakil disisipkan ke dalam templat surat.
1c HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERPOSTCODE 20 Menyatakan data alamat pengirim.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERSTREET 21 Menyatakan alamat jalan pengirim.
18 HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERNAME 19 Menyatakan nama pengirim.
1e HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE 39 Ruas basis data alamat disisipkan ke dalam templat surat.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERDEFINE 2c Gunakan data alamat dari kotak teks berikut.
1f HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER 4e Gunakan data alamat dari %PRODUCTNAME - Data Pengguna dalam kotak dialog Opsi.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE4 2b Menyatakan informasi pengirim dan penerima.
1f HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS 33 Menyertakan nomor halaman dalam templat surat Anda.
25 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES 33 Pilih untuk mengosongkan kaki pada halaman pertama.
14 HID_LTRWIZ_TXTFOOTER 1f Masukkan teks untuk baris kaki.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE5 36 Menyatakan informasi yang disertakan dalam ruang kaki.
19 HID_LTRWIZ_OPTMAKECHANGES 31 Saves the template and keeps it open for editing.
12 HID_LTRWIZ_TXTPATH 64 Masukkan path dan nama berkas bagi templat, atau klik tombol ... untuk memilih path dan nama berkas.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_OPTCREATELETTER 5a Simpan dan tutup templat, lalu buka sebuah dokumen baru tanpa judul berbasis pada templat.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_TXTTEMPLATENAME 21 Menyatakan judul templat dokumen.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE6 50 Menyatakan di mana dan dengan nama apa Anda ingin menyimpan dokumen dan templat.
1c WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CREATE b0 According to your selections, the wizard creates a document template and saves it. A new document based on the template appears in the work area, with the filename "UntitledX".
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_NEXT 8a The wizard saves the current settings and goes to the next page. The Next button will become inactive once you have reached the last page.
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_BACK c8 Click the Back button to view the settings chosen on the previous page. The current settings will not be modified or deleted if you click this button. Back will be active from the second page onwards.
13 .uno%3AAutoPilotFax 1b Opens the wizard for faxes.
1b WIZARDS_HID_LSTPRIVATESTYLE 1f Specifies the predefined style.
20 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTPRIVATEFAX 29 Creates a fax template for a private fax.
23 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE 1f Specifies the predefined style.
21 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTBUSINESSFAX 30 Creates a fax template for a business-style fax.
d HID_FAX_PAGE1 27 Defines the style of your fax document.
18 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEFOOTER 12 Includes a footer.
16 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEDATE 16 Includes a date field.
23 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSECOMMUNICATIONTYPE 46 Includes a communication type line. Select the line from the list box.
d HID_FAX_PAGE2 29 Specifies the fax elements to be printed.
19 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESUBJECT 18 Includes a subject line.
16 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSELOGO 18 Includes a company logo.
1c WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESALUTATION 3f Includes a salutation. Select the salutation from the list box.
20 WIZARDS_HID_LSTCOMMUNICATIONTYPE 46 Includes a communication type line. Select the line from the list box.
1a WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEGREETING 3b Includes a greeting. Select the greeting from the list box.
19 WIZARDS_HID_LSTSALUTATION 3f Includes a salutation. Select the salutation from the list box.
17 WIZARDS_HID_LSTGREETING 3b Includes a greeting. Select the greeting from the list box.
1f WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE 45 Inserts database fields for a later mail merge with the fax document.
20 WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER 84 Inserts placeholders for the address on the fax template. Later in the fax document, click the placeholder to enter the actual data.
22 WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER 84 Inserts placeholders for the address on the fax template. Later in the fax document, click the placeholder to enter the actual data.
1b WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERDEFINE 76 Select to enter the address data in the following text boxes. The data is inserted as normal text in the fax document.
1d WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERPOSTCODE 1e Enter the sender address data.
19 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERNAME 1e Enter the sender address data.
d HID_FAX_PAGE3 3a Specifies the receiver and sender information for the fax.
1b WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTREET 1e Enter the sender address data.
19 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERCITY 1e Enter the sender address data.
1a WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTATE 1e Enter the sender address data.
18 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERFAX 1e Enter the sender address data.
20 WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS 28 Prints a page number in the footer area.
1e WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES 44 Suppresses the footer on the first page of a multipage fax document.
15 WIZARDS_HID_TXTFOOTER 34 Specifies the text to be printed in the footer area.
d HID_FAX_PAGE4 1a Specifies the footer data.
1a WIZARDS_HID_OPTMAKECHANGES 50 Creates and saves the fax template, then opens the template for further editing.
18 WIZARDS_HID_OPTCREATEFAX 59 Creates and saves the fax template, then opens a new fax document based on that template.
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_CMDPATH 58 Click to enter or select the complete path, including the file name of the fax template.
1b WIZARDS_HID_TXTTEMPLATENAME 23 Enter the name of the fax template.
d HID_FAX_PAGE5 27 Defines the template name and location.
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotAgenda 38 Starts the wizard to help you create an agenda template.
1f WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_CHK_MINUTES 4d Prints out a page on which you can write down the minutes during the meeting.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_LIST_PAGEDESIGN 29 Select the page design from the list box.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE1 27 Specifies a page design for the agenda.
20 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_LOCATION 26 Specifies the location of the meeting.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TITLE 23 Specifies the title of the meeting.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TIME 22 Specifies the time of the meeting.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_DATE 22 Specifies the date of the meeting.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE2 3d Specifies the date, time, title, and location of the meeting.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_NOTES 28 Specifies whether to print a Notes line.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_BRING 2f Specifies whether to print a Please bring line.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_READ 2e Specifies whether to print a Please read line.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_MEETING_TYPE 34 Specifies whether to print the type of meeting line.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE3 3e Specifies the headings that you want to include in the agenda.
27 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_RESOURCEPERSONS 4d Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the facility personnel.
22 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_TIMEKEEPER 44 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the moderator.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_NOTETAKER 48 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the minute keeper.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_FACILITATOR 46 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the chairperson.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_OBSERVERS 44 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the observers.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_CALLED_BY 58 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the person who called the meeting.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_ATTENDEES 44 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the attendees.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE4 30 Specifies the names to be printed on the agenda.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_DOWN 21 Moves the current topic row down.
1a WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_UP 1f Moves the current topic row up.
1e WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_INSERT 34 Inserts a new empty topic row above the current row.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_MINUTES_1 52 Enter the agenda topics. Use the Move up and Move down buttons to sort the topics.
1e WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_REMOVE 1e Removes the current topic row.
25 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_RESPONSIBLE_1 52 Enter the agenda topics. Use the Move up and Move down buttons to sort the topics.
1f WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_TOPIC_1 52 Enter the agenda topics. Use the Move up and Move down buttons to sort the topics.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE5 3a Specifies the topics to be printed on the agenda template.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_MAKECHANGES 53 Creates and saves the agenda template, then opens the template for further editing.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_BTN_TEMPLATEPATH 4c Specifies the complete path, including the file name of the agenda template.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATEPATH 4c Specifies the complete path, including the file name of the agenda template.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATENAME 2a Specifies the name of the agenda template.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_CREATEAGENDA 5f Creates and saves the agenda template, then opens a new agenda document based on that template.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE6 36 Choose the title and location for the agenda template.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDFINISH 39 Click to create the form without answering further pages.
12 HID_DLGFORM_DIALOG 28 Activates the Wizard for creating forms.
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_FIELDSSELECTED 2d Displays the fields that are in the new form.
2c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEDOWN_PK_SELECTED 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
19 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_DOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEUP_PK_SELECTED 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEFIELDDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDREMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
2d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVE_PK_SELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDS 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
17 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_UP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDSAVAILABLE 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_FIELDSAVAILABLE 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEFIELDUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_LBTABLES 42 Specifies the table or query that you want to create the form for.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
24 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDREMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVE_PK_SELECTED 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
2c WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_FIELDSAVAILABLE 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
2f WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDS 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDREMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTSELECTMANUALLY 3d Click to add a subform based on a manual selection of fields.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_lstRELATIONS 32 Select the relation on which the subform is based.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTONEXISTINGRELATION 35 Click to add a subform based on an existing relation.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKCREATESUBFORM 18 Select to add a subform.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_FIELDSSELECTED 3d Displays all fields that will be included in the new subform.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_LBTABLES 44 Specifies the table or query for which the subform is to be created.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK4 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK3 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK2 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK1 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK4 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK3 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK2 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK1 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPJUSTIFIED2 31 Arranges the labels above the corresponding data.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTABLESTYLE2 2d Aligns the database fields in a tabular form.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPLABELED2 47 Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels above the field.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTABLESTYLE 2d Aligns the database fields in a tabular form.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDLEFTLABELED 51 Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels to the left of the fields.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDLEFTLABELED2 51 Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels to the left of the fields.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPLABELED 47 Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels above the field.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNRIGHT 1d The labels are right-aligned.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPJUSTIFIED 31 Arranges the labels above the corresponding data.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNLEFT 1c The labels are left-aligned.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNODELETION 21 Select to disallow deleting data.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOMODIFICATION 20 Select to disallow editing data.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOADDITION 23 Select to disallow adding new data.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTDISPLAYALLDATA 4f Creates a form that can be used to display existing data and to enter new data.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTNEWDATAONLY 37 Creates a form that is only used for entering new data.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMD3DBORDER 30 Specifies that the field borders have a 3D look.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNOBORDER 29 Specifies that the fields have no border.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDSIMPLEBORDER 2b Specifies that the field borders look flat.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LSTSTYLES 26 Specifies the page style for the form.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTMODIFYFORM 3f Saves the form, and opens it in edit mode to change the layout.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTWORKWITHFORM 4a Saves the form, and opens it as a form document to enter and display data.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_TXTPATH 1f Specifies the name of the form.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_DIALOG 1d Select the report properties.
1b .uno%3ADBNewReportAutoPilot 2a Activates the wizard for creating reports.
1c HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
21 HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
1e HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSSELECTED 38 Displays all fields that are included in the new report.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSAVAILABLE 4a Displays the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
18 HID_DLGREPORT_1_LBTABLES 40 Select the table or query for which the report is to be created.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_6 94 Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_2_PREGROUPINGDEST b4 Lists the fields by which the report will be grouped. To remove one level of grouping, select the field name, then click the < button. You may select up to four levels of grouping.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDUNGROUP 4a Click to move the selected field to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
18 HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDGROUP 4a Click to move the selected field to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
18 HID_DLGREPORT_2_GROUPING c6 Lists the fields from your selection on the previous page of the Wizard. To group the report by a field, select the field name, then click the > button. You may select up to four levels of grouping.
1b HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND4 2d Sorts the field contents in descending order.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND4 2c Sorts the field contents in ascending order.
15 HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT4 37 Select an additional field by which to sort the report.
15 HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT1 33 Select the first field by which to sort the report.
18 HID_DLGREPORT_4_PORTRAIT 33 Selects a portrait page orientation for the report.
19 HID_DLGREPORT_4_LANDSCAPE 34 Selects a landscape page orientation for the report.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_4_PAGELAYOUT 8a Defines a page layout for the report. The page layouts are loaded from template files, which assign a header, footer, and page background.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_4_DATALAYOUT 65 Defines a set of styles for the report. The styles assign fonts, indents, table background, and more.
1e HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTUSETEMPLATE 30 When you click Finish, the report will be saved.
1e HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTDYNTEMPLATE 6f Saves the report as a template. When you open a dynamic report, it will display with the current data contents.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTEDITTEMPLATE 44 When you click Finish, the report will be saved and opened for edit.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTSTATDOCUMENT 89 Saves the report as a static report. When you open a static report, it will always display the data from the time the report was created.
15 HID_DLGREPORT_4_TITLE 43 Specifies the title that is printed at the title line of each page.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FnextPageButton 36 Saves the current settings and moves to the next page.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FlastPageButton 34 Returns to the selections made on the previous page.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdelDesingButton 31 Deletes the selected design from the design list.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdesignsTreeview 1e Displays all existing designs.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FoldDesignRadiobutton 81 Loads an existing design from the design list to use as a starting point for the steps to follow on the next pages of the Wizard.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FnewDesignRadiobutton 35 Creates a new design in the next pages of the Wizard.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FindexEntry 66 Specifies the URL (absolute or relative) to be entered by the viewer in order to see the presentation.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FperlRadiobutton 3d Used by WebCast export to create HTML pages and Perl scripts.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FCGIEntry 48 Specifies the URL (absolute or relative) for the generated Perl scripts.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FASPRadiobutton 99 When you select the ASP option, the WebCast export creates ASP pages. Note that the HTML presentation can only be offered by a web server supporting ASP.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FchgAutoRadiobutton 8b The page transition takes place automatically after the specified period of time elapses and does not depend on the presentation's contents
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FstandardRadiobutton 2e Creates standard HTML pages from export pages.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FcontentCheckbutton 27 Creates a title page for your document.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FnotesCheckbutton 2d Specifies that your notes are also displayed.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FframesRadiobutton b2 Creates standard HTML pages with frames. The exported page will be placed in the main frame, and the frame to the left will display a table of contents in the form of hyperlinks.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FkioskRadiobutton 87 Creates a default HTML presentation as a kiosk export, in which the slides are automatically advanced after a specified amount of time.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdurationSpinbutton 32 Defines the amount of time for each slide display.
42 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FchgDefaultRadiobutton d4 The slide transition depends on the timing that you set for each slide in the presentation. If you set a manual page transition, the HTML presentation introduces a new page by pressing any key from your keyboard.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FendlessCheckbutton 55 Automatically restarts the HTML presentation after the last slide has been displayed.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FURLEntry 6f Specifies the URL (absolute or relative), where the created HTML presentation on the web server has been saved.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FwebCastRadiobutton 52 In a WebCast export, automatic scripts will be generated with Perl or ASP support.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fresolution3Radiobutton 3a Select a high resolution for a high quality slide display.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FqualityCombobox b4 Specifies the compression factor of the JPEG graphic. A 100% value offers the best quality for a large data range. The 25% factor indicates small files with inferior image quality.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FjpgRadiobutton 82 The files are exported as JPEG files. JPEG files are compressed, with adjustable compression and can contain more than 256 colors.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fresolution2Radiobutton 3d Select the medium resolution for a medium-sized presentation.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FgifRadiobutton 75 The files are exported as GIF files. GIF files are compressed without loss of data, and have a maximum of 256 colors.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FsldSoundCheckbutton 60 Specifies that the sound files that are defined as an effect for slide transitions are exported.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fresolution1Radiobutton 5f Select the low resolution to keep the file size small, even for presentations with many slides.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FpngRadiobutton 79 The files are exported as PNG files. PNG files are compressed without loss of data, and can contain more than 256 colors.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fpage3 79 The files are exported as PNG files. PNG files are compressed without loss of data, and can contain more than 256 colors.
39 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FmiscTextview 36 Specifies additional text to appear on the title page.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FwwwEntry 49 Specifies your homepage. A hyperlink will be inserted in the publication.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FemailEntry 1d Specifies the e-mail address.
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FauthorEntry 2f Specifies the name of the publication's author.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FtextOnlyCheckbutton 30 Inserts only text hyperlinks instead of buttons.
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FvLinkButton 58 Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the visited link color of the presentation.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FlinkButton 55 Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the hyperlink color of the presentation.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FbackButton 56 Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the background color of the presentation.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FuserRadiobutton 43 Allows you to define your own colors for some presentation objects.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdefaultRadiobutton 34 Uses the default colors of the viewer's Web Browser.
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FaLinkButton 57 Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the active link color of the presentation.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FtextButton 50 Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the text color of the presentation.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdocColorsRadiobutton 43 Determines the colors from the styles used in the current document.
15 HID_LISTWIZARD_FINISH 13 Creates the object.
3a modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Ftoleft 31 Removes the selected option fields from the list.
40 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Fradiobuttons 46 Displays all option fields which have to be included in the group box.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Ftoright 4a Confirms the current label and copies the label to the Option fields list.
3f modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Fradiolabels 6d Specifies the respective label for each option field. You will see the label of the option field in the form.
48 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefaultselectionno 49 Specifies that you do not want any option field to be the default choice.
47 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefselectionfield 53 Select the option field that you want to have as the default when opening the form.
49 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefaultselectionyes 5b Specifies that you want an option field to be selected as a default after opening the form.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionvaluespage%2Fradiobuttons 49 Select the option field for which you want to assign the reference value.
38 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionvaluespage%2Foptionvalue 4d Select a number or a text as a reference value for the selected option field.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FnoRadiobutton 5f Specifies that you want to save the reference values in the form only, and not in the database.
42 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FstoreInFieldCombobox 45 Select the data field in which the reference values have to be saved.
3c modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FyesRadiobutton 43 Specifies that you want to save the reference values in a database.
33 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsfinalpage%2Fnameit 66 Specifies the label for the option box. You will see the label of the group box displayed in the form.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_DIALOG 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
27 macro%3A%2F%2F%2FImportWizard.Main.Main 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDHELP 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKLOGFILE 56 Creates a log file in your work directory showing which documents have been converted.
1d HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKPOWERPOINT 5a Converts documents in Microsoft PowerPoint format *.ppt into OpenDocument *.odp documents.
18 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKEXCEL 55 Converts documents in Microsoft Excel format *.xls into OpenDocument *.ods documents.
17 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKWORD 54 Converts documents in Microsoft Word format *.doc into OpenDocument *.odt documents.
25 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDDOCUMENTPATHSELECT 2a Opens a dialog to select the desired path.
1e HID_DLGIMPORT_2_EDDOCUMENTPATH 43 Specifies the directory to which the destination files are written.
1e HID_DLGIMPORT_2_LBDOCUMENTPATH 34 Specifies the directory containing the source files.
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENT 31 Indicates that the documents are to be converted.
21 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENTRECURSE 61 Indicates that the subdirectories of the selected directory are also searched for matching files.
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBTEMPLATE 2d Specifies that templates are to be converted.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_LISTBOX1 32 Displays the ranges to be converted from the list.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKRECURSIVE 48 Specifies whether all subfolders of the selected directory are included.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKPROTECT bc Specifies that sheet protection will be disabled during conversion and thereafter re-enabled. If sheet protection is covered by a password, you will see a dialog for entering the password.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OBFILE 2a Converts a single $[officename] Calc file.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBTARGETOPEN 4f Opens a dialog in which you can select a directory to hold the converted files.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OBDIR 6b Converts all $[officename] Calc and $[officename] Writer documents and templates in the selected directory.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKBOX1 1d Converts the entire document.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKTEXTDOCUMENTS 57 Converts currency amounts found in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_DIALOG 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBSOURCEOPEN 3b Opens a dialog to select the desired directory or document.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBGOON 16 Starts the conversion.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_TBSOURCE 4b Indicates the directory or the name of the single document to be converted.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBCANCEL 1a Closes the Euro Converter.
31 macro%3A%2F%2F%2FEuro.AutoPilotRun.StartAutoPilot 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
14 .uno%3AEuroConverter 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_TBTARGET 4b Specifies the folder and path in which the converted files are to be saved.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBBACK 30 Returns to the first page of the Euro Converter.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBHELP 22 Activates the help for the dialog.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_COMBOBOX1 32 Specifies the currency to be converted into euros.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON1 36 All cells with the selected Cell Styles are converted.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON2 3f All currency cells in the active spreadsheet will be converted.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON4 5b All currency cells in the range selected before the converter was called will be converted.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON3 3c All currency cells in the active document will be converted.
15 HID_ABSPILOT_PREVIOUS 1c Pergi ke langkah sebelumnya.
13 HID_ABSPILOT_CANCEL 32 Exits the wizard without implementing any changes.
13 HID_ABSPILOT_FINISH 44 Establishes the connection to the data source and closes the dialog.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fgroupwise 43 Select this option if you already use an address book in Groupwise.
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fmacosx 4c Select this option if you already use an address book in macOS Address book.
c slot%3A10934 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
17 EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
11 HID_ABSPILOT_NEXT 1d Pergi ke langkah selanjutnya.
2e modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fkde 4a Select this option if you already use an address book in KDE Address book.
21 .uno%3AAutoPilotAddressDataSource 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
36 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fthunderbird 50 Select this option if you already use an address book in Thunderbird or Icedove.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Ffirefox 4e Select this option if you already use an address book in Firefox or Iceweasel.
30 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fother 60 Select this option if you want to register another data source as address book in $[officename].
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2FSelectTypePage 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fevoldap 48 Select this option if you already use an address book in Evolution LDAP.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fevolution 43 Select this option if you already use an address book in Evolution.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Finvokeadminpage%2Fsettings 3a Calls a dialog in which you can enter additional settings.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Finvokeadminpage%2FInvokeAdminPage 5e Allows you to enter additional settings for LDAP address data and other external data sources.
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttablepage%2Ftable 59 Specifies the table that is to serve as the address book for the $[officename] templates.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttablepage%2FSelectTablePage 2f Menentukan pengaturan umum untuk $[officename].
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Favailable db Registers the newly created database file in %PRODUCTNAME. The database will then be listed in the data source window (F4). If this check box is cleared, the database will be available only by opening the database file.
1f DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BROWSECONN 2b Specifies the location using a file dialog.
2f modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Fname 1f Specifies the data source name.
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Fbrowse 2b Specifies the location using a file dialog.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2FDataSourcePage 81 Specifies a location for the address book file and a name under which the data source will be listed in the data source explorer.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldassignpage%2Fassign 34 Opens the Templates: Address Book Assignment dialog.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldassignpage%2FFieldAssignPage 3f Opens a dialog that allows you to specify the field assignment.
11 HID_CTL_QRYDGNTAB 67 Klik ganda ruas-ruas untuk menambahkan mereka ke kuiri. Seret-dan-jatuhkan untuk mendefinisikan relasi.
1d HID_QUERY_EDIT_JOINCONNECTION 16 Sunting Properti Join.
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ORDER 59 Bila Anda mengklik sel, Anda dapat memilih opsi pengurutan: naik, turun, dan tak terurut.
12 HID_CTL_QRYDGNCRIT 29 Pilih kondisi untuk mendefinisikan kuiri.
22 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsavedialog%2Ftitle 24 Masukkan nama kuiri atau view tabel.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsavedialog%2Fschema 3d Masukkan nama skema yang ditugaskan ke kuiri atau view tabel.
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FIELD 7c Masukkan nama ruas data yang Anda acu dalam Kuiri. Semua pengaturan yang dibuat dalam baris-baris bawah mengacu ke ruas ini.
13 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_CRIT 45 Menyatakan kriteria yang mesti dipakai untuk menyaring isi ruas data.
16 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_VISIBLE 5a Bila Anda menandai properti Tampak bagi suatu ruas data, ruas itu akan tampak dalam kuiri.
17 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION 9a The Parameter Input dialog asks the user to enter the parameter values. Enter a value for each query parameter and confirm by clicking OK or typing Enter.
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ALIAS a5 Menyatakan suatu alias. Alias ini akan didaftar dalam suatu kuiri sebagai pengganti nama ruas. Ini memungkinkan memakai label kolom yang didefinisikan oleh pengguna.
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_TABLE 4b Tabel basis data yang terkait dari ruas data yang dipilih didaftar di sini.
21 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Ftype 54 For a full join, the results table contains all fields of the left and right tables.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Ftable2 35 Specifies two different tables that you want to join.
5 dummy 5a If you click More, a dialog displaying more information about the current problem appears.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirmpassword 1d Enter the new password again.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fnewpassword 17 Enter the new password.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Foldpassword 17 Enter the old password.
1c sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fusered 23 Specifies the name of the new user.
1c HID_TABLE_DESIGN_HELP_WINDOW 14 Displays help texts.
16 HID_TABDESIGN_NAMECELL 84 Specifies the name of the data field. Note the database restrictions, such as the length of the name, special characters and spaces.
19 HID_TABDESIGN_COMMENTCELL 22 Specifies an optional description.
18 HID_TABDESIGN_BACKGROUND 32 This area is where you define the table structure.
1a SID_TABLEDESIGN_INSERTROWS 96 Inserts an empty row above the current row, if the table has not been saved. Inserts an empty row at the end of the table if the table has been saved.
20 SID_TABLEDESIGN_TABED_PRIMARYKEY 4f If this command has a check mark, the data field in this line is a primary key.
16 HID_TABDESIGN_TYPECELL 19 Specifies the field type.
13 HID_TAB_ENT_DEFAULT 3c Specifies the value that is the default in new data records.
19 HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT_SAMPLE 41 Displays the format code that you can select with the ... button.
d .uno%3ADelete 19 Deletes the selected row.
12 HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT 2a This button opens the Field Format dialog.
2e dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FINDEX_LIST 85 Displays the available indexes. Select an index from the list to edit. The details of the selected index are displayed in the dialog.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FUNIQUE 3e Specifies whether the current index allows only unique values.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_DROP 1a Deletes the current index.
14 .uno%3ADBIndexDesign 4a The Index Design dialog allows you edit the indexes for the current table.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_NEW 14 Creates a new index.
23 HID_DLGINDEX_INDEXDETAILS_SORTORDER 1a Determines the sort order.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_RENAME 1a Renames the current index.
1f HID_DLGINDEX_INDEXDETAILS_FIELD 57 Displays a list of the fields in the current table. You can select more than one field.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_SAVE 2b Saves the current index in the data source.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2Fclose 12 Closes the dialog.
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_RESET 50 Resets the current index to the setting that it had when the dialog was started.
13 HID_CTL_RELATIONTAB 57 Here you can link together tables from the current database through common data fields.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdeldefault 60 If you delete the corresponding primary key, a set value will be set to all external key fields.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdelcascade 69 Specifies that all external key fields will be deleted if you delete the corresponding primary key field.
14 .uno%3ADBAddRelation 3c Allows you to define and edit a relation between two tables.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Ftable2 4a The names of the tables selected for the link appear here as column names.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Frelations 28 Defines the key fields for the relation.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Faddnull a1 If the corresponding primary key has been modified, use this option to set the "IS NULL" value to all external key fields. IS NULL means that the field is empty.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Faddaction 5a Specifies that any change made to a primary key does not affect other external key fields.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Faddcascade 77 Updates all the external key fields if the value of the corresponding primary key has been modified (Cascading Update).
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fadddefault 76 If the corresponding primary key has been modified, use this option to set a default value to all external key fields.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdelaction 63 Specifies that the deletion of a primary key will not have any effect on other external key fields.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdelnull 6d If you delete the corresponding primary key, the "IS NULL" value will be assigned to all external key fields.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fkeyname 46 Specifies a name for the primary key generated. This name is optional.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdata 74 If the data cannot be attached, you will see a list of fields in the Column Info dialog whose data cannot be copied.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdef 40 Copies only the table definition and not the corresponding data.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdefdata 29 Creates a 1:1 copy of the database table.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fprimarykey 4a Automatically generates a primary key data field and fills it with values.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fview c0 If the database supports Views and you selected this option, a query will be created in the table container as a table. This option allows you to view the query results as a normal table view.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fname 1e Specifies a name for the copy.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Fcolrh 5a Adds or removes the selected field (> or < button) or all of the fields (<< or >> button).
21 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Fto 3e Lists the fields that you want to include in the copied table.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Ffrom bc Lists the available data fields that you can include in the copied table. To copy a data field, click its name, and then click the > button. To copy all of the fields, click the >> button.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftypeselectpage%2Fautobutton 23 Enables automatic type recognition.
25 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftypeselectpage%2Fauto 40 Enter the number of lines to use for automatic type recognition.
18 HID_TAB_ENT_BOOL_DEFAULT 2c Select the default value for a Yes/No field.
11 HID_TAB_ENT_SCALE 7a Enter the number of decimal places for the data field. This option is only available for numerical or decimal data fields.
f HID_TAB_ENT_LEN 32 Enter the number of characters for the data field.
10 HID_TAB_ENT_TYPE 14 Select a field type.
16 HID_TAB_ENT_COLUMNNAME 54 Displays the name of the selected data field. If you want, you can enter a new name.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftypeselectpage%2Fcolumnnames 43 Lists the data fields that will be included in to the copied table.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fdown_right 37 Moves the selected entry down one position in the list.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fall 2b Selects all of the data fields in the list.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fup_right 35 Moves the selected entry up one position in the list.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fright a0 Lists the possible data fields in the destination table. Only the data fields that are selected in the source table list will be included the destination table.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fnone 2a Clears all of the check boxes in the list.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fleft 168 Lists the data fields in the source table. To include a data field from the source table in the destination table, select the check box in front of the data field name. To map the contents of a data field in the source table to a different data field in the destination table, click the data field in the source table list, and then click the up or down arrow.
16 HID_DSADMIN_USECATALOG b2 Uses the current data source of the Catalog. This is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. If the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver, leave this check box clear.
2e dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fusesql92 89 Only allows names that use characters that conform to the SQL92 naming constraints in the data source. All other characters are rejected.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fquery 63 Enter an SQL statement that returns the last auto-incremented value for the primary key data field.
2f dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fstatement 70 Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fautoretrieve 67 Enables $[officename] support of auto-incremented data fields for the current ODBC or JDBC data source.
18 HID_DSADMIN_CHARSET_ODBC 79 Select the code conversion that you want to use to view the database in $[officename]. This does not affect the database.
22 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fodbcpage%2Foptions 56 Use this text field to enter additional optional driver settings if this is necessary.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbasepage%2FindiciesButton 61 Opens the Indexes dialog, where you can organize the table indexes in the current dBASE database.
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbasepage%2FshowDelRowsCheckbutton 7f Displays all the records in a file, including those marked as deleted. If you select this check box, you cannot delete records.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fremove 3a Moves the selected table indexes to the Free Indexes list.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Faddall 38 Moves all of the free indexes to the Table Indexes list.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fadd 33 Moves the selected index to the Table Indexes list.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ftableindex 3a Lists the current indexes for the selected database table.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ffreeindex 3b Lists the available indexes that you can assign to a table.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ftable 31 Select the database table that you want to index.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fremoveall 38 Moves all of the table indexes to the Free Indexes list.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2FDBaseIndexDialog 29 Lets you organize dBASE database indexes.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fexecute 40 Runs the command that you entered in the Command to execute box.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fstatus 48 Displays the results, including errors, of the SQL command that you ran.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fsqlhistory 6a Lists the previously executed SQL commands. To run a command again, click the command, and then click Run.
25 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fsql 3a Enter the SQL administration command that you want to run.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2FDirectSQLDialog 4f Opens a dialog where you can enter an SQL command for administering a database.
1e HID_DSADMIN_SUPPRESS_VERSIONCL 5b Sorts the list of table names in ascending order starting at the beginning of the alphabet.
27 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SUPPRESS_VERSIONCL ed Some databases track changes to each record by assigning version number to fields that are changed. This number is incremented by 1 each time the field is changed. Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.
35 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseodbcliterals 33 Menskala citra/gambar sesuai dengan ukuran kontrol.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Finputchecks d8 When you enter a new record or update an existing record in a form, and you leave a field empty which is bound to a database column which requires input, then you will see a message complaining about the empty field.
26 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BOOLEANCOMPARISON 3b Select the type of Boolean comparison that you want to use.
34 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fignorecurrency a9 Only for Oracle JDBC connections. When enabled it specifies that no column is treated as a currency field. The field type returned from the database driver is discarded.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseas 9b Some databases use the keyword "AS" between a name and its alias, while other databases use a whitespace. Enable this option to insert AS before the alias.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseoj 5c Use escape sequences for outer joins. The syntax for this escape sequence is {oj outer-join}
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Feol 6d Select to use the CR + LF code pair to end every text line (preferred for DOS and Windows operating systems).
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fappend 39 Appends the alias to the table name in SELECT statements.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fignoreprivs 43 Ignores access privileges that are provided by the database driver.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseschemaname 37 Allows you to use the schema name in SELECT statements.
34 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fusecatalogname b7 Uses the current data source of the catalog. This option is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. Do not select this option if the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fprimarykeys 5f Enable to overrule Base's heuristics used to detect whether the database supports primary keys.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Freplaceparams 44 Replaces named parameters in a data source with a question mark (?).
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fdisplayver 49 Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fcreateindex 2d Creates an index with ASC or DESC statements.
1c DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_CHARSET 54 Select the character set that you want to use to view the database in $[officename].
24 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SPECIAL_MESSAGE 38 Select the type of database that you want to connect to.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_PB_TESTMYSQLCLASS 3c Tests the database connection through the JDBC driver class.
2d DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLCLASS 49 Enter the name of the JDBC driver class that connects to the data source.
2e DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLDBNAME 1f Enter the name of the database.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FpassCheckbutton 61 If checked, the user will be asked to enter the password that is required to access the database.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_CALC_PATH 4e Enter the path to the spreadsheet document that you want to use as a database.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_FLAT_PATH 2f Enter the path to the folder of the text files.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FconnectionButton 38 Tests the database connection with the current settings.
1f DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DBASE_PATH 3e Enter the path to the directory that contains the dBASE files.
2f dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneralpagewizard%2FPageGeneral 57 The Database Wizard creates a database file that contains information about a database.
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneralpagewizard%2FdatasourceType 3e Select the database type for the existing database connection.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneralpagewizard%2FconnectDatabase 49 Select to create a database document for an existing database connection.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneralpagewizard%2FopenDatabase a6 Opens a file selection dialog where you can select a database file. Click Open or OK in the file selection dialog to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
38 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneralpagewizard%2FopenExistingDatabase 62 Select to open a database file from a list of recently used files or from a file selection dialog.
2e dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneralpagewizard%2FdocListBox 86 Select a database file to open from the list of recently used files. Click Finish to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneralpagewizard%2FcreateDatabase 20 Select to create a new database.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fusewizard 46 Select to call the Table Wizard after the Database Wizard is finished.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fnoregister 4e Select to keep the database information only within the created database file.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fyesregister 11d Select to register the database within your user copy of %PRODUCTNAME. After registering, the database is displayed in the View - Data Sources window. You must register a database to be able to insert the database fields in a document (Insert - Field - More Fields) or in a mail merge.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fopenediting 4f Select to display the database file, where you can edit the database structure.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2FPageFinal 6a Specifies whether you want to register the database, open the database for editing, or insert a new table.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MSACCESS_PB_MSACCESSLOCATION 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MSACCESS_ET_MSACCESSLOCATION 28 Specifies the path to the database file.
28 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADO_PB_ADOURL 2a Click to open a database selection dialog.
28 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADO_ET_ADOURL 1a Enter the data source URL.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_DBASE_PB_DBASELOCATION 1d Open a path selection dialog.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_DBASE_ET_DBASELOCATION 28 Enter the path to the dBASE *.dbf files.
2f dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjdbcconnectionpage%2FjdbcButton 2f Tests the connection with the current settings.
2c DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLPORT df Enter the URL for the database. For example, for the MySQL JDBC driver, enter "jdbc:mysql://<Servername>/<name of the database>". For more information on the JDBC driver, consult the documentation that came with the driver.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FjavaDriverLabel 22 Enter the name of the JDBC driver.
2e dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjdbcconnectionpage%2Fbrowseurl df Enter the URL for the database. For example, for the MySQL JDBC driver, enter "jdbc:mysql://<Servername>/<name of the database>". For more information on the JDBC driver, consult the documentation that came with the driver.
2e dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjdbcconnectionpage%2FjdbcEntry 22 Enter the name of the JDBC driver.
32 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLHOSTSERVER 41 hostname is the name of the machine that runs the MySQL database.
37 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjdbcconnectionpage%2FJDBCConnectionPage 30 Specifies the options to access a JDBC database.
17 HID_DSADMIN_USESSL_LDAP 56 Creates a secure connection to the LDAP server through the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).
1b HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_PORTNUMBER 30 Enter the port of the LDAP server, normally 389.
17 HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_BASEDN 4c Enter the starting point to search the LDAP database, for example, "dc=com".
19 HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_HOSTNAME 45 Enter the name of the LDAP server using the format "ldap.server.com".
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizmysqlintropage%2Fjdbc 48 Connects to an existing JDBC data source that was set on a system level.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizmysqlintropage%2Fodbc 48 Connects to an existing ODBC data source that was set on a system level.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ODBC_PB_NAMEOFODBCDATASOURCE 33 Click to open an ODBC data source selection dialog:
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ODBC_ET_NAMEOFODBCDATASOURCE 24 Enter the path to the database file.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FjavaDriverLabel 22 Enter the name of the JDBC driver.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLEPORT 2e Enter the port number for the database server.
30 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLECLASS 26 Enter the URL for the database server.
35 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLEHOSTSERVER 26 Enter the name of the Oracle database.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizspreadsheetpage%2Fbrowse 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizspreadsheetpage%2Fbrowseurl 35 Enter the path and file name to the spreadsheet file.
37 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizspreadsheetpage%2Fpasswordrequired 44 Select to request a password from the user of the database document.
3b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizspreadsheetpage%2FDBWizSpreadsheetPage 35 Enter the path and file name to the spreadsheet file.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwiztextpage%2Fbrowseurl fd Enter the path to the text file or files. If you just want one text file, you can use any extension of the file name. If you enter a folder name, the text files in that folder must have the extension *.csv to be recognized as files of the text database.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwiztextpage%2Fbrowse 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftextpage%2Ftextfile 1a Click to access txt files.
22 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftextpage%2Fcsvfile 1a Click to access csv files.
21 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftextpage%2Fcustom 42 Click to access custom files. Enter the extension in the text box.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftextpage%2Fextension 42 Click to access custom files. Enter the extension in the text box.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftextpage%2Ffieldseparator 4a Enter or select the character that separates data fields in the text file.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftextpage%2Fthousandsseparator 87 Enter or select the character that is used as a thousands separator in the text file, for example a comma (1,000), or a period (1.000).
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftextpage%2Ftextseparator 4c Enter or select the character that identifies a text field in the text file.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwiztextpage%2FDBWizTextPage 3f Specifies the settings for importing a database in text format.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftextpage%2Fdecimalseparator 81 Enter or select the character that is used as a decimal separator in the text file, for example, a period (0.5) or a comma (0,5).
3b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fauthentificationpage%2FtestConnectionButton 46 Check if the configured connection can be used to access the database.
3e dbaccess%2Fui%2Fauthentificationpage%2FpassRequiredCheckbutton 3e Select to prompt a user for a password to access the database.
3b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fauthentificationpage%2FgeneralUserNameEntry 2b Enter the user name to access the database.
1b .uno%3ADBDSAdvancedSettings 25 Opens the Advanced Properties dialog.
19 .uno%3ADBDSConnectionType 21 Opens the Connection Type Wizard.
d .uno%3ADBOpen 32 Opens the selected object in the last saved state.
1f DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLE_EDIT 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
d .uno%3ADBEdit 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
1f .uno%3ADBDatabasePropertiesMenu 10 Opens a submenu.
18 HID_BROWSER_TABLE_DELETE 33 Deletes the selected table, query, form, or report.
f .uno%3ADBRename 71 Renames the selected object. Depending on the database, some names, characters, and name length might be invalid.
29 .uno%3ADBNewFormAutoPilotWithPreSelection 3e Starts the Form Wizard for the selected table, query, or view.
2b .uno%3ADBNewReportAutoPilotWithPreSelection 40 Starts the Report Wizard for the selected table, query, or view.
16 .uno%3ADBConvertToView cf Converts the selected query to a view. The original query remains in your database file and an additional view is generated on the database server. You must have write permission to add a view to a database.
15 .uno%3ADBDSProperties 25 Opens the Database Properties dialog.
1b .uno%3ADBSendReportToWriter 86 Exports the selected report to a text document. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.
19 .uno%3ADBSendReportAsMail fe Opens the default e-mail application to send a new e-mail. The selected report is appended as an attachment. You can enter the subject, the recipients and a mail body. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2Fok 2c Click to save the form to the database file.
34 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FfileNameEntry 27 Enter the file name for the saved form.
2f dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FupButton 31 Click to go up one level in the folder hierarchy.
36 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FnewFolderButton 36 Click to create a new folder within the database file.
35 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FCollectionView 36 Click to create a new folder within the database file.
12 .uno%3ADBNewFolder 44 Opens a dialog where you can save a new folder in the database file.
13 .uno%3ADBNewViewSQL 1d Opens a new view in SQL mode.
10 .uno%3ADBNewView 20 Opens a new view in design mode.
14 .uno%3ADBNewQuerySql 1e Opens a new query in SQL mode.
11 .uno%3ADBNewQuery 21 Opens a new query in design mode.
11 .uno%3ADBNewTable 1c Opens the table design view.
12 .uno%3ADBNewReport 48 Starts the Report Builder window for the selected table, view, or query.
10 .uno%3ADBNewForm 27 Opens a new text document in form mode.
12 .uno%3ADBDirectSQL 38 Opens the SQL dialog where you can enter SQL statements.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesfilterpage%2FTablesFilterPage 64 Opens the Table Filter dialog where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.
12 .uno%3ADBUserAdmin 4b Opens the User Administration dialog if the database supports this feature.
17 .uno%3ADBRelationDesign 5d Opens the Relation Design view and checks whether the database connection supports relations.
16 .uno%3ADBRefreshTables 15 Refreshes the tables.
1c .uno%3ADBDatabaseObjectsMenu 10 Opens a submenu.
12 .uno%3ADBViewForms 43 Selects the forms container and shows all forms in the detail view.
14 .uno%3ADBViewReports 47 Selects the reports container and shows all reports in the detail view.
1b .uno%3ADBShowDocInfoPreview 49 The preview window displays the document information of a form or report.
14 .uno%3ADBViewQueries 47 Selects the queries container and shows all queries in the detail view.
17 .uno%3ADBDisablePreview 2c Disables the preview in the database window.
13 .uno%3ADBViewTables 45 Selects the tables container and shows all tables in the detail view.
10 .uno%3ADBPreview 10 Opens a submenu.
d .uno%3ADBSort 10 Opens a submenu.
17 .uno%3ADBShowDocPreview 36 The preview displays the document of a form or report.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsummarypage%2Ftextview 42 The list shows all changes that were applied to the database file.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fbackuppage%2Fbrowse c1 Choose a location and file name to save the new database file. By default, the new file gets the same name as the old file, while the old file gets renamed with the string "backup" in the name.
17 .uno%3ADBMigrateScripts 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fbackuppage%2FBackupPage 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsummarypage%2FSummaryPage 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fmigratepage%2FMigratePage 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fprepagepage%2FPreparePage 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
36 svtools%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_LOGIN%3ACB_LOGIN_SAVEPASSWORD 99 Select to use the same user name and password without further dialog, when you connect again to the same data source in the current %PRODUCTNAME session.
2e svtools%3AEdit%3ADLG_LOGIN%3AED_LOGIN_PASSWORD 31 Enter the password to connect to the data source.
2e svtools%3AEdit%3ADLG_LOGIN%3AED_LOGIN_USERNAME 32 Enter the user name to connect to the data source.
17 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD 36 The Query Wizard helps you to design a database query.
24 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTSELFIELDS 3b Displays all fields that will be included in the new query.
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTTABLES 39 Specifies the table for which the query is to be created.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT4 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT2 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT1 39 Specifies the field by which the created query is sorted.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND1 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND2 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND3 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT3 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND4 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND2 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND3 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND1 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND4 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMATCHALL 45 Select to filter the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMATCHANY 47 Select to filter the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_2 2f Select the field name for the filter condition.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_3 2f Select the field name for the filter condition.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_1 2f Select the field name for the filter condition.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_1 24 Select the condition for the filter.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_2 24 Select the condition for the filter.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_3 24 Select the condition for the filter.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_3 29 Enter the value for the filter condition.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_1 29 Enter the value for the filter condition.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_2 29 Enter the value for the filter condition.
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BTNAGGREGATEMINUS 21 Removes the last row of controls.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BTNAGGREGATEPLUS 1e Appends a new row of controls.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTAGGREGATEFIELDS_1 1e Select the numeric field name.
2e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTAGGREGATEFUNCTION_1 1e Select the aggregate function.
30 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTAGGREGATESUMMARYQUERY 33 Select to show only results of aggregate functions.
2f WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTAGGREGATEDETAILQUERY 28 Select to show all records of the query.
2a WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERSELFIELDS 3b Displays all fields that are to be used to group the query.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTGROUPMATCHALL 44 Select to group the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_3 2b Enter the value for the grouping condition.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTGROUPMATCHANY 46 Select to group the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_1 31 Select the field name for the grouping condition.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_2 31 Select the field name for the grouping condition.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_3 31 Select the field name for the grouping condition.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_1 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_2 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_3 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_1 2b Enter the value for the grouping condition.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_2 2b Enter the value for the grouping condition.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTTITLE_1 23 Enter the alias for the field name.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTSUMMARY 20 Displays a summary of the query.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMODIFYQUERY 31 Select to save the query and open it for editing.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDISPLAYQUERY 25 Select to save and display the query.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTQUERYTITLE 1c Enter the name of the query.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2Fdate 94 Enable Include Date to insert a date field into the active area of the report. The date field displays the current date when the report is executed.
39 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2FDateTimeDialog 5f You can open the Date and Time dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Date and Time.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2Ftime 94 Enable Include Time to insert a time field into the active area of the report. The time field displays the current time when the report is executed.
1a .uno%3AInsertDateTimeField 5f You can open the Date and Time dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Date and Time.
17 .uno%3ASectionShrinkTop 37 Shrinks the selected section to remove top empty space.
14 .uno%3ASectionShrink 42 Shrinks the selected section to remove top and bottom empty space.
1a .uno%3ASectionShrinkBottom 3a Shrinks the selected section to remove bottom empty space.
17 .uno%3ASectionAlignLeft 63 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the left margin of the area.
16 .uno%3ASectionAlignTop 62 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the top margin of the area.
18 .uno%3ASectionAlignRight 64 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the right margin of the area.
19 .uno%3ASectionAlignBottom 65 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the bottom margin of the area.
11 .uno%3AVFixedLine 2c Inserts a vertical line to the current area.
14 .uno%3ASmallestWidth 5b Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest width.
15 .uno%3ASmallestHeight 5c Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest height.
14 .uno%3AGreatestWidth 5b Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest width.
15 .uno%3AGreatestHeight 5c Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest height.
11 .uno%3AHFixedLine 2e Inserts a horizontal line to the current area.
28 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_DEEPTRAVERSING e8 If Deep traversing is enabled, functions are evaluated considering all lower levels of hierarchy. This would be used for instance for line numbering. If Deep traversing is not enabled, only the first level of hierarchy is evaluated.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PREEVALUATED 57 If Pre evaluation is enabled, functions are evaluated only when the report is finished.
28 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_INITIALFORMULA 5a Enter the initial value for the evaluation of the formula. Often this is set to 0 or to 1.
21 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_FORMULA 44 Enter the formula that defines the function. Use OpenFormula syntax.
12 .uno%3ANewFunction a9 In the context menu of the Report Navigator, you see the same commands as in the Report Builder view, plus additional commands to create new functions or to delete them.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_REPORT_NAVIGATOR_TREE 9f Click an entry in the Report Navigator. The corresponding object or area is selected in the Report Builder view. Right-click an entry to open the context menu.
16 .uno%3AReportNavigator 7f The Report Navigator reveals the structure of the report. You can use the Report Navigator to insert functions into the report.
36 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Falignment 9 Alignment
37 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fbottompage 17 Bottom of Page (Footer)
35 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fpagenofm b Page N of M
32 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fpagen 6 Page N
34 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Ftoppage 14 Top of Page (Header)
3d modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2FPageNumberDialog 5d You can open the Page Numbers dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Page Numbers.
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_DATAFIELD 43 On the Data tab page, you can change the data contents to be shown.
22 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_FONT 2d Select the font for the selected text object.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_KEEPTOGETHER 78 Keep Together specifies to print the current object starting on top of a new page if it doesn't fit on the current page.
2e REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRINTWHENGROUPCHANGE 17 Print when group change
29 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_BACKTRANSPARENT 51 Specifies whether the background of the selected object is transparent or opaque.
13 .uno%3ASelectReport 67 To display the Data or General tab page for the whole report, choose Edit - Select All - Select Report.
2b REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_GROUPKEEPTOGETHER 5c Groups are kept together by page or by column (default). You must enable Keep Together also.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_FORCENEWPAGE 66 Force New Page specifies whether the current section and/or the next section is printed on a new page.
1e REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_FIELD_SEL c4 The Add Field window is shown automatically when you have selected a table in the Contents box and leave that box. You can also click the Add Field icon on the toolbar, or choose View - Add Field.
34 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_CONDITIONALPRINTEXPRESSION 5b If the Conditional Print Expression evaluates to TRUE, the selected object will be printed.
25 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRESERVEIRI f5 For a picture, you can specify to either insert the picture as a link to a file or only as an embedded object in the Base file. The embedded option increases the size of the Base file, while the link option is not as portable to other computers.
25 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_NEWROWORCOL 93 New Row Or Column specifies, for a multi-column design, whether the current section and/or the next section will be printed on a new row or column.
2a REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PAGEHEADEROPTION 79 Specifies in which context the page header will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VERTICAL_ALIGN f Vert. Alignment
27 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_POSITIONY 2a Set the Y Position for the selected object
2a REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PAGEFOOTEROPTION 78 Specifies in which context the page footer will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer
27 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_POSITIONX 2a Set the X Position for the selected object
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_BACKCOLOR 53 Sets the background color for the selected object, both on screen and for printing.
2d REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRINTREPEATEDVALUES 23 Specifies to print repeated values.
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_WIDTH 26 Sets the width of the selected object.
21 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_VISIBLE 68 An invisible object is not shown in the executed report. It is still visible in the Report Builder view.
24 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_HEIGHT 2a Defines the height of the selected object.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fdelete 29 Removes the selected field from the list.
1b .uno%3ADbSortingAndGrouping b2 In the Sorting and Grouping dialog of Report Builder, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.
2d modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fkeep 4e Select the level of detail by which a group is kept together on the same page.
2e modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fgroup 4b Select to create a new group on each changed value, or on other properties.
35 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2FFloatingSort b2 In the Sorting and Grouping dialog of Report Builder, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.
24 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_FIELDEXPRESSION 37 Click to open a list from which you can select a field.
2d modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fdown 2a Moves the selected field down in the list.
2b modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fup 28 Moves the selected field up in the list.
30 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fsorting 19 Select the sorting order.
31 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Finterval 3b Enter the group interval value that records are grouped by.
2c modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fbox 9f Lists the fields that will be used for sorting or grouping. The field at the top has the highest priority, the second field has the second priority, and so on.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fheader 28 Select to show or hide the Group Header.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Ffooter 28 Select to show or hide the Group Footer.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_DIALOG 36 The Table Wizard helps you to create a database table.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDSSELECTED 3b Displays all fields that will be included in the new table.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LBTABLES a2 Select one of the sample tables. Then select fields from that table from the left list box. Repeat this step until you have selected all the fields that you need.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPTPRIVATE 3e Select the private category to see only private sample tables.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPTBUSINESS 40 Select the business category to see only business sample tables.
23 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_AUTOINCREMENTVALUE 70 Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMINUS 2c Remove the selected field from the list box.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LB_SELFIELDNAMES 36 Select a field in order to edit the field information.
19 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_TYPE 14 Select a field type.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_COLNAME 54 Displays the name of the selected data field. If you want, you can enter a new name.
21 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_BOOL_DEFAULT 2f Specifies the default value for a Yes/No field.
18 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_LEN 36 Specifies the number of characters for the data field.
22 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_AUTOINCREMENT 53 If set to Yes, the values for this data field are generated by the database engine.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDPLUS 25 Add a new data field to the list box.
1d DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_REQUIRED 2c If set to Yes, this field must not be empty.
1a DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_SCALE 7e Specifies the number of decimal places for the data field. This option is only available for numerical or decimal data fields.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDS_PK_SELECTED aa Select a field and click < to remove it from the list of primary key fields. The primary key is created as a concatenation of the fields in this list, from top to bottom.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_SEVERAL 4d Select to create a primary key from a combination of several existing fields.
2e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CK_PK_AUTOVALUE_AUTOMATIC b6 Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the Auto value feature.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LB_PK_FIELDNAME 16 Select the field name.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CK_PK_AUTOVALUE b6 Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the Auto value feature.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_SINGLE 44 Select to use an existing field with unique values as a primary key.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_AUTOMATIC 41 Select to automatically add a primary key as an additional field.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDS_PK_AVAILABLE 47 Select a field and click > to add it to the list of primary key fields.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CHK_USEPRIMEKEY cd Select to create a primary key. Add a primary key to every database table to uniquely identify each record. For some database systems within %PRODUCTNAME, a primary key is mandatory for editing the tables.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_STARTFORMWIZARD 83 Select to create a form based on this table. The form is created on a text document with the last used settings of the Form Wizard.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_WORKWITHTABLE 29 Select to save and edit the table design.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_MODIFYTABLE 41 Select to save the table design and open the table to enter data.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LST_SCHEMA 52 Select the schema for the table. (Available only if the database supports schemas)
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LST_CATALOG 54 Select the catalog for the table. (Available only if the database supports catalogs)
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_TXT_NAME 19 Specifies the table name.
15 .uno%3ADBReportRename 1c Renames the selected report.
15 .uno%3ADBReportDelete 1c Deletes the selected report.
13 .uno%3ADBReportEdit 37 Opens the selected report so you can change the layout.
13 .uno%3ADBFormDelete 1a Deletes the selected form.
12 .uno%3ADBTableOpen 43 Opens the selected table so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
13 .uno%3ADBReportOpen 44 Opens the selected report so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
12 .uno%3ADBTableEdit 39 Opens the selected table so you can change the structure.
14 .uno%3ADBTableDelete 1b Deletes the selected table.
13 .uno%3ADBFormRename 1a Renames the selected form.
14 .uno%3ADBQueryRename 1b Renames the selected query.
12 .uno%3ADBQueryOpen 43 Opens the selected query so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
14 .uno%3ADBTableRename 1b Renames the selected table.
14 .uno%3ADBQueryDelete 1b Deletes the selected query.
11 .uno%3ADBFormOpen 42 Opens the selected form so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
12 .uno%3ADBQueryEdit 39 Opens the selected query so you can change the structure.
11 .uno%3ADBFormEdit 35 Opens the selected form so you can change the layout.
38 svx%2Fui%2Ffontworkspacingdialog%2FFontworkSpacingDialog 2e Memasukkan nilai jarak antarkarakter Fontwork.
26 .uno%3AFontworkCharacterSpacingFloater 2d Membuka jendela Jarak Antarkarakter Fontwork.
1f .uno%3AFontworkAlignmentFloater 22 Membuka jendela Perataan Fontwork.
20 .uno%3AFontworkSameLetterHeights 71 Mengubah tinggi huruf pada objek Fontwork yang dipilih, dari normal ke bentuk yang sama tinggi untuk semua huruf.
18 .uno%3AFontworkShapeType 6f Membuka bilah alat Bentuk Fontwork. Klik pada salah satu bentuk untuk menerapkannya pada Fontwork yang dipilih.
30 fps%2Fui%2Fremotefilesdialog%2FRemoteFilesDialog 1f Remote Files Service User Guide
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepother 36 Keeps the change of the other user, voids your change.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepallothers 39 Keeps the changes of all other users, voids your changes.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepmine 2a Keeps your change, voids the other change.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2FConflictsDialog 89 If the same contents are changed by different users, the Resolve Conflicts dialog opens. For each conflict, decide which changes to keep.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsharedocumentdlg%2Fshare dc Enable to share the current document with other users. Disable to use the document unshared. This will invalidate the not yet saved edits that other users applied in the time since you last opened or saved this document.
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsharedocumentdlg%2FShareDocumentDialog 66 Opens the Share Document dialog where you can enable or disable collaborative sharing of the document.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepallmine 30 Keeps all your changes, voids all other changes.
14 .uno%3AShareDocument 66 Opens the Share Document dialog where you can enable or disable collaborative sharing of the document.
15 .uno%3AFormFilterExit 64 If you click on the Close button on the Form Filter toolbar, the form is displayed without a filter.
18 .uno%3AFormFilterExecute 65 If you click the Apply Form-Based Filter icon on the Form Filter toolbar, the filter will be applied.
1e .uno%3AConfigureToolboxVisible 39 Opens a dialog where you can add, edit, and remove icons.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnewtoolbardialog%2FNewToolbarDialog 39 Opens a dialog where you can add, edit, and remove icons.
19 SID_FM_FILTER_IS_NOT_NULL de You can edit the filter conditions in this area directly as text. If you wish to check if a field has content or no content, you can select the filter conditions "empty" (SQL:"Is Null") or "not empty" (SQL: "Is not Null").
14 HID_FILTER_NAVIGATOR 195 The filter conditions that have been set appear in the Filter navigator. As soon as a filter is set, you see a blank filter entry at the bottom of the Filter navigator . You can select this entry by clicking the word "Or". Once you have selected the blank filter entry, you can enter additional filter conditions in the form. These conditions are linked by Boolean OR to the previously defined conditions.
1a .uno%3AFormFilterNavigator 69 To connect several filter conditions with Boolean OR, click the Filter navigation icon on the filter bar.
2f svx%2Fui%2Ffontworkgallerydialog%2FctlFavorites bc Select a Fontwork style and click OK to insert the Fontwork into your document. Double-click or Ctrl+double-click the Fontwork in your document to enter text edit mode and change the text.
38 svx%2Fui%2Ffontworkgallerydialog%2FFontworkGalleryDialog bc Select a Fontwork style and click OK to insert the Fontwork into your document. Double-click or Ctrl+double-click the Fontwork in your document to enter text edit mode and change the text.
12 .uno%3ASaveGraphic 96 To export a bitmap in Writer: Right-click the bitmap, choose Save Graphics. You see the Image Export dialog. Enter a file name and select a file type.
1c .uno%3APreviousTrackedChange 41 Jumps to and selects the previous change in the document, if any.
18 .uno%3ANextTrackedChange 3d Jumps to and selects the next change in the document, if any.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fextensions 94 The Extensions button opens the https://extensions.libreoffice.org/ page, where you can download templates and additional features for %PRODUCTNAME.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fmath_all 44 The document buttons each open a new document of the specified type.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fdatabase_all 44 The document buttons each open a new document of the specified type.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fimpress_all 44 The document buttons each open a new document of the specified type.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fcalc_all 44 The document buttons each open a new document of the specified type.
15 FWK_HID_BACKINGWINDOW 48 Click a button on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
1d sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fhelp 48 Click a button on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fopen_remote 5e The Remote Files button presents a Remote files dialog to open files stored on remote servers.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2FStartCenter 48 Click a button on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Flocal_view 51 The Recent Files button shows thumbnails of the most recent documents you opened.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fopen_all 31 The Open File button presents a file open dialog.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fopen_recent 51 The Recent Files button shows thumbnails of the most recent documents you opened.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fdraw_all 44 The document buttons each open a new document of the specified type.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fall_recent 51 The Recent Files button shows thumbnails of the most recent documents you opened.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Ftemplates_all 66 Click the Templates dropdown button to display all existing templates on the right side of the window.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fwriter_all 44 The document buttons each open a new document of the specified type.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Fimport_btn 99 Press the Import button at the bottom right, and then choose a Category to import a template from your computer to that category in the Template Manager.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Fexport_btn 8e Choose a template in the main window and then press the Export button at the bottom right to export the template to a folder on your computer.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Fmove_btn bb Choose the Move option at the bottom right after selecting a template to move it to a different category. Default templates cannot be moved, but copies can be created in other categories.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Fonline_link b5 To browse for more templates online, click on the Browse online templates icon at bottom left to open a browser window and search for templates at https://templates.libreoffice.org.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Faction_menu 48 Click on the Settings icon at the bottom left to open the Settings menu.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Ffilter_folder 36 Categories are folders where you place your templates.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Ffilter_application b8 You may filter for All Applications, Documents, Spreadsheets or Drawings by choosing an option from the dropdown box at the top-center. The main window displays the filtered templates.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Fsearch_filter 7b You may search for a template by entering text in the search box at the top left. The Main window show the templates found.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2FTemplateDialog 70 The Template Manager dialog makes it easy to manage templates and allows to start new documents using templates.
12 .uno%3AShowLicense cf Menampilkan dokumen CREDITS.odt yang berisi daftar nama orang yang telah menyumbang ke kode sumber OpenOffice.org (dan yang sumbangannya telah diimpor ke dalam LibreOffice) atau LibreOffice sejak 2010-09-28.
f .uno%3ASafeMode da Mode aman adalah sebuah mode dimana %PRODUCTNAME sementara dijalankan dengan profil pengguna kosong dan menonaktifkan akselerasi perangkat keras. Ini membantu memulihkan suatu instansi %PRODUCTNAME yang tidak berjalan.
c .uno%3AAbout 4f Menampilkan informasi umum mengenai program, seperti nomor versi dan hak cipta.
13 .uno%3ASendFeedback 64 Buka suatu formulir saran dalam peramban web, dimana pengguna dapat melaporkan kutu perangkat lunak.
13 .uno%3AOnlineUpdate 10a Fungsikan koneksi Internet bagi %PRODUCTNAME. Bila Anda perlu Proksi, periksa pengaturan Proksi %PRODUCTNAME dalam Perkakas - Opsi - Internet. Lalu pilih Periksa Pemutakhiran untuk memeriksa ketersediaan versi yang lebih baru dari kumpulan aplikasi perkantoran Anda.
16 .uno%3AQuestionAnswers 36 Membuka halaman dukungan komunitas dalam peramban web.
14 .uno%3ADocumentation a2 Membuka halaman dokumentasi dalam peramban web, dimana pengguna dapat mengunduh, membaca, atau membeli panduan pengguna %PRODUCTNAME, yang ditulis oleh komunitas.
10 .uno%3AHelpIndex 48 Membuka halaman utama dari Bantuan $[officename] untuk aplikasi terkait.
f .uno%3AHelpMenu 58 Dengan menu Bantuan, Anda bisa memulai serta mengendalikan sistem Bantuan $[officename].
13 .uno%3AExtendedHelp 57 Mengaktifkan tip bantuan yang diperluas ketika tetikus menunjuk sebuah opsi atau objek.
e RID_ENVTOOLBOX 39 Baris Standar tersedia di seluruh aplikasi $[officename].
12 .uno%3ATableDesign 47 Membuka Desain Tabel. Klik ganda suatu pratampil untuk memformat tabel.
18 .HelpId%3Atableobjectbar 84 Bilah Tabel memuat sejumlah fungsi untuk bekerja dengan tabel. Baris alat tersebut akan muncul apabila kursor berada di dalam tabel.
14 .uno%3ADSBFormLetter 34 Menjalankan Wahana Surat Massal untuk membuat surat.
17 .uno%3ADSBInsertColumns 7e Memasukkan semua kolom dengan rekaman yang telah ditandai ke dalam dokumen yang pada saat itu sedang aktif pada posisi kursor.
13 .uno%3ADeleteRecord 44 Menghapus rekaman. Kuiri ini perlu dikonfirmasi sebelum penghapusan.
10 .uno%3ANewRecord 15 Membuat rekaman baru.
e .uno%3ARecUndo 34 Dengan fungsi ini, Anda bisa membatalkan entri data.
11 .uno%3ANextRecord 24 Membawa Anda ke rekaman selanjutnya.
12 .uno%3AFirstRecord 20 Membawa Anda ke rekaman pertama.
e .uno%3ARecSave 4d Menyimpan entri data yang baru. Perubahaannya akan terdaftar pada basis data.
11 .uno%3ALastRecord 21 Membawa Anda ke rekaman terakhir.
11 .uno%3APrevRecord 23 Membawa Anda ke rekaman sebelumnya.
15 .uno%3AAbsoluteRecord 6e Menampilkan nomor rekaman yang sedang aktif. Masukkan nomor tertentu untuk melompat ke nomor rekaman tersebut.
e .uno%3AGridUse 2d Memindahkan objek hanya di antara titik kisi.
1c .uno%3ABezierEliminatePoints 2a Menandai titik yang dipilih untuk dihapus.
12 HID_BEZIER_TOOLBOX 5e Bilah Sunting Titik muncul ketika Anda memilih suatu objek poligon dan mengklik Sunting Titik.
12 .uno%3ABezierClose 19 Menutup garis atau kurva.
11 .uno%3ABezierMove 5b Mengaktifkan sebuah mode, sehingga Anda bisa memindahkan titik-titik pada objek menggambar.
13 .uno%3ABezierInsert 51 Mengaktifkan mode sisip. Dengan mode ini, Anda bisa menambahkan titik pada objek.
16 .uno%3ABezierSymmetric 46 Ikon ini mengubah titik sudut atau titik halus menjadi titik simetris.
13 .uno%3ABezierDelete be Gunakan ikon Hapus Titik untuk menghapus satu atau sejumlah titik yang telah dipilih. Apabika Anda ingin memilih sejumlah titik, klik titik-titik yang diinginkan sembari menahn tombol Shift.
13 .uno%3ABezierSmooth 3d Mengubah titik sudut atau titik dimetris menjadi titik halus.
14 .uno%3ABezierCutLine 77 Ikon Belah Kurva akan membagi kurva. Pilih satu atau beberapa titik yang hendak dipisahkan, kemudian klik ikon tersebut
14 .uno%3ABezierConvert 35 Mengubah kurva ke bentuk garis lurus atau sebaliknya.
11 .uno%3ABezierEdge 33 Mengubah satu atau lebih titik menjadi titik sudut.
18 .uno%3AInsertObjectChart 5d Menyisipkan bagan berbasis pada data dari suatu sel atau rentang tabel atau dengan data baku.
1a .uno%3AInsertFrameInteract 94 Sub menu ini memuat kendali formulir seperti kotak teks, kotak contreng, tombol opsi, dan kotak daftar yang dapat disisipkan ke dalam suatu dokumen.
15 .uno%3AShapesLineMenu 4c Sub menu ini memuat bentuk-bentuk garis lurus, bebas, lengkung, dan poligon.
11 .uno%3AShapesMenu ba Sub menu ini memuat bentuk-bentuk umum seperti garis, lingkaran, segi tiga, dan bujur sangkar, atau bentuk  simbol seperti senyum, hati, dan bunga yang dapat disisipkan ke dalam dokumen.
16 HID_OFADLG_TREELISTBOX 23 Pilih sebuah entri untuk disunting.
18 .uno%3AOptionsTreeDialog 43 Perintah ini membuka suatu dialog bagi konfigurasi program tersuai.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Femail 19 Ketik alamat e-mail Anda.
1c cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ffax 2a Ketik nomor faks Anda di bidang isian ini.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fwork 3a Ketik nomor telepon kantor/kerja Anda di bidang isian ini.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fhome 35 Ketik nomor telepon pribadi Anda di bidang isian ini.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2FOptUserPage 47 Gunakan halaman tab ini untuk memasukkan atau menyunting data pengguna.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ffirstname 16 Ketik nama depan Anda.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Flastname 19 Ketik nama belakang Anda.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fstreet 2a Ketik nama jalan Anda di bidang isian ini.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ficity 24 Ketik nama kota tempat Anda tinggal.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fshortname 13 Ketik inisial Anda.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fcompany 32 Ketik nama perusahaan Anda dalam bidang isian ini.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ftitle 25 Ketik gelar Anda di bidang isian ini.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fizip 28 Ketik kode pos Anda di bidang isian ini.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fposition 37 Ketik posisi Anda dalam perusahaan di bidang isian ini.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fstate 12 Ketik negara Anda.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fdoctype 51 Specifies the document type for which you want to define the default file format.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fodfversion fc Some companies or organizations may require ODF documents in the ODF 1.0/1.1 format. You can select that format to save in the listbox. This older format cannot store all new features, so the new format ODF 1.2 (Extended) is recommended where possible.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2FOptSavePage 73 Dalam seksi Umum, Anda dapat memilih pengaturan baku untuk menyimpan dokumen, dan dapat memilih format berkas baku.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fload_settings 5d Muat pengaturan spesifik pengguna yang disimpan dalam sebuah dokumen dengan dokumen tersebut.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fload_docprinter 182 Bila difungsikan, pengaturan pencetak akan dimuat dengan dokumen. Ini bisa menyebabkan suatu dokumen dicetak pada pencetak jauh, bila Anda tidak mengubah pencetaknya secara manual dalam dialog Cetak. Bila dinonaktifkan, pencetak standar Anda akan dipakai untuk mencetak dokumen ini. Pengaturan pencetak saat ini akan disimpan dengan dokumen baik ketika opsi ini dicontreng maupun tidak.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Falienwarndialog%2Fask c2 You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Frelative_inet 3a Pilih kotak ini untuk penyimpanan relatif URL ke Internet.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Frelative_fsys 42 Pilih kotak ini untuk penyimpanan relatif URL dalam sistem berkas.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fdocinfo 5e Menyatakan bahwa dialog Properti akan muncul setiap kali Anda memilih perintah Simpan Sebagai.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fsaveas b1 Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the Save as dialog.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fwarnalienformat c2 You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fbackup f2 Menyimpan dokumen versi sebelumnya sebagai suatu salinan cadangan ketika Anda menyimpan sebuah dokumen. Setiap kali %PRODUCTNAME membuat sebuah salinan cadangan, salinan cadangan sebelumnya digantikan. Salinan cadangan mendapat ekstensi .BAK.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fautosave ac Menyatakan bahwa %PRODUCTNAME menyimpan informasi yang diperlukan untuk memulihkan semua dokumen terbuka bila terjadi crash. Anda dapat menyatakan selang waktu penyimpanan.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fautosave_spin 42 Menyatakan selang waktu dalam menit untuk opsi pemulihan otomatis.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fuserautosave a0 Menyatakan bahwa %PRODUCTNAME menyimpan semua dokumen terbuka ketika menyimpan informasi pemulihan otomatis. Memakai selang waktu yang sama dengan AutoRecovery.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fedit 36 Click to display the Select Path or Edit Paths dialog.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fdefault 48 The Default button resets the predefined paths for all selected entries.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fpaths 65 To modify an entry in this list, click the entry and click Edit. You can also double click the entry.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2FOptPathsPage 75 This section contains the default paths to important folders in $[officename]. These paths can be edited by the user.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fadd 60 Opens the Select Path dialog to select another folder or the Open dialog to select another file.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fpaths 5f Contains a list of the paths that have already been added. Mark the default path for new files.
12 .uno%3ASpellOnline 41 Automatically checks spelling as you type, and underlines errors.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsdelete 59 Deletes the selected dictionary after a confirmation, provided it is not write-protected.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flinguoptions 37 Defines the options for the spellcheck and hyphenation.
28 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fdelete 3b Removes the marked word from the current custom dictionary.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fword 86 You can type a new word for inclusion in the dictionary. In the list below you will see the contents of the current custom dictionary.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fbreaknumberoptions%2FBreakNumberOption 50 Type the minimum number of characters that must come before or after the hyphen.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2FOptLinguPage 4c Menentukan properti dari periksa ejaan, kelompok kata, dan pemenggalan kata.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Fnameedit 30 Specifies the name of the new custom dictionary.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Freplace 279 This input field is only available if you are editing an exception dictionary or a language-dependent custom dictionary. In exception dictionaries, the field shows the alternative suggestion for the current word in the "Word" text box. In language-dependent custom dictionaries, the field contains a known root word, as a model of affixation of the new word or its usage in compound words. For example, in a German custom dictionary, the new word “Litschi” (lychee) with the model word “Gummi” (gum) will result recognition of “Litschis” (lychees), “Litschibaum” (lychee tree), “Litschifrucht” (lychee fruit) etc.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingumodules 31 Memiliki modul-modul bahasa yang sudah terpasang.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsedit 71 Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialog, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingumodulesedit 34 To edit a language module, select it and click Edit.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsnew 8a Opens the New Dictionary dialog, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Fexcept 44 Specifies whether you wish to avoid certain words in your documents.
2c cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fnewreplace a0 Adds the word in the Word text field to your current custom dictionary. The word in the Suggestion field is also added when working with exception dictionaries.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Flanguage 4f By selecting a certain language you can limit the use of the custom dictionary.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flinguoptionsedit 44 If you want to change a value, select the entry and then click Edit.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fbook 20 Specifies the book to be edited.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Flang 38 Assigns a new language to the current custom dictionary.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fback 37 Click here to undo the current changes in the list box.
21 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fup 4b Increases the priority of the module selected in the list box by one level.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fdown 4b Decreases the priority of the module selected in the list box by one level.
27 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Flanguage 25 Specifies the language of the module.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Flingudicts 71 Specifies the language and the available spelling, hyphenation and Thesaurus sub-modules for the selected module.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fpaletteselector 52 Specifies the name of a selected palette. You can select a different palette here.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fhex_custom 3d The color code of the color expressed as a hexadecimal value.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fcolorset 57 Contains a list of available colors. Click on the desired one in the list to select it.
1a cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fadd 29 Adds the new color to the Custom palette.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Frecentcolorset 35 Displays the last twelve colors selected and applied.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fdelete 30 Deletes the selected color without confirmation.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fnewpreview 71 Displays a preview of the color selected from the color palette and the changes you make with the controls below.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FColorPage 60 Allows you to select a color from a color palette, edit an existing color, or define new colors.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FG_custom 5a The color code of the green component of the color. Possible values are between 0 and 255.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FR_custom 58 The color code of the red component of the color. Possible values are between 0 and 255.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FB_custom 59 The color code of the blue component of the color. Possible values are between 0 and 255.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FyellowSpinbutton 40 Set the Yellow color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FmagSpinbutton 41 Set the Magenta color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FbrightSpinbutton 5f Set the Brightness directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).
30 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FbrightRadiobutton c4 Sets the Brightness component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Hue and Saturation components in the two dimensional color picker field. Values are expressed in percent ( 0 to 100).
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FsatSpinbutton 5f Set the Saturation directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).
2d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FcyanSpinbutton 3e Set the Cyan color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FsatRadiobutton c4 Sets the Saturation component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Hue and Brightness components in the two dimensional color picker field. Values are expressed in percent ( 0 to 100).
2d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FhueRadiobutton c6 Sets the Hue component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Saturation and Brightness components in the two dimensional color picker field. Values are expressed in degrees from 0 to 359.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FhexEntry 5b Displays and sets the color value in the RGB color model expressed as a hexadecimal number.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FblueSpinbutton 3f Set the Blue color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FColorPicker 83 %PRODUCTNAME lets you define custom colors using a two-dimensional graphic and numerical gradient chart of the Pick a Color dialog.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FredSpinbutton 3e Set the Red color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FgreenRadiobutton a9 Sets the Green component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Red and Blue components in the two dimensional color picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FcolorField 11d Click in the big color area on the left to select a new color. Using this selector area you can modify two components of the color as represented in the RGB or HSB color models. Note that these are the two components not selected with the radio buttons on the right side of the dialog.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2Fprevious 61 In the right part of the bottom bar, you will see the original color from the parent tab, Colors.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FkeySpinbutton 4e Set the Black color value or key (black) as expressed in the CMYK color model.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FhueSpinbutton 5b Set the Hue directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in degrees from 0 to 359.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2Fpreview 5e In the left part of the bottom bar, the current result of your work in this dialog is visible.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FredRadiobutton a9 Sets the Red component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Green and Blue components in the two dimensional color picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FcolorSlider 61 With the vertical color component slider you can modify the value of each component of the color.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FgreenSpinbutton 40 Set the Green color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FblueRadiobutton a9 Sets the Blue component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Green and Red components in the two dimensional color picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fyear 4a Defines a date range, within which the system recognizes a two-digit year.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fcollectusageinfo 4f Send usage data to help The Document Foundation improve the software usability.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fdocstatus 48 Specifies whether the printing of the document counts as a modification.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Ffiledlg 84 Specifies whether $[officename] dialogs are used to open and save documents. Otherwise the dialogs of the operating system are used.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fexthelp 63 Displays a help text when you rest the cursor on an icon, a menu command, or a control on a dialog.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2FOptGeneralPage 2f Menentukan pengaturan umum untuk $[officename].
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fapply 28 Menerapkan huruf pengganti yang dipilih.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffont2 31 Enter or select the name of the replacement font.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffont1 3e Enter or select the name of the font that you want to replace.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffontname 3e Select the font for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fdelete 27 Menghapus huruf pengganti yang dipilih.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fchecklb f0 Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select Always to replace the font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select Screen only to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fnonpropfontonly 43 Check to display only non-proportional fonts in the Fonts list box.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fusetable 36 Enables the font replacement settings that you define.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffontheight 41 Select a font size for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Freplacements e6 Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution replaces a font only when it is displayed on screen, or on screen and when printing. The replacement does not change the font settings that are saved in the document.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fshowfontpreview 7b Displays the names of selectable fonts in the corresponding font, for example, fonts in the Font box on the Formatting bar.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmenuicons a4 Displays icons next to the corresponding menu items. Select from "Automatic", "Hide" and "Show". "Automatic" displays icons according to system settings and themes.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fforceopengl 44 Forces the use of OpenGL even if the graphics device is blacklisted.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fuseopengl 97 Use the high performance Open Graphics Library (OpenGL) to render all visual elements of the application, including windows, menus, toolbars and icons.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ficonsize 2c Specifies the display size of toolbar icons.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fsidebariconsize 2c Specifies the display size of sidebar icons.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fnotebookbariconsize 31 Specifies the display size of notebook bar icons.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmousepos 52 Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogs.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ficonstyle 3b Specifies the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogs.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Faafont 2f Select to smooth the screen appearance of text.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmousemiddle 30 Defines the function of the middle mouse button.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fuseaccel 63 Directly accesses hardware features of the graphical display adapter to improve the screen display.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Faanf 33 Enter the smallest font size to apply antialiasing.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fuseaa af When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with less artifacts.
5 20201 4a Press Shift+Ctrl+R to restore or refresh the view of the current document.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Ftrans 69 Mark this check box if you always want to be warned if transparent objects are contained in the document.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fpaperorient 5e Mark this check box if you need a certain paper orientation for printing the current document.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fpapersize 58 Mark this check box if a certain paper size is needed for printing the current document.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fframe2 35 Defines which warnings appear before printing begins.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegradcolor 49 Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate color.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegradstripes 3e Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapdpi 61 Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fconverttogray 38 Specifies that all colors are printed only as grayscale.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2FOptPrintPage 24 Specifies the print setting options.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fprinter 57 Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetransnone 2f With this option transparency is never printed.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegradstep 3e Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmaptrans 75 If this field is marked, the reduction in print quality for bitmaps also applies to the transparent areas of objects.
1e sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Ffile 57 Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegrad 44 If this field is marked, gradients are printed with reduced quality.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmap 6e Specifies that bitmaps are printed with reduced quality. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
2c sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapnormal 75 High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetrans a5 If you mark this field the transparent objects will be printed like normal, non-transparent objects, depending on your selection in the following two option buttons.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapresol 61 Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetransauto 76 Specifies that the transparency is only printed if the transparent area covers less than a quarter of the entire page.
2d sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapoptimal 75 High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fcolorconfig 32 Select the colors for the user interface elements.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fdelete 57 Deletes the color scheme shown in the Scheme box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fsave 47 Saves the current settings as a color scheme that you can reload later.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fcolorschemelb 2b Memilih skema warna yang hendak Anda pakai.
23 HID_OPTIONS_COLORCONFIG_NAME_SCHEME 22 Memberikan nama untuk skema warna.
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2FOptAppearancePage 35 Sets the colors for the $[officename] user interface.
38 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fsystempagepreviewcolor 4c Applies the high contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.
2f cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fautofontcolor 6c Displays fonts in %PRODUCTNAME using the system color settings. This option only affects the screen display.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fanimatedtext 48 Previews animated text, such as blinking and scrolling, in %PRODUCTNAME.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fanimatedgraphics 40 Previews animated graphics, such as GIF images, in %PRODUCTNAME.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fautodetecthc 5c Switches %PRODUCTNAME into high contrast mode when the system background color is very dark.
33 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Ftextselinreadonly 27 Displays cursor in read-only documents.
36 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2FOptAccessibilityPage 83 Sets options that make %PRODUCTNAME programs more accessible for users with reduced sight, limited dexterity or other disabilities.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2FOptSavePage 25 Specifies general Load/Save settings.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fnoproxy 62 Specifies the names of the servers that do not require any proxy servers, separated by semicolons.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fftp 2a Type the name of the proxy server for FTP.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fhttps 53 Type the name of the proxy server for HTTPS. Type the port in the right-hand field.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fftpport 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fhttp 2b Type the name of the proxy server for HTTP.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fproxymode 27 Specifies the type of proxy definition.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptemailpage%2Fbrowse 31 Opens a file dialog to select the e-mail program.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptemailpage%2Furl 27 Enter the e-mail program path and name.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Ftsas 2e Opens the Time Stamping Authority URLs dialog.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fcert 22 Opens the Certificate Path dialog.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fchange 51 Opens a dialog where you can view and change the password for the selected entry.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2FOptSecurityPage 76 Defines the security options for saving documents, for web connections, and for opening documents that contain macros.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fremoveall 22 Removes all entries from the list.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fsavepassword bb If enabled, %PRODUCTNAME will securely store all passwords that you use to access files from web servers. You can retrieve the passwords from the list after you enter the master password.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Foptions 31 Opens the "Security Options and Warnings" dialog.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword2 20 Enter the master password again.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fmacro 20 Opens the Macro Security dialog.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword1 1a Enter the master password.
33 uui%2Fui%2Fmasterpassworddlg%2FMasterPasswordDialog 26 Enter the master password to continue.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fconnections 70 Asks for the master password. If master password is correct, shows the Stored Web Connection Information dialog.
40 cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2FStoredWebConnectionDialog 29 Removes the selected entry from the list.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fmasterpassword 27 Opens the Enter Master Password dialog.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fremove 29 Removes the selected entry from the list.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fremovepersonal e3 Select to always remove user data from the file properties. If this option is not selected, you can still remove the personal information for the current document with the Reset Properties button on File - Properties - General.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fblockuntrusted 88 Blocks the use of links pointing to images not in the trusted locations defined on the Trusted Sources tab of the Macro Security dialog.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fwhenpdf 93 Select to see a warning dialog when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fwhensigning cb Select to see a warning dialog when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fwhenprinting 6b Select to see a warning dialog when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fsavesenddocs 7d Select to see a warning dialog when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fctrlclick 88 If enabled, you must hold down the Ctrl key while clicking a hyperlink to follow that link. If not enabled, a click opens the hyperlink.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fpassword 8e Select to always enable the Save with password option in the file save dialogs. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2FSecurityOptionsDialog 50 Set security related options and warnings about hidden information in documents.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsavegrflocal dd Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the Save As dialog to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fprintextension a2 If you mark this field, the print layout of the current document (for example, table of contents with justified page numbers and dot leaders) is exported as well.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fstarbasicwarning 6f If this field is marked, when exporting to HTML a warning is shown that %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros will be lost.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fcharset 33 Select the appropriate character set for the export
22 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fstarbasic 62 Mark this check box to include the $[officename] Basic instructions when exporting to HTML format.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fignorefontnames 97 Mark this check box to ignore all font settings when importing. The fonts that were defined in the HTML Page Style will be the fonts that will be used.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Funknowntag 67 Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognized by $[officename] to be imported as fields.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fnumbersenglishus d6 If not checked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in Language Settings - Language of - Locale setting in the Options dialog box. If checked, numbers will be interpreted as 'English (USA)' locale.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsize7 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2FOptHtmlPage 20 Defines settings for HTML pages.
14 .uno%3ASwEditOptions a4 These settings determine the way text documents that are created in $[officename] are handled. It is also possible to define settings for the current text document.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fcomments dc Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comments's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhrulercombobox 5f Displays the horizontal ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Ffieldcodes 4f Displays the field names in the document instead of the contents of the fields.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvrulerright 30 Aligns the vertical ruler with the right border.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvrulercombobox 5d Displays the vertical ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fgraphics 3e Specifies whether to display images and objects on the screen.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fmeasureunit 26 Specifies the Unit for HTML documents.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhelplines ab Displays snap lines around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the Helplines While Moving option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fsmoothscroll 2d Activates the smooth page scrolling function.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Ftables 2f Displays the tables contained in your document.
16 .uno%3ATableBoundaries 8c To display the table boundaries, right-click any table and choose Table Boundaries, or choose Table - Table Boundaries in a Writer document.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2FViewOptionsPage 81 Defines the default settings for displaying objects in your text documents and also the default settings for the window elements.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fdrawings 3e Displays the drawings and controls contained in your document.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flabelbox 3e Specifies the font used for the captions of images and tables.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fstandardbox 3e Specifies the font to be used for the Default Paragraph Style.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Findexheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2FOptFontTabPage 3d Specifies the settings for the basic fonts in your documents.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flistbox 43 Specifies the fonts for lists and numbering and all derived styles.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fidxbox 52 Specifies the font used for indexes, alphabetical indexes, and tables of contents.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fstandardheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Ftitleheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flistheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flabelheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Ftitlebox 2b Specifies the font to be used for headings.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Ftextplaceholder 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fendpage 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
3c .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPageBackground%3ACheckBox 95 Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fbrochure 45 Select the Brochure option to print your document in brochure format.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fbackground 95 Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fhiddentext 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fblankpages 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2FPrintOptionsPage 38 Specifies print settings within a text or HTML document.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fpapertray a9 For printers with multiple trays, the "Paper tray from printer settings" option specifies whether the paper tray used is specified by the system settings of the printer.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fleftpages 4a Specifies whether to print all left (even numbered) pages of the document.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Frtl 59 Check to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintHiddenText%3ACheckBox 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Finblack 30 Specifies whether to always print text in black.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Frightpages 4a Specifies whether to print all right (odd numbered) pages of the document.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AListBox 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
3d .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintTextPlaceholder%3ACheckBox 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fnone 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fformcontrols 4b Specifies whether the form control fields of the text document are printed.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fgraphics 41 Specifies whether the graphics of your text document are printed.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fonly 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Ffax 84 If you have installed fax software on your computer and wish to fax directly from the text document, select the desired fax machine.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fend 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fcolinsert 32 Specifies the default value for inserting columns.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frowinsert 2f Specifies the default value for inserting rows.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2FOptTablePage 33 Defines the attributes of tables in text documents.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumfmtformatting 9a If Number format recognition is not marked, only input in the format that has been set at the cell is accepted. Any other input resets the format to Text.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frepeatheader 59 Specifies whether the table heading is carried over onto the new page after a page break.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Ffix 56 Specifies that changes to a row or column only affect the corresponding adjacent area.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frowmove 30 Specifies the value to be used for moving a row.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fcolmove 33 Specifies the value to be used for moving a column.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fdontsplit 43 Specifies that tables are not split by any type of text flow break.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fborder 34 Specifies that table cells have a border by default.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fvar 40 Specifies that changes to a row or column affect the table size.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumformatting 4f Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Ffixprop 4d Specifies that changes to a row or column have an effect on the entire table.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fheader 60 Specifies that the first row of the table is formatted with the "Table heading" Paragraph Style.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumalignment 43 Specifies that numbers are always bottom right aligned in the cell.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffilltab 7f When the direct cursor is used, as many tabs as necessary are added in the new paragraph until the clicked position is reached.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillindent 9d When the direct cursor is used, the left paragraph indent is set at the horizontal position where you click the direct cursor. The paragraph is left aligned.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillmargin 102 Sets the paragraph alignment when the direct cursor is used. Depending on where the mouse is clicked, the paragraph is formatted left aligned, centered or right aligned. The cursor before the mouse-click shows, by means of a triangle, which alignment is set.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fcursoronoff 1c Activates the direct cursor.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2FOptFormatAidsPage 6f In $[officename] text and HTML documents, defines the display for certain characters and for the direct cursor.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ftabs 37 Specifies that tab stops are displayed as small arrows.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddenparafield 6e If you have inserted text using the Hidden Paragraph field, specifies whether to display the hidden paragraph.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillspace 9f When the Direct Cursor is used, a corresponding number of tabs and spaces are inserted in the new paragraph as necessary until the clicked position is reached.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhyphens 185 Specifies whether soft hyphens (called also as optional or discretionary hyphens) are displayed. These are hidden user-defined delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing Ctrl+Hyphen(-). Words with soft hyphens are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a soft hyphen has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fbreak 82 Displays all line breaks inserted with the Shift+Enter shortcut. These breaks create a new line, but do not start a new paragraph.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fnonbreak af Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as gray boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar shortcut keys.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fparagraph 79 Specifies whether paragraph delimiters are displayed. The paragraph delimiters also contain paragraph format information.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fspaces 42 Specifies whether to represent every space in the text with a dot.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddentext 5f Displays text that uses the character format "hidden", when View - Formatting Marks is enabled.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fcursorinprot 57 Specifies that you can set the cursor in a protected area, but cannot make any changes.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddentextfield 47 Displays text that is hidden by Conditional Text or Hidden Text fields.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fmarkcolor 43 Specifies the color for highlighting the changed lines in the text.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fmarkpos 3e Defines if and where changed lines in the document are marked.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fchangedcolor e8 You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fdeleted ca Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is deleted. If you record text deletions, the text is displayed with the selected attribute (for example, strikethrough) and is not deleted.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fchanged 88 Defines how changes to text attributes are displayed in the document. These changes affect attributes such as bold, italic or underline.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Finsert 4a Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is inserted.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2FOptRedLinePage 32 Defines the appearance of changes in the document.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fsquaremode 47 When this setting is enabled, the text grid will look like square page.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fusecharunit 99 When this setting is enabled, the measurement units of indents and spacing on Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing tab will be character (ch) and line.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Ftab 37 Specifies the spacing between the individual tab stops.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fmetric 35 Specifies the unit of measurement for text documents.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fupdatecharts be Specifies whether to automatically update charts. Whenever a Writer table cell value changes and the cursor leaves that cell, the chart that displays the cell value is updated automatically.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fupdatefields c8 The contents of all fields are updated automatically whenever the screen contents are displayed as new. Even with this box unchecked, some fields are updated each time a special condition takes place.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fnever 31 Links are never updated while loading a document.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fonrequest 37 Updates links only on request while loading a document.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Falways 9c Always updates links while loading a document, and only if the document is in a trusted file location or the global security level is Low (Not recommended).
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2FOptGeneralPage 2e Specifies general settings for text documents.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcompatpage%2Fdefault 69 Click to use the current settings on this tab page as the default for further sessions with %PRODUCTNAME.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcompatpage%2FOptCompatPage 8c Specifies compatibility settings for text documents. These options help in fine-tuning %PRODUCTNAME when importing Microsoft Word documents.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fapplyborder 41 Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Flevel 4f Specifies the headings or chapter levels where you want the numbering to start.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fcharstyle 1e Specifies the character style.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fchapseparator 57 Defines the character to be displayed after the number of the heading or chapter level.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fcategory 2e Specifies the category of the selected object.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fposition 42 Determines the position of the caption with respect to the object.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fobjects 4a Select the object type for which the AutoCaption settings are to be valid.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fseparator 57 Defines the character to be displayed after the number of the heading or chapter level.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fnumbering 29 Specifies the type of numbering required.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2FOptCaptionPage 4a Select the object type for which the AutoCaption settings are to be valid.
14 SID_SW_ONLINEOPTIONS 46 Defines the basic settings for $[officename] documents in HTML format.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2FOptGridPage cc Specifies the settings for the configurable grid on your document pages. This grid helps you determine the exact position of your objects. You can also set this grid in line with the "magnetic" snap grid.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fusegridsnap 5a Specifies whether to move frames, drawing elements, and controls only between grid points.
12 .uno%3AGridVisible 26 Specifies whether to display the grid.
10 .uno%3AGridFront 2e Sets the visible grid in front of all objects.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fgridvisible 26 Specifies whether to display the grid.
28 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fnumflddivisionx 33 Menentukan tinggi kontrol atau dialog bersangkutan.
28 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fnumflddivisiony 33 Menentukan tinggi kontrol atau dialog bersangkutan.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrflddrawx 4e Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the X-axis.
15 .uno%3AHelplinesFront 2c Sets the snap lines in front of all objects.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrflddrawy 51 Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the Y-axis.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsynchronize 44 Specifies whether to change the current grid settings symmetrically.
13 .uno%3AToolsOptions f4 Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Ftblreg 56 Specifies whether to display the sheet tabs at the bottom of the spreadsheet document.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Frowcolheader 34 Specifies whether to display row and column headers.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fdraw 40 Defines if drawing objects in your document are shown or hidden.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fvscroll 56 Specifies whether to display a vertical scrollbar at the right of the document window.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fhscroll 59 Specifies whether to display a horizontal scrollbar at the bottom of the document window.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fobjgrf 34 Defines if objects and graphics are shown or hidden.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Frangefind bf Specifies that each reference is highlighted in color in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a colored border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2FTpViewPage 86 Defines which elements of the %PRODUCTNAME Calc main window are displayed. You can also show or hide highlighting of values in tables.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fsynczoom 74 If checked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not checked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fcolor 3d Specifies a color for the grid lines in the current document.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fanchor 67 Specifies whether the anchor icon is displayed when an inserted object, such as a graphic, is selected.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fbreak 46 Specifies whether to view the page breaks within a defined print area.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fgrid db Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background color. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background color, or to hide them.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fvalue 111 Mark the Value highlighting box to show the cell contents in different colors, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Foutline 84 If you have defined an outline, the Outline symbols option specifies whether to view the outline symbols at the border of the sheet.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fclipmark f3 If a cell contains text that is wider than the width of the cell, the text is displayed over empty neighboring cells in the same row. If there is no empty neighboring cell, a small triangle at the cell border indicates that the text continues.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fformula 43 Specifies whether to show formulas instead of results in the cells.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fguideline 5a Specifies whether to view guides when moving drawings, frames, graphics and other objects.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fnil 36 Specifies whether to show numbers with the value of 0.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fdiagram 37 Defines if charts in your document are shown or hidden.
12 .uno%3ANoteVisible 5f To display a comment permanently, select the Show comment command from the cell's context menu.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fannot d1 Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under %PRODUCTNAME - General in the Options dialog box.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Freplwarncb 6d Specifies that, when you paste cells from the clipboard to a cell range that is not empty, a warning appears.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Ftextfmtcb 6a Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fformatcb 74 Specifies whether to automatically apply the formatting attributes of the selected cell to the empty adjacent cells.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fexprefcb f9 Specifies whether to expand references when inserting columns or rows adjacent to the reference range. This is only possible if the reference range, where the column or row is inserted, originally spanned at least two cells in the desired direction.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Feditmodecb 4e Allows you to immediately edit the selected cell after pressing the Enter key.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Falignlb 64 Determines the direction that the cursor in the spreadsheet will move after you press the Enter key.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Ftabmf 1f Defines the tab stops distance.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fmarkhdrcb 56 Specifies whether to highlight column and row headers in the selected columns or rows.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Funitlb 2c Defines the unit of measure in spreadsheets.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fcopy 10d Copies the contents of the cells in the Copy list from box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the Copy List dialog appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialog to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fcopyfrom 99 Defines the spreadsheet and the cells to copy, in order to include them in the Lists box. The currently selected range in the spreadsheet is the default.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fentries 50 Displays the content of the currently selected list. This content can be edited.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Flists 4a Displays all the available lists. These lists can be selected for editing.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fadd 23 Adds a new list into the Lists box.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fnew 37 Enters the contents of a new list into the Entries box.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2FOptSortLists 9c All user-defined lists are displayed in the Sort Lists dialog. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2Frows 50 Select the Rows option to summarize the contents of the selected rows in a list.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2Fcolumns 56 Select the Columns option to summarize the contents of the selected columns in a list.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2FColOrRowDialog 2f Allows you to copy marked cells to a sort list.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fprec ae Defines the number of decimals to be displayed for numbers with the General number format. The numbers are displayed as rounded numbers, but are not saved as rounded numbers.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fgeneralprec dd You can specify the maximum number of decimal places that are shown by default for cells with General number format. If not enabled, cells with General number format show as many decimal places as the column width allows.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fformulaliteral 66 Specifies that only literal strings are used when searching and also for character string comparisons.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fformulawildcards 5e Specifies that wildcards are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Flookup cc Specifies that you can use the text in any cell as a label for the column below the text or the row to the right of the text. The text must consist of at least one word and must not contain any operators.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2FOptCalculatePage 32 Defines the calculation settings for spreadsheets.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fminchange ad Specifies the difference between two consecutive iteration step results. If the result of the iteration is lower than the minimum change value, then the iteration will stop.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fiterate b1 Specifies whether formulas with iterative references (formulas that are continuously repeated until the problem is solved) are calculated after a specific number of repetitions.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fformularegex 84 Specifies that regular expressions instead of simple wildcards are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdatestd 1c Sets 12/30/1899 as day zero.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fsteps 2b Sets the maximum number of iteration steps.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdate1904 63 Sets 1/1/1904 as day zero. Use this setting for spreadsheets that are imported in a foreign format.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fcase 64 Specifies whether to distinguish between upper and lower case in texts when comparing cell contents.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fcalc 11b Specifies whether to make calculations using the rounded values displayed in the sheet. Charts will be shown with the displayed values. If the Precision as shown option is not marked, the displayed numbers are rounded, but they are calculated internally using the non-rounded number.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdatesc10 62 Sets 1/1/1900 as day zero. Use this setting for StarCalc 1.0 spreadsheets containing date entries.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fmatch 14e Specifies that the search criteria you set for the Calc database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When both, the Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells box and the Enable wildcards in formulas box are marked, $[officename] Calc behaves exactly as Microsoft Excel when searching cells in the database functions.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fentries 35 Specifies the color to highlight moved cell contents.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Finsertions 3a Specifies the color to highlight insertions in a document.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fdeletions 39 Specifies the color to highlight deletions in a document.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fchanges 31 Specifies the color for changes of cell contents.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2FOptChangesPage 5c The Changes dialog specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FprintCB e3 Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the File - Print dialog or in the Format - Print Ranges dialog. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FsuppressCB 56 Specifies that empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FoptCalcPrintPage 31 Determines the printer settings for spreadsheets.
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcompatibilitypage%2FOptCompatibilityPage 34 Defines compatibility options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptformula%2FOptFormula 49 Defines formula syntax options and loading options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdefaultpage%2FOptDefaultPage 37 Defines default settings for new spreadsheet documents.
14 .uno%3ASdEditOptions ad Defines various settings for newly created presentation documents, such as the contents to be displayed, the measurement unit used, if and how grid alignment is carried out.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fmoveoutline 59 %PRODUCTNAME displays the contour line of each individual object when moving this object.
14 .uno%3AHelplinesMove 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
34 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fhandlesbezier ec Displays the control points of all Bézier points if you have previously selected a Bézier curve. If the All control points in Bézier editor option is not marked, only the control points of the selected Bézier points will be visible.
2c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fruler 54 Specifies whether to display the rulers at the top and to the left of the work area.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fdragstripes 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2FSdViewPage 26 Specifies the available display modes.
27 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldbezangle 26 Defines the angle for point reduction.
21 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fbigortho 16b Specifies that a square is created based on the longer side of a rectangle when the Shift key is pressed before you release the mouse button. This also applies to an ellipse (a circle will be created based on the longest diameter of the ellipse). When the Extend edges box is not marked, a square or a circle will be created based on the shorter side or diameter.
1e svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fortho 79 Specifies that graphic objects are restricted vertically, horizontally or diagonally (45°) when creating or moving them.
27 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldsnaparea cc Defines the snap distance between the mouse pointer and the object contour. $[officename] Impress snaps to a snap point if the mouse pointer is nearer than the distance selected in the Snap range control.
23 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnappoints 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
22 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnapframe 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
23 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnapborder 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
26 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnaphelplines 57 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap line when you release the mouse.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldangle 7c Specifies that graphic objects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected in the When rotating control.
13 HID_SD_OPTIONS_SNAP 3a Defines the grid settings for creating and moving objects.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpapertryfrmprntrcb 52 Determines that the paper tray to be used is the one defined in the printer setup.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fbackcb 2c Select Back to print the back of a brochure.
2c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ffrontcb 2e Select Front to print the front of a brochure.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fbrouchrb 44 Select the Brochure option to print the document in brochure format.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ftilepgrb a8 Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.
2e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fdefaultrb 34 Specifies that you want to print in original colors.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fblackwhiterb 41 Specifies that you want to print the document in black and white.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fdatecb 2c Specifies whether to print the current date.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fprntopts 43 Specifies print settings within a drawing or presentation document.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ftimecb 2c Specifies whether to print the current time.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpagenmcb 29 Specifies whether to print the page name.
2f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fhiddenpgcb 55 Specifies whether to print the pages that are currently hidden from the presentation.
2e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ffittopgrb 89 Specifies whether to scale down objects that are beyond the margins of the current printer, so that they fit on the paper in the printer.
30 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fgrayscalerb 35 Specifies that you want to print colors as grayscale.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpagedefaultrb 44 Specifies that you do not want to further scale pages when printing.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FcbCompatibility 68 Specifies that $[officename] Impress calculates the paragraph spacing exactly like Microsoft PowerPoint.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fenremotcont 54 Specifies that you want to enable Bluetooth remote control while Impress is running.
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FscaleBox 2b Determines the drawing scale on the rulers.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FOptSavePage 42 Defines the general options for drawing or presentation documents.
10 .uno%3AQuickEdit 6e If on, you can edit text immediately after clicking a text object. If off, you must double-click to edit text.
12 .uno%3APickThrough 3e Specifies whether to select a text frame by clicking the text.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fstartwithwizard 64 Specifies whether to activate the Wizard when opening a presentation with File - New - Presentation.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fbackgroundback 4e Specifies whether to use the cache for displaying objects on the master slide.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fcopywhenmove 56 If enabled, a copy is created when you move an object while holding down the Ctrl key.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FmetricFields 26 Defines the spacing between tab stops.
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fqickedit 6e If on, you can edit text immediately after clicking a text object. If off, you must double-click to edit text.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fdistrotcb 70 Maintains relative alignment of Bézier points and 2D drawing objects to each other when you distort the object.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fobjalwymov a6 Specifies that you want to move an object with the Rotate tool enabled. If Object always moveable is not marked, the Rotate tool can only be used to rotate an object.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Funits 35 Determines the Unit of measurement for presentations.
17 .uno%3ASdGraphicOptions ae Defines the global settings for drawing documents, including the contents to be displayed, the scale to be used, the grid alignment and the contents to be printed by default.
14 .uno%3ASmEditOptions 97 Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from %PRODUCTNAME Math.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fnorightspaces 56 Specifies that these space wildcards will be removed if they are at the end of a line.
2b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fzoom 56 Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified enlargement factor.
31 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fsizescaled 3c Adjusts the formula to the page format used in the printout.
d tobeannounced 49 Saves only those symbols with each formula that are used in that formula.
31 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fsizenormal 3b Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.
2b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Ftext 5f Specifies whether to include the contents of the Commands window at the bottom of the printout.
2c modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fframe 3a Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout.
2c modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Ftitle 53 Specifies whether you want the name of the document to be included in the printout.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2FSmathSettings 3e Defines formula settings that will be valid for all documents.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptchartcolorspage%2Fdefault 4d Restores the color settings that were defined when the program was installed.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptchartcolorspage%2Fcolors 36 Displays all the colors available for the data series.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fpp_saveorig bf The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_saveorig 120 Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fex_saveorig bf The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_basic d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2FOptFltrPage 81 Specifies the general properties for loading and saving Microsoft Office documents with VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrembedpage%2Fchecklbcontainer ad The List Box field displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loading into $[officename] (L) and/or when saving into a Microsoft format (S).
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fasiansupport 70 Activates Asian languages support. You can now modify the corresponding Asian language settings in %PRODUCTNAME.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fuserinterface c3 Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogs, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack or a multi-language version of %PRODUCTNAME.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Flocalesetting 7b Specifies the locale setting of the country setting. This influences settings for numbering, currency and units of measure.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcurrencylb 5c Specifies the default currency that is used for the currency format and the currency fields.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fctlsupport 7c Activates complex text layout support. You can now modify the settings corresponding to complex text layout in %PRODUCTNAME.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fwesternlanguage 4d Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in western alphabets.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fdatepatterns cd Specifies the date acceptance patterns for the current locale. Calc spreadsheet and Writer table cell input needs to match locale dependent date acceptance patterns before it is recognized as a valid date.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcurrentdoc 5a Specifies that the settings for default languages are valid only for the current document.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2FOptLanguagesPage 4b Defines the default languages and some other locale settings for documents.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fdecimalseparator 7a Specifies to use the decimal separator key that is set in your system when you press the respective key on the number pad.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fasianlanguage 4b Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in Asian alphabets.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fignorelanguagechange dd Indicates whether changes to the system input language/keyboard will be ignored. If ignored, when new text is typed that text will follow the language of the document or current paragraph, not the current system language.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcomplexlanguage 3e Specifies the language for the complex text layout spellcheck.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fstart 51 Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the beginning of a line.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fpunctkanacompression 3c Specifies that punctuation and Japanese Kana are compressed.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Flanguage 4e Specifies the language for which you want to define first and last characters.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fpunctcompression 32 Specifies that only the punctuation is compressed.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fnocompression 30 Specifies that no compression at all will occur.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fend 4b Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the end of a line.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fstandard 75 When you mark Default, the following two text boxes are filled with the default characters for the selected language:
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fcharpunctkerning 4d Specifies that kerning is applied to both western text and Asian punctuation.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fcharkerning 37 Specifies that kerning is only applied to western text.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fignoremiddledot 27 Specifies the characters to be ignored.
33 cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchprolongedsoundmark 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fmovementvisual 9d Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor in the right-hand direction. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor in the left-hand direction.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fmovementlogical b2 Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the beginning of the current text.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fnumerals ac Selects the type of numerals used within text, text in objects, fields, and controls, in all %PRODUCTNAME modules. Only cell contents of %PRODUCTNAME Calc are not affected.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Frestricted 4b Prevents the use as well as the printing of illegal character combinations.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fsequencechecking 3b Enables sequence input checking for languages such as Thai.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2FOptCTLPage 3c Defines the options for documents with complex text layouts.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Ftimeout 45 Defines the time in seconds after which a pooled connection is freed.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Fenablepooling 73 Select a driver from the list and mark the Enable pooling for this driver checkbox in order to pool its connection.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Fconnectionpooling 34 Specifies whether the chosen connections are pooled.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fdbregisterpage%2Fedit 3a Opens the Database Link dialog to edit the selected entry.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fdbregisterpage%2Fdelete 29 Removes the selected entry from the list.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fdbregisterpage%2Fnew 35 Opens the Database Link dialog to create a new entry.
17 CUI_HID_DBPATH_CTL_PATH 67 Lists the registered name and database file of all registered databases. Double-click an entry to edit.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2Fname 52 Enter a name for the database. %PRODUCTNAME uses this name to access the database.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2Fbrowse 3b Opens a file dialog where you can select the database file.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2FDatabaseLinkDialog 34 Creates or edits an entry in the Databases tab page.
31 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fextendedtypes_enable 2c Allow UNO object types as valid Basic types.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_proc 37 Automatically insert closing statements for procedures.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_quotes 20 Automatically close open quotes.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_paren 25 Automatically close open parenthesis.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautocorrect 3b Correct cases of Basic variables and keywords while typing.
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fcodecomplete_enable 22 Display methods of a Basic object.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexpertconfig 5e Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexperimental 1c Enable experimental features
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fclasspath 1c Opens the Class Path dialog.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fmacrorecording 16 Enable macro recording
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fparameters 27 Opens the Java Start Parameters dialog.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fadd 38 Add a path to the root folder of a JRE on your computer.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fjavas b7 Select the JRE that you want to use. On some systems, you must wait a minute until the list gets populated. On some systems, you must restart %PRODUCTNAME to use your changed setting.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fjavaenabled 34 Allows you to run Java applications in %PRODUCTNAME.
24 cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Freset 28 Undo changes done so far in this dialog.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Fedit 26 Opens a dialog to edit the preference.
2a cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Fpreferences 3f List the preferences organized hierarchically in a tree layout.
2a cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2FsearchEntry 38 Type the preference you want to display in the text area
2b cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2FsearchButton 3d Click to search your preference text in the Preferences tree.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexpertconfig 5e Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Fremove 64 Select an archive or a folder in the list and click Remove to remove the object from the class path.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Ffolder 35 Select a folder and add the folder to the class path.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Farchive 4f Select an archive file in jar or zip format and add the file to the class path.
30 SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_INET_SCRIPTING_ED_CLASSPATH 3f Specifies the location of Java classes or Java class libraries.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fremovebtn 29 Deletes the selected JRE start parameter.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Feditbtn 44 Opens a dialog where the selected JRE start parameter can be edited.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fassignbtn 31 Adds the current JRE start parameter to the list.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fassignlist 72 Lists the assigned JRE start parameters. To remove a start parameter, select the parameter, and then click Remove.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fparameterfield 8e Enter a start parameter for a JRE as you would on a command line. Click Assign to add the parameter to the list of available start parameters.
25 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Flow c5 A macro can be set to auto-start, and it can perform potentially damaging actions, as for example delete or rename files. This setting is not recommended when you open documents from other authors.
25 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fmed e6 Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run. All other macros require your confirmation.
26 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fhigh bf Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Only signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
27 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fvhigh 7c Trusted file locations can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
33 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2FSecurityLevelPage 7c Trusted file locations can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fremovefile 44 Removes the selected folder from the list of trusted file locations.
29 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Faddfile 5e Opens a folder selection dialog. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.
2b xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Flocations 5f Document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fremovecert 47 Removes the selected certificate from the list of trusted certificates.
2a xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fviewcert 3f Opens the View Certificate dialog for the selected certificate.
2e xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fcertificates 1f Lists the trusted certificates.
33 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2FSecurityTrustPage 1f Lists the trusted certificates.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Ftest 44 Opens the Test Account Settings dialog to test the current settings.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fport f Masukkan sandi.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Freplyto 2c Enter the address to use for e-mail replies.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fserver f Masukkan sandi.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Freplytocb 64 Uses the e-mail address that you enter in the Reply address text box as the reply-to e-mail address.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Faddress 26 Enter your e-mail address for replies.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fdisplayname 10 Enter your name.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fserverauthentication 72 Opens the Server Authentication dialog where you can specify the server authentication settings for secure e-mail.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fsecure 39 When available, uses a secure connection to send e-mails.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2FMailConfigPage 65 Specifies the user information and server settings for when you send form letters as e-mail messages.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fchangepath 2f Click to select a folder to download the files.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fdestpathlabel 3b Displays the selected folder to store the downloaded files.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fautodownload 41 Enable the automatic download of updates to the specified folder.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fchecknow 1e A check will be performed now.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feverymonth 27 A check will be performed once a month.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feveryweek 43 A check will be performed once a week. This is the default setting.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feveryday 25 A check will be performed once a day.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fautocheck 82 Mark to check for online updates periodically, then select the time interval how often %PRODUCTNAME will check for online updates.
34 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2FOptOnlineUpdatePage 68 Specifies some options for the automatic notification and downloading of online updates to %PRODUCTNAME.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fselect_persona_dialog%2Fframe4 56 Shows a random choice of nine themes based on the categories displayed in the buttons.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fselect_persona_dialog%2Fsearch_term 2f Type or paste the URL of the theme’s webpage.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpersonalization_tab%2Fown_persona 53 Choose this option to open the “Select Firefox Theme” dialog and pick your own.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpersonalization_tab%2Fdefault_persona 27 Display the system theme, if available.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpersonalization_tab%2Fno_persona 58 The toolbars’ background inherits the background settings of your desktop environment.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Finpassword f Masukkan sandi.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Finusername 29 Masukkan nama pengguna untuk server IMAP.
54 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2FAuthenticationSettingsDialog 43 Enables the authentication that is required to send e-mail by SMTP.
46 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fauthentication 43 Enables the authentication that is required to send e-mail by SMTP.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fusername 2b Memasukkan nama pengguna untuk server SMTP.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fserver 38 Enter the server name of your POP 3 or IMAP mail server.
43 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Foutpassword 25 Memasukkan sandi untuk nama pengguna.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fport 29 Masukkan nama pengguna untuk server IMAP.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fpop3 33 Specifies that the incoming mail server uses POP 3.
4e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fseparateauthentication 3d Select if your SMTP server requires a user name and password.
44 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fsmtpafterpop 50 Select if you are required to first read your e-mail before you can send e-mail.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fimap 32 Specifies that the incoming mail server uses IMAP.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2Fstop 36 Click the Stop button to stop a test session manually.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2Ferrors 68 In the Errors list box you can read an explanation of any errors encountered while testing the settings.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2FTestMailSettings 68 In the Errors list box you can read an explanation of any errors encountered while testing the settings.
21 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2FCertPage 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
1f xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fstatus 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
23 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fsignatures 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
28 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2Fvaluedetails 45 Use the value list box to view values and copy them to the clipboard.
27 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2FCertDetails 64 The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
2a xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2Ftablecontainer 64 The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
20 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertgeneral%2Fbox1 61 The General page of the View Certificate dialog displays basic information about the certificate.
